Effective for version 33.0.19 and newer

BLS-2021

© 2020 CDE Software, LLC

2 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC2

All rights reserved. No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means

- graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or

information storage and retrieval systems - without the written permission of the

publisher.

Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and/or registered

trademarks of the respective owners. The publisher and the author make no claim to

these trademarks.

While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, the publisher

and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions, or for damages

resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of

programs and source code that may accompany it. In no event shall the publisher and the

author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged

to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document.

BLS-2021, BLS-2020,BLS-2019, BLS-2018, BLS-2017, BLS-2016, BLS-2015, BLS-2014,

BLS-2013, BLS-2012, BLS-2011, BLS-2010, BLS-2009, BLS-2008, BLS-2007, BLS-2006,

BLS-2005, BLS-2004, BLS-2003, BLS-2002, BTM-2013, BTM-2012, BTM-5, T-3/32 and

Tbrac-2006 are trademarks of CDE Software, LLC. Microsoft, MS-DOS, Windows and

Window NT, Windows 10, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista and Windows XP are

registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Other product and

company names herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.

BLS-2021 © 2020 CDE Software, LLC

Publisher

Special thanks to:

Special thanks to Kerry and Frank for theircontinued contribution to TeamCDE, volunteeringtheir time and expertise to assist other fellowsecretaries. Also thanks to the previous mentions,John, Tom, Larry, Jim, Dan and Paul for assistingwith continued product testing and manualproofreading. Special thanks as well to theexecutives, developers, support staff and trainersfrom our automatic scoring partners.

Editor

Cover Designer

CDE Software, LLC

Lance Rasmussen

Lance Rasmussen

Developers

Raymond Monroe

Lance Rasmussen

Patrick Lajko

Technical Writing

Lance Rasmussen

Effective Version 33.0.19

Nancy Burton

Printed: July 2020 in Seattle, Washington, United States

Herb Monroe

4 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC4

Contents 5

Table of Contents

Foreword.............................................................................................................................................................................0

Chapter 1 Welcome to BLS-2021 17

........................................................................................................................................................................... 181 System Requirements

........................................................................................................................................................................... 192 Softw are License

Chapter 2 Windows and You 23

........................................................................................................................................................................... 241 Definitions Used

Chapter 3 Product Features 29

........................................................................................................................................................................... 301 Product Feature List

Chapter 4 Installation 33

........................................................................................................................................................................... 341 Installing from CD ROM

................................................................................................................................................................................... 34What if the Installation CD does not start automatically

................................................................................................................................................................................... 35Installing EXE directly from CD

........................................................................................................................................................................... 352 Installing from USB Flash Drive

................................................................................................................................................................................... 36What if the Installation USB does not start automatically

................................................................................................................................................................................... 36Installing EXE directly from USB

........................................................................................................................................................................... 373 Installing from Internet

........................................................................................................................................................................... 374 Moving to a New Computer

........................................................................................................................................................................... 375 Registering Product

................................................................................................................................................................................... 38Using a temporary code

........................................................................................................................................................................... 396 Updates

........................................................................................................................................................................... 407 Upgrades

........................................................................................................................................................................... 408 Can I Install on Multiple Computers?

........................................................................................................................................................................... 409 Can I exchange data betw een the bow ling center?

Chapter 5 Changes to BLS 2020 41

........................................................................................................................................................................... 421 New Themes in BLS

........................................................................................................................................................................... 422 New Menu's

........................................................................................................................................................................... 423 Opening League Screen

........................................................................................................................................................................... 434 Lane Assignments

........................................................................................................................................................................... 445 Certif ications

........................................................................................................................................................................... 446 Pepsi Tournament

........................................................................................................................................................................... 447 Perfect Secretary Leagues

Chapter 6 Program Overview and Opening Screen 45

........................................................................................................................................................................... 461 Options Menu

................................................................................................................................................................................... 47Registration

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 47Program Registration

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC6

................................................................................................................................................................................... 47Preferences

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 47Automatic Scoring Setup

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 47Local Aw ards Setup

................................................................................................................................................................................... 47Multiple Users

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 47Sw itch Users

................................................................................................................................................................................... 48Passw ords

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 48Set / Change Program Passw ord

........................................................................................................................................................................... 482 Maintenance Menu

................................................................................................................................................................................... 49Maintenance > Backup

................................................................................................................................................................................... 49Maintenance > Restore

................................................................................................................................................................................... 49Maintenance > Delete

................................................................................................................................................................................... 49Maintenance > Copy

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 49Copy BLS 2020 league to somew here else

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 50Copy Older Leagues to use w ith BLS 2018

................................................................................................................................................................................... 50Search hard drive for leagues

........................................................................................................................................................................... 513 Library of bow ling forms

........................................................................................................................................................................... 514 Help Menu

................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Program Functions

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 52About BLS-2020

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Program Help

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Frequently Asked Questions

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Program Manual

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Check For Program Update

................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Support

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Support, Forums and Dow nloads

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Contacting CDE Softw are

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Email Tech Support

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 52Remote Support

................................................................................................................................................................................... 53Internet Links Section

........................................................................................................................................................................... 535 Custom Menu

Chapter 7 How to be a great league secretary 55

........................................................................................................................................................................... 561 Before your league begins

........................................................................................................................................................................... 562 Organization Meeting

........................................................................................................................................................................... 583 The First Night of Bow ling

........................................................................................................................................................................... 584 At the end of the f irst session

........................................................................................................................................................................... 595 Responsibilities each w eek

........................................................................................................................................................................... 596 Mid-Season

........................................................................................................................................................................... 597 Before the season ends

........................................................................................................................................................................... 598 End of season

Chapter 8 Using Program for Season 61

........................................................................................................................................................................... 621 Home League Secretaries

........................................................................................................................................................................... 632 Center League Processors

Chapter 9 Creating a New League 65

Contents 7

........................................................................................................................................................................... 661 Creating a File Name

........................................................................................................................................................................... 662 Rules Wizard

........................................................................................................................................................................... 663 Creating Perfect Secretary Leagues

Chapter 10 Handicap Leagues 69

........................................................................................................................................................................... 701 General Rules

........................................................................................................................................................................... 712 Split Season

........................................................................................................................................................................... 723 Legal Lineup

........................................................................................................................................................................... 724 Individual Averages

........................................................................................................................................................................... 735 Individual Handicaps

........................................................................................................................................................................... 736 Team Handicaps

........................................................................................................................................................................... 747 Absentee Players

........................................................................................................................................................................... 748 Vacant Players

........................................................................................................................................................................... 759 Forfeits

........................................................................................................................................................................... 7510 Bye Teams

........................................................................................................................................................................... 7611 Team Points

........................................................................................................................................................................... 7712 Point Summary

........................................................................................................................................................................... 7713 Special Recognition

........................................................................................................................................................................... 7914 Handicap Match Point League

................................................................................................................................................................................... 79Individual Match Points for Absentee Bow lers

................................................................................................................................................................................... 80Individual Match Points for Vacants

................................................................................................................................................................................... 80Opposing a Forfeiting Player

................................................................................................................................................................................... 81Match Point vs BYE Team

................................................................................................................................................................................... 81Individual Points

........................................................................................................................................................................... 8215 Handicap League w ith Divisions

................................................................................................................................................................................... 82Team Divisions

................................................................................................................................................................................... 82Bow ler Divisions

Chapter 11 Drop-In Singles League 85

........................................................................................................................................................................... 861 Legal Lineup

........................................................................................................................................................................... 862 Team Handicap

........................................................................................................................................................................... 863 Absent, Vacant Players

........................................................................................................................................................................... 874 Setting up the Rosters

........................................................................................................................................................................... 875 Recap Sheets

Chapter 12 Schedule and Lane Assignments 89

........................................................................................................................................................................... 921 Change in Lanes Mid-Season

........................................................................................................................................................................... 922 Multiple Shifts and Multiple Teams per lane

........................................................................................................................................................................... 933 Lane Assignment Options

........................................................................................................................................................................... 944 Lane Assignments

................................................................................................................................................................................... 94Dates

................................................................................................................................................................................... 95Points Aw arded

................................................................................................................................................................................... 95Type of Week

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC8

................................................................................................................................................................................... 96Changing Lane Numbers

................................................................................................................................................................................... 96Bow ling on 2 Different Sets of Lanes

................................................................................................................................................................................... 97Bow ling Every Other Week

Chapter 13 Quick Reference Tabs 99

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1001 Main

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1002 Status

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1013 Officers

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1014 Notes

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1015 Option

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1016 Database

Chapter 14 Program File Menu 103

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1041 Close

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1042 New

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1043 Open

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1054 Recent Leagues

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1055 Utilities

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1056 Program Preferences

................................................................................................................................................................................... 105Program Operation Defaults

................................................................................................................................................................................... 107Internet and Updates tab

................................................................................................................................................................................... 108Printing, Fonts & Graphics

................................................................................................................................................................................... 108Default Settings for New Leagues

................................................................................................................................................................................... 108Data Entry Settings

................................................................................................................................................................................... 109Date, Time & Phone

................................................................................................................................................................................... 109Master Database

................................................................................................................................................................................... 109Kiosk Options

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1107 Import Section

................................................................................................................................................................................... 110Import People From Bow ler TRAC

................................................................................................................................................................................... 110Read Bow l101 "NamesAddresses.txt" f ile

................................................................................................................................................................................... 111Import Names, Addresses from any Text f ile

................................................................................................................................................................................... 111Import from CDE Name, Address Text File

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1128 Export Section

................................................................................................................................................................................... 112Export People to Bow ler TRAC

................................................................................................................................................................................... 112WinLabs: Export data f ile for WinLabs

................................................................................................................................................................................... 112Export to Text File

................................................................................................................................................................................... 112Export Average to TBrac

Chapter 15 Setup 113

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1141 Setup > Leagues

................................................................................................................................................................................... 115League Planner

................................................................................................................................................................................... 115Rules Worksheet

................................................................................................................................................................................... 115Print Rules

................................................................................................................................................................................... 115Print Financial Worksheet

................................................................................................................................................................................... 115Print Prize Fund Worksheet

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1152 Setup > Teams

Contents 9

................................................................................................................................................................................... 116Print Roster Sheets

................................................................................................................................................................................... 116Team Captains List

................................................................................................................................................................................... 116Blank Signup Sheets

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1163 Standings

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1164 Web Uploads Setup

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1165 Passw ords

Chapter 16 Setting up the League Rules 117

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1191 General Rules

................................................................................................................................................................................... 120League Features

................................................................................................................................................................................... 121What Center(s) League Bow ls at

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1222 Split Season

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1223 Legal Lineups

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1244 Individual Averages

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1255 Individual Handicaps

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1276 Team Handicaps

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1297 Absent Players

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1308 Vacant Players

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1319 Forfeits

........................................................................................................................................................................... 13110 BYE Teams

........................................................................................................................................................................... 13311 Team Points

................................................................................................................................................................................... 135Team Performance Points

........................................................................................................................................................................... 13512 Individual Points

................................................................................................................................................................................... 136Individual Performance Points

........................................................................................................................................................................... 13713 Points Summary

........................................................................................................................................................................... 13714 Divisions

........................................................................................................................................................................... 13815 Special Recognition

................................................................................................................................................................................... 140Individual Eligibility for Aw ards

................................................................................................................................................................................... 141Individual Special Recognition

................................................................................................................................................................................... 142Team Special Recognitions

................................................................................................................................................................................... 143Statistical Infomation

........................................................................................................................................................................... 14416 Additional Rules

........................................................................................................................................................................... 14417 Special Options

........................................................................................................................................................................... 14418 Print Your League Rules

Chapter 17 Setting up Teams and Bowlers 147

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1481 Setup Team Rosters

................................................................................................................................................................................... 149Reordering a team roster

................................................................................................................................................................................... 149Finding a bow ler

................................................................................................................................................................................... 149Add existing bow ler

................................................................................................................................................................................... 149Adding new bow ler

................................................................................................................................................................................... 150Dropping a bow ler

................................................................................................................................................................................... 150Flagging a bow ler

................................................................................................................................................................................... 150Permanently removing bow lers

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC10

................................................................................................................................................................................... 150Adding a sub

................................................................................................................................................................................... 150Loaning bow lers

................................................................................................................................................................................... 151Default Roster

................................................................................................................................................................................... 151Bow ler List

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1512 Enter Bow lers NOT on team

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1513 Bow ler Maintenance

................................................................................................................................................................................... 153Setting up league off icers

................................................................................................................................................................................... 153Rerating Bow lings

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1534 Entering Officers

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1545 Team Captains List

Chapter 18 Certify 155

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1561 Certif ication/Sanctioning Fees

................................................................................................................................................................................... 157Default League Setup

................................................................................................................................................................................... 159Fee Setup-USBC

................................................................................................................................................................................... 159Fee Setup-Youth

................................................................................................................................................................................... 159Fee Setup-CTF

................................................................................................................................................................................... 159Fee Setup-TNBA

................................................................................................................................................................................... 160Other Associations

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 160Other Fees

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1602 Sanction/Certify Your Bow lers

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1633 League Officers & Application

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1634 Print Application

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1645 Print Membership Application Cards

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1646 Print Certif ied/Sanction List

Chapter 19 Weekly Menu 165

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1661 Adjust Team Rosters

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1662 Auto-Scoring: Import scores from Front Desk

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1663 Auto-Scoring: Import Log

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1664 Enter / Correct Current Scores

................................................................................................................................................................................... 170Types of scores to enter

................................................................................................................................................................................... 172Changing Teams

................................................................................................................................................................................... 172Changing Lineups

................................................................................................................................................................................... 173Adding an existing bow ler

................................................................................................................................................................................... 173Dropping a player

................................................................................................................................................................................... 173Adding a sub or existing player

................................................................................................................................................................................... 173Editing Scores

................................................................................................................................................................................... 173Reprinting Scores

................................................................................................................................................................................... 174Overriding Points, Averages and Handicaps

................................................................................................................................................................................... 175Selecting team for draw teams

................................................................................................................................................................................... 175Enter Make-Up and Pre-Bow l Scores

................................................................................................................................................................................... 177Notice to see secretary

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1775 Aw ards Enter Non-Detectable Aw ards

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1786 High Scores, Stats, Standings, Birthdays

Contents 11

................................................................................................................................................................................... 179Enhanced Team Results

................................................................................................................................................................................... 180Statistical Graphs

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1807 Assoc. & Local Aw ards Earned This Week

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1828 Youth Pepsi Cola Tournament Qualif ications

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1829 Preview & Print w eekly standing sheet

................................................................................................................................................................................... 182Standing Sheets

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 183Items

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 184Layout

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 185Messages

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 186Styling

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 186Graphics

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 188Templates

........................................................................................................................................................................... 18810 Recap Sheets

................................................................................................................................................................................... 189Types of Recap Forms

................................................................................................................................................................................... 190Purchasing Recap Forms

................................................................................................................................................................................... 190Changing Lineup for Recaps

........................................................................................................................................................................... 19011 Auto-Scoring: Send League to Front Desk

........................................................................................................................................................................... 19012 Update Kiosks

........................................................................................................................................................................... 19013 Web Uploads

........................................................................................................................................................................... 19014 Backup this League

........................................................................................................................................................................... 19115 Situations

................................................................................................................................................................................... 191Override Next Week's Pairings

................................................................................................................................................................................... 191Teams Bow led on Wrong Lanes

Chapter 20 Brackets Menu 193

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1941 What are Brackets?

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1952 Why Should I Offer Brackets?

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1953 Do I have to Charge for Brackets?

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1954 Set up Brackets

................................................................................................................................................................................... 196Bracket Options

................................................................................................................................................................................... 197Bracket Financial Setup

................................................................................................................................................................................... 197Bracket Handicaps

................................................................................................................................................................................... 197Running Brackets for Youth Leagues

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1975 Print Bracket Signup Sheets

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1976 Bracket Registration Screen

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1987 Print Score Sheets

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1988 Enter Scores

........................................................................................................................................................................... 1999 Bracket Results

................................................................................................................................................................................... 199Preparing to Shuff le

................................................................................................................................................................................... 199Opponent View

................................................................................................................................................................................... 199Bracket Payouts

................................................................................................................................................................................... 199Bracket Reports

................................................................................................................................................................................... 200Forced Bracket Losses

........................................................................................................................................................................... 20010 Jackpot Tickets and Mystery Score

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC12

Chapter 21 Reports Menu 201

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2021 Weekly

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2022 Common

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2023 Labels

................................................................................................................................................................................... 202Mailing Labels

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2024 View and Print More Reports

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2035 Setup

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2036 Mid Season-End of Season

................................................................................................................................................................................... 203All Aw ards Earned: Alphabetical

................................................................................................................................................................................... 203All Aw ards Earned: Week-by-Week

................................................................................................................................................................................... 203Team and Individual Score Histories

................................................................................................................................................................................... 203Financial Histories

................................................................................................................................................................................... 204Final Averages

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2047 Setup Reports & Custom Reports

................................................................................................................................................................................... 205Report Preview Functions

................................................................................................................................................................................... 206Report Styles

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 207Modifying a Style

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 209Copying a Style

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 209Predefined Styles

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 209Printing List of Styles

................................................................................................................................................................................... 209Report Fonts, Watermarks and Logos

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 209Font Sets

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 211Logos and Watermarks

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 211Changing Report Graphics

Chapter 22 Tasks Menu 213

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2141 Internet

................................................................................................................................................................................... 214Email Bow lers

................................................................................................................................................................................... 215Upload League

................................................................................................................................................................................... 215Email Press Sheet

................................................................................................................................................................................... 215Email Final Average Report

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2152 End of Season Financials

................................................................................................................................................................................... 215Determine Prize Fund

................................................................................................................................................................................... 215Assign Winners to Prize Fund

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2153 Prep for Next Season

................................................................................................................................................................................... 215Make Final Backup

................................................................................................................................................................................... 216Print Returning Bow ler Sign-Up Sheets

................................................................................................................................................................................... 216Restart League for Next Season

Chapter 23 Utilities Menu 219

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2201 General Utilities

................................................................................................................................................................................... 220Bow ling Calculator

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2202 League Utilities

................................................................................................................................................................................... 221Delete Future Weeks Data

................................................................................................................................................................................... 221Erase This Weeks Scores

................................................................................................................................................................................... 221Erase All Data and Start Over

Contents 13

................................................................................................................................................................................... 221Clear League Planner

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2213 Team Utilities

................................................................................................................................................................................... 221Reorder Teams

................................................................................................................................................................................... 222Add Teams

................................................................................................................................................................................... 223Remove Teams

................................................................................................................................................................................... 225Clear Team Rosters

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2254 Bow ler Utilities

................................................................................................................................................................................... 225Deleting Quitters

................................................................................................................................................................................... 225Erase All Association And Local Aw ards Earned

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2255 Treasurer Utilities

................................................................................................................................................................................... 225Recalculate Sanction Payments

................................................................................................................................................................................... 225Erase All Financial Data

Chapter 24 Treasurer Duties 227

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2281 Fees: Define the Weekly League Fees

................................................................................................................................................................................... 228Regular Fees

................................................................................................................................................................................... 230Discounts

................................................................................................................................................................................... 231One Time Fees

................................................................................................................................................................................... 231Last Week Options

................................................................................................................................................................................... 232More Information

................................................................................................................................................................................... 232Estimated Budget

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2332 Enter Weekly Bow ling Fees

................................................................................................................................................................................... 234Weekly Fees Tab

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 235QuickPay

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 235Weekly Fee Discount Codes

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 236Weekly Fee Payment Codes

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 236Payments Made

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 237Prepayment for Last Weeks of Bow ling

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 237Other Fees

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 237Special Financial Situations

................................................................................................................................................................................... 239Fines Tab

................................................................................................................................................................................... 239Team Payment Summary Tab

................................................................................................................................................................................... 239League Funds Tab

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 240Deposits

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 240Withdraw al

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 241Transfer

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 241Adjust Bank

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 241Pay Lineage

................................................................................................................................................................................... 241Bank Ledger Tab

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 242Deleting items

...................................................................................................................................................................................... 242Certif ication Payments

................................................................................................................................................................................... 243Treasurer Reports Tab

................................................................................................................................................................................... 244Treasurer Utilities Tab

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2443 Additional Treasurer Functions

Chapter 25 Awards 245

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2461 Aw ards: Local & bow ling center aw ards

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC14

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2482 Previously Earned Aw ards

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2493 Aw ards: League Aw ards & Prize Fund

................................................................................................................................................................................... 249League Prizes setup

................................................................................................................................................................................... 250League Prizes detail

................................................................................................................................................................................... 252League Prize w inners

Chapter 26 Internet and Email 253

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2541 Internet Upload and E-Mail Settings

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2552 Web Uploads

................................................................................................................................................................................... 256LeagueSecretary.com

................................................................................................................................................................................... 256Bow l.com

................................................................................................................................................................................... 257Personal Website 1, 2 and 3

................................................................................................................................................................................... 258BPAA Hosted Website

................................................................................................................................................................................... 258Changing Web Standings View

................................................................................................................................................................................... 258Uploading Standings

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2583 Email

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2594 Email Tech Support

Chapter 27 Backup/Restore and Transporting League Data 261

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2621 Backup Data

................................................................................................................................................................................... 264Backup Leagues

................................................................................................................................................................................... 265Backup System Files

................................................................................................................................................................................... 265Backup Local Aw ards

................................................................................................................................................................................... 266Backup Common CDE Data

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2662 Restore Data

................................................................................................................................................................................... 267Restore Leagues

................................................................................................................................................................................... 268Restore System Files

................................................................................................................................................................................... 268Restore Local Aw ards

................................................................................................................................................................................... 268Restore Common CDE Data

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2683 Exchanging leagues betw een computers

Chapter 28 Maintaining USBC Youth Leagues 271

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2721 League Rules

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2732 Pepsi Tournament

Chapter 29 Automatic Scoring 275

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2761 Compatible Scoring Systems

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2782 Configuration for automatic scoring

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2793 Best Practices

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2804 Exporting Leagues

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2805 Importing Scores

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2816 Fetching scores for brackets

Chapter 30 Mid Season Startup 283

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2841 Mid-Season Startup

Contents 15

Chapter 31 Master Bowler Database 287

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2881 Installation of the MBD

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2902 Configuring BLS to use the MBD

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2903 Linking League to Database

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2914 Adding bow lers from database

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2925 Master Database Manager

................................................................................................................................................................................... 292Master Database Manager Reports

................................................................................................................................................................................... 292Editing Bow lers in the MBD Manager

................................................................................................................................................................................... 292Bow ler Trac and MBD

Chapter 32 Technical Support 293

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2951 Before Contacting Technical Support

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2962 Some hints for getting quality technical support

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2983 Going to Contact CDE via Internet?

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2994 Going to Contact CDE via Fax?

........................................................................................................................................................................... 2995 Going to Contact CDE via Phone?

Chapter 33 Frequent Questions and Answers 301

........................................................................................................................................................................... 3021 Changing Secretaries?

........................................................................................................................................................................... 3022 Upgrade and Update Policies

................................................................................................................................................................................... 302Upgrade Policy

................................................................................................................................................................................... 302Update Policy

........................................................................................................................................................................... 3033 Installation

................................................................................................................................................................................... 303My computer w on't read the installation CD-ROM

................................................................................................................................................................................... 304Installation program doesn't start or crashes

................................................................................................................................................................................... 304I have Window s 10

................................................................................................................................................................................... 304I have Window s 8

................................................................................................................................................................................... 304I have Window s 7

................................................................................................................................................................................... 304I have Window s Vista

................................................................................................................................................................................... 304I have Window s XP

................................................................................................................................................................................... 304I have Window s 2012 Server

................................................................................................................................................................................... 304I have Window s 2008 Server

................................................................................................................................................................................... 305I have Window s 2003 Server

................................................................................................................................................................................... 305Do I need to uninstall older versions f irst?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 305Do I have to install my older BLS to install the new upgrade?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 305Will my leagues get moved to this program?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 305Can I install AS Edition softw are at home or other computers?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 305If installed from the w eb, do I reinstall from the CD-ROM?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 305Is there a different installer for the different editions?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 305Recovery w hen installed from w eb dow nload?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 306What do I do w hen the program does not start?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 306The computer the softw are is installed does not have Internet

........................................................................................................................................................................... 3074 Leagues

................................................................................................................................................................................... 307Will my leagues get moved to this program?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 307Can I convert my BLS-2015 or earlier leagues to the new BLS?

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC16

................................................................................................................................................................................... 307Does the AS Edition import leagues from other softw are?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 307Is there other softw are compatible w ith the BLS leagues?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 308How do I change the f ile name for my league?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 308How do I remove duplicate bow ler records?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 308Backup or Restore Errors

........................................................................................................................................................................... 3095 General Questions

................................................................................................................................................................................... 309Another secretary is using a copy registered to someone else

................................................................................................................................................................................... 309Can I use a hacked version of BLS?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 309Can the association give secretaries copies of the softw are?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 309Can a secretary share their softw are?

........................................................................................................................................................................... 3106 Transferring Softw are

................................................................................................................................................................................... 310How do I transfer the softw are to the next secretary?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 310Can I transfer the softw are w hen the previous ow ner is unreachable?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 310Is there a time limit to transfer the softw are?

................................................................................................................................................................................... 311The registered license holder passed aw ay

........................................................................................................................................................................... 3117 Automatic Scoring

................................................................................................................................................................................... 311Technical Support

................................................................................................................................................................................... 311Certif ied/Sanctioned Leagues and Bow ling Centers

................................................................................................................................................................................... 312Access to the scoring system required error message

Index...............................................................................................................................................................................315

Welcome to BLS-2021

Welcome to

BLS-2021

Chapter

1

17

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC18

Welcome to BLS-2021Congratulations on choosing BLS-2021 for your bowling league needs for the

2020/2021 bowling season. Managing leagues can be a demanding and difficult job.

Doing it by hand or with ancient software, can make the task even more difficult. BLS-

2021 provides features capable for most league secretaries to run typical leagues as

well as some non-typical options.

System RequirementsThe system requirements for BLS-2021 are as follows:

Operating System

Windows 10, Windows 8, Windows 7

Service Pack 1, Windows Server 2016,

Windows Server 2012, Windows

Server 2008 R2 or Windows Server

2008.

Computer Processor

1 Ghz or faster 32-bit or 64-bit

processor

Memory (RAM)

1 GB of System Memory. Additional

RAM is always encouraged to provide

better system performance minimizing

caching memory to the hard drive.

Storage

Hard drive required with minimum 250

MB free space

USB Drive or removable storage

suggested for data backups

Keyboard/Pointer Device

Keyboard and a mouse or some other

compatible pointing device

Graphics card / Display device

DirectX 9-Class graphics card with 32

MB of graphics memory and display

resolution of 1024x768 or greater at

small fonts (100% Font Scaling).

Color quality/depth of 16-bit color or

greater

Optical Drive [Optional]

CD-ROM (8x speed) or DVD-ROM

drive to install from CD-ROM (not

needed for installation via download)

USB Port [Optional]

USB port to install from USB Flash

Drive (not needed for installation via

download) or to store backups on a

USB removable media device

Windows Installer 4.5 or Higher

Microsoft Windows Installer

technology is used to install the

software on a computer. Normal use

of Microsoft's Windows Updates

should update the Windows Installer

for the operating system to meet the

supported versions. Updates or

installers for Microsoft Windows

Installer technology can be found on

Microsoft's website. To be redirected

to this Microsoft update, visit

http://tinyurl.com/6camd

MSVC++ 9.0 Runtime Libraries

Microsoft VC++ 9.0 libraries are used

in portions of the program. This is

typically installed on most computers,

but if not, an "application configuration

is incorrect" error will be displayed. For

32-bit versions of Windows, visit

http://www.microsoft.com/en-

us/download/details.aspx?id=29 and

for 64-bit versions of Windows, visit

http://www.microsoft.com/en-

us/download/details.aspx?id=15336

Internet [Optional]

Internet connection is recommended,

but not required. Internet connectivity is

suggested for updates and online

support

Welcome to BLS-2021 19

System requirements are subject to

change without notice.

Software LicenseATTENTION: PLEASE READ THIS DOCUMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE INSTALLING THIS SOFTWARE. THE

INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY USING THIS SOFTWARE OR MANUAL (THE "END USER") AGREES TO BE BOUND

BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE, DO NOT USE

THE SOFTWARE AND PROMPTLY RETURN THE PACKAGE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF PURCHASE IN ORIGINAL

CONDITION, AND THE LICENSE PRICE WILL BE REFUNDED.

The enclosed computer program(s) and the accompany ing documentation are prov ided to the End-User by CDE

SOFTWARE ("Licensor") f or use only under the f ollowing terms. Licensor reserv es any right not expressly granted

to the End-user. The End-User owns the disk on which the Sof tware is recorded, but Licensor retains ownership of

all copies of the Sof tware itself . The End-User assumes sole responsibility f or the installation, use and results

obtained f rom use of the Sof tware.

1. License.

End-User is granted a limited, non-exclusiv e license to do only the f ollowing:

A. Install and maintain the Sof tware on one computer at any time f or use only in the End-User's home or own

business.

B. Make two copies in machine-readable f orm solely f or backup or archiv al purposes f or the computer which the

Sof tware is installed. Sof tware is protected by copy right law. As an express condition of this License, the End-

User must reproduce the Licensor's copy right notice and any other proprietary legends on the original copy

supplied by Licensor.

C. Transf er the Sof tware and all rights under this License to another party together with a copy of this License and

all written materials accompany ing the Sof tware, prov ided (i) the End-User giv es Licensor written notice of the

transf er (including in such notice the End Users name, address, phone number, customer number and program

serial number as well as the transf eree’s name, address and phone number), and (ii) the other party reads and

agrees to accept the terms and conditions of this License and to pay any nominal f ees charged to issue new

unlock codes to ref lect name or serial number changes.

2. Restrictions.

The End-User may NOT sublicense, assign, or distribute copies of the Sof tware or manuals to others. The

Sof tware contains trade secrets. The End-User may NOT decompile, rev erse engineer, disassemble, or otherwise

reduce the Sof tware to a human readable f orm. THE END-USER MAY NOT MODIFY, ADAPT, TRANSLATE,

RENT, LEASE, LOAN, RESELL FOR PROFIT, DISTRIBUTE, OR OTHERWISE ASSIGN OR TRANSFER THE

SOFTWARE, OR CREATE DERIVATIVE WORKS BASED UPON THE SOFTWARE OR ANY PART THEREOF,

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN SECTION 1.C. ABOVE.

3. Protection and Security .

The End-User agrees to use its best ef f orts and to take all reasonable steps to saf eguard the Sof tware to ensure

that no unauthorized person shall hav e access thereto and that no unauthorized copy , publication, disclosure or

distribution in whole or in part, in any f orm, shall be made. The End-User acknowledges that the Sof tware contains

v aluable conf idential inf ormation and trade secrets and that unauthorized use and/or copy ing are harmf ul to

Licensor.

4. Termination.

This License is ef f ectiv e until terminated. This License will terminate immediately without notice f rom Licensor if

the End User f ails to comply with any of its prov isions. Upon termination the End User must destroy the Sof tware

and all copies thereof , and the End-User may terminate this License at any time by doing so.

5. Limited Warranty .

The Licensor shall hav e no liability or responsibility to the End-User or any other person or entity with respect to

liability , loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by this product, including but not

limited to any interruption of serv ice, loss of business or anticipatory prof its or consequential damages resulting

f rom the use or operation of this program.

If a def ect in manuf acturing, labeling or packaging is f ound within 90 day s f rom date of purchase, End-User shall

return the Sof tware to Licensor and Licensor’s only obligation shall be to replace the def ectiv e Sof tware, prov iding

that the End-User prov ides proof of purchase or the warranty card is on f ile. The End-User agrees that the

f oregoing constitutes the End-User's sole and exclusiv e remedy f or breach by Licensor under any warranties

made under this Agreement. This warranty does not cov er any Sof tware that has been altered in any way by

any one other than Licensor. Licensor is not responsible f or problems associated with or caused by incompatible

operating sy stems or equipment, or f or problems in the interaction of the Sof tware with sof tware not f urnished by

Licensor.

The Licensor guarantees the accuracy of results and reports f or one y ear f rom the date of release of this

program. If End-User discov ers an error in calculations f rom the way the program is designed to work, the Licensor

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC20

will correct that error and prov ide a correction to the Licensee prov iding it is reported, in writing, to Licensor based

on the f ollowing:

a. Within 90 day s of the date of Sof tware release (not date of purchase) - At no charge.

b. Within one y ear f rom the date of Sof tware release (not date of purchase) - At no charge other than shipping and

handling.

c. Bey ond one y ear f rom the date of Sof tware release (not date of purchase) - Purchase of upgrade at current

pricing.

The user reporting the error will be required to supply to Licensor, at no charge, whatev er materials are required to

document and trace the reported error. If materials are requested to be returned to End-User, there will be a

shipping and handling f ee.

No oral or written inf ormation or adv ice giv en by Licensor or its dealers, distributors, employ ees or agents shall in

any way extend, modif y or add to the f oregoing warranty .

THE WARRANTY AND REMEDY PROVIDED ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE END-USER ASSUMES ALL RISK AS

TO THE SUITABILITY, QUALITY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. IN NO EVENT WILL LICENSOR,

OR ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AFFILIATES, BE LIABLE TO THE END-USER FOR ANY

CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES

FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF DATA OR BUSINESS

INFORMATION, AND THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR

ACCOMPANYING WRITTEN MATERIALS, EVEN IF LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF

SUCH DAMAGES. LICENSOR'S LIABILITY TO THE END-USER (IF ANY) FOR ACTUAL DIRECT DAMAGES

FOR ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION, WILL BE LIMITED TO,

AND IN NO EVENT SHALL EXCEED, THE AMOUNT ORIGINALLY PAID TO LICENSOR FOR THE LICENSE OF

THE SOFTWARE.

7. Enhancements.

From time to time Licensor may , in its sole discretion, adv ise the End-User of updates, upgrades, enhancements

or improv ements to the Sof tware and/or new releases of the Sof tware (collectiv ely , "Enhancements"), and may

license the End-User to use such Enhancements upon pay ment of prices as may be established by Licensor f rom

time to time. All such Enhancements to the Sof tware prov ided to the End-User shall also be gov erned by the

terms of this License. IN ORDER FOR THE END-USER TO BE ASSURED THAT IT WILL BE ADVISED OF AND

LICENSED TO USE ANY ENHANCEMENTS TO THE SOFTWARE, THE END-USER MUST BE SHOWN IN THE

LICENSORS DATABASE.

8. General.

This License will be gov erned by and construed in accordance with the laws of Washington State, and shall inure to

the benef it of Licensor and End-User and their successors, assigns and legal representativ es. If any prov ision of

this License is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be inv alid or unenf orceable to any extent under

applicable law, that prov ision will be enf orced to the maximum extent permissible, and the remaining prov isions of

this License will remain in f ull f orce and ef f ect. Any notices or other communications to be sent to Licensor must

be mailed f irst class, postage prepaid, to the f ollowing address: CDE Sof tware 14220 Interurban Av e S STE 140,

Seattle, WA 98168

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof , and

all prior proposals, agreements, representations, statements and undertakings are hereby expressly canceled and

superseded. This Agreement may not be changed or amended except by a written instrument executed by a duly

authorized of f icer of Licensor.

9. Acknowledgment.

BY INSTALLING THIS SOFTWARE, THE END-USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS READ THIS LICENSE,

UNDERSTANDS IT, AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Should y ou hav e any

questions concerning this License, contact Licensor at the address set f orth abov e.

10. Clipart and Fonts.

Upon paid license of BLS-2021 Standard, BLS-2021 Pro or BLS-2021 A/S, the licensee shall be granted use of

included clipart images f or use with this sof tware only . Use of included clipart images are prohibited f rom use other

than with the use of this sof tware. At no time may the images be transf erred electronically , modif ied or

incorporated into any item that is f or distribution or resale.

11. Patches and Updates.

CDE Sof tware will periodically make av ailable minor rev isions and improv ements to the program in the f orm of

patches or updates.

While CDE Sof tware encourages the updating of its products to the most recent release, updates or patches are

prov ided "as-is".

Neither CDE Sof tware nor its suppliers makes any warranty , express or implied with respect to the content of

these materials or the accuracy of any inf ormation contained herein, including, without limitation, the implied

warranties of merchantability or f itness f or a particular purpose. Because some states/jurisdictions do not allow

exclusions of implied warranties, the abov e limitation may not apply to y ou.

Neither CDE Sof tware nor its suppliers shall hav e any liability f or any damages whatsoev er including

consequential incidental, direct, indirect, special, and loss prof its. Because some states/jurisdictions do not allow

Welcome to BLS-2021 21

exclusions of implied warranties, the abov e limitation may not apply to y ou. In any ev ent, CDE Sof tware and its

suppliers' entire liability in any manner arising out of these materials, whether by tort, contract, or otherwise shall

not exceed the suggested retail price of these materials.

12. Automatic Scoring Editions.

The Automatic Scoring Import and Export specif ications and f ormats are copy righted and owned by CDE Sof tware

and may not be used, in original or modif ied f orm, disseminated or rev erse engineered without the express written

consent of CDE Sof tware.

13. Intellectual Property .

You shall not rev erse engineer, decompile, disassemble or otherwise attempt to discov er the source code of the

Sof tware without express written permission f rom CDE Sof tware.

14. Data Files.

You shall not rev erse engineer, decompile, disassemble or otherwise attempt to discov er the data f ormat or

specif ication of the data f iles generated by the sof tware, nor will create or use third party tools to access,

manipulate or generate data f iles without express written permission of CDE Sof tware.

15. Acknowledgment.

BY INSTALLING THIS SOFTWARE, THE END-USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS READ THIS LICENSE,

UNDERSTANDS IT, AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Should y ou hav e any

questions concerning this License, contact Licensor at the address set f orth abov e.

22 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC22

Windows and You

Windows and You

Chapter

2

23

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC24

Windows and YouIs it required to have a masters degree in computer science to run this software? No.

BLS-2021 is designed to be managed by those with little experience with computer

software, yet have the power and flexibility to be used by those with a lot of experience.

However, it is assumed that there is a basic level of understanding how to use the

operating system that BLS-2021 is installed on, how to point, click, double-click, right-

click and drag. It is also assumed you know how to select options in dialog boxes, list

boxes and how to enter, select and edit text.

If you feel you do not understand these concepts, we suggest visiting the local library for

simple and easy books or guides on how to do basic tasks with your particular operating

system.

Definitions UsedIt is beyond the scope of this manual to teach the Windows operating system. It is

assumed that you are familiar with a basic understanding of Windows.

We have provided a few common definitions of terms used in this user guide. You are

probably already familiar with each of these terms, but may not know its technical name.

Select

Choosing an item that will be used for an action you are doing, such as choosing a

report to set up or a check box to turn on or off.

Click

Use the mouse to select an option and click with the left mouse button. (If you have

changed the button layout in the Mouse settings, under Control Panel, this may be a

different button).

Right-Click

Use the mouse to select an option and click with the right mouse button. (If you have

changed the button layout in the Mouse settings, under Control Panel, this may be a

different button).

Drag and Drop

The concept of drag and drop is a simple one that gives a lot of power and flexibility

using a couple simple steps.

An item on the screen, such as a bowler or style element can be dragged from one

place to the other by holding down the left mouse button and “drag” the item to the

desired location. Once placed, let go of the mouse button to “drop” it in its place.

Bubble Help

Rather than guessing what a button or control does or looking it up in the manual, the

program uses a feature called Bubble-Help. As the mouse point is parked over the

control, a bubble pops up with a brief description what it does.

Windows and You 25

Context Sensitive Help

Another great feature of BLS-2021 is context sensitive help. Clicking help from within the

program will open the program’s help guide to the appropriate section that you are at.

Spend less time, getting the answers you need.

Check Boxes

Check boxes are square boxes that are selected or cleared to turn on or off an option.

Command buttons

Buttons that initiate an action. Such as OK, Yes or No.

Drop-down list boxes

If a text box has an arrow next to it, it is called a drop-down list box. Clicking the arrow

opens the list. If the list is large, scroll bars might appear. If this is the case, click the up

or down arrows to scroll through the list. If the list is large enough, scroll bars appear.

Drop-down combo boxes

A drop-down combo box is the same as a drop-down list box with the exception that you

can either type or select data.

Group box

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC26

A box or frame that encloses a set of related options.

List box

A type of box that contains a list of items that you can select.

Option buttons

Round buttons used to select one of a specific choice of options.

Slider

Indication on a gauge that displays and sets a value from a continuous range, such as

lighten or darken, shadow depth, etc.

Spin box

Text box with up and down arrows that you can click to move through a set of fixed

values. You can also type in values directly.

Tabs

Labeled group of options used for many similar kinds of settings. Such as the League

Rules tabs.

Text Box

A rectangular box in which you can type text. If the box already contains text, you can

select the default text or delete it and type new text.

Windows and You 27

Additional Help

If you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with the Windows operating system, there are

several resources such as books and classes available for people of all ages and

abilities. IDG produces several books on how to use your computer or more about using

Windows.

28 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC28

Product Features

Product Features

Chapter

3

29

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC30

Product FeaturesThis program has several features listed below. Features and specifications are subject

to change without notice.

Product Feature ListThe following section describes some of the many features found in BLS-2021 with

limits noted as necessary.

· Manage as many leagues as you wish (Why pay more for each league or # of teams)

· Supports 6 games of bowling - why be limited to 4?

· Manage men, women, mixed and youth leagues

· Installers and applications are digitally signed to provide assurance that the software

you install is from CDE Software

· Handles Scratch or Handicap Leagues - No extra fees

· Handles Bowler and Team Divisions - No extra fees

· Supports individual and team match points for game and series - No extra fees

· Support up to 99-week league seasons

· Adjustable Score Entry font sizing

· Team roster sizes up to 12 bowlers per team

· Handles USBC Vacant Team Draw System providing a fairer alternative, to BYE

teams

· Handles USBC 300/900 Handicap cap to scratch

· Manage up to 200 teams per league

· Back up your data directly to CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD+R or DVD+RW

using Microsoft Image Mastering API built into Windows Vista, and newer.

· Supports the major awards changes with the 2020/2021 bowling season, from USBC,

CTF and TNBA.

· Supports Playing rules for 2020/2021 USBC. CTF and TNBA.

· Easy to use score screen that allows for rapid score entry. Screen is easy on eyes,

easy to read, and looks like a recap sheet

· Multiple Reports are managed with customizable league standings, detailed reports,

season histories, and more - No Extra Charge

· Add graphics and watermarks from our bowling clipart CD-ROM's or your own

creations. You control size, position, and effects

· Sort team lineups by low to high average or high to low average

· Fonts customizable on multiple reports. Change font style, size, and color.

Product Features 31

· Print plain paper recaps

· Print on available laser, inkjet, and dot matrix printers

· Simple management of prebowls and makeups, to ensure averages for handicap is

properly handled

· Give your bowlers FREE access to INTERACTIVE standings with

LeagueSecretary.com, to dynamically show positions, rosters, histories, and more

· FREE uploading standings to LeagueSecretary.com, for certified USBC/CTF leagues

AND non-sanctioned leagues

· FREE backup storage on LeagueSecretary.com, to securely back up leagues for

emergencies (One Click!)

· FREE uploading of your standings to USBC's own Bowl.com, for certified leagues

· FREE uploading of your standings to websites hosted on BPAA Web Services (Pro or

A/S edition)

· FREE uploading of your standings to websites hosted on BowlRx platform (Pro or A/S

edition)

· Supports USBC, CTF and TNBA Certified Leagues for 2020/2021 season, with award

detection and forms, membership forms, sanctions forms, and more for the

2020/2021 bowling season.

· USBC Youth Pepsi Tournament qualifications processing for the 2020/2021 bowling

season.

· Record payments and manage treasurer duties with the built-in treasurer module, to

manage league finances, to track by bowler or by team (why pay extra!)

· Ultimate Bowling League support - No extra charge

· Indicate a change in Lane Assignments if a league switches lanes mid-season.

· Send notices to Twitter when standings are uploaded (Pro Edition)

· Print Mailing Labels

· Print name labels

· League Rules Wizard

· Remove Teams Wizard

· Financial Setup Wizard

· Easy score entry for vacancy scores, dummy scores, absentee scores, pacer scores

and baker scores

· Tie management has long been available to BLS customers addressing how to

manage ties for standings and individual awards

· Individual and Team Awards managed by priorities for game or series or scratch or

handicap or combinations within

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC32

· Web uploads - Have your own site too? Upload to both LeagueSecretary.com and your

own website. Supports FTP, FTPS and SecureFTP

· Social Media updates

· Support - CDE provides the largest opportunity for support for your program via online

chat, message boards, email, fax, mail and phone

· Automatic Scoring Edition available with all major scoring systems including

QubicaAMF Conqueror, QubicaAMF Boss, Brunswick Vector, Vector Plus, Classic and

Centermaster, Steltronic Focus and WINS, Twelve Strike Central Desk Window and

Central Desk DOS, Purrfect Score, ComputerScore, AK Microsystems, Switch and

more

· A lot more features... We'll be updating additional features here after the program has

been released.

Instal lation

Installation

Chapter

4

33

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC34

InstallationAs with any software, the first step is to get the program installed. In this chapter we will

cover instructions on initial installation procedures, as well as installing updates. These

same procedures also apply when purchasing a new computer, transferring the

program to a different computer, or when the drive has to be formatted.

Before installing the program, make sure your computer meets the minimum

requirements. Operation and changing weeks will be quicker on computer processors

with large amounts of physical RAM.

See "System Requirements" on page:

Installing from CD ROMTo install the BLS-2021 using a CDROM, follow the instructions below

1. If your computer has multiple user accounts, log on as using a user account with

Administrator privileges.

2. Insert the CD. The installation menu should appear. If the installation menu does not

appear automatically, see What if the Installation CD does not start automatically on

page

3. Click Install a CDE Software Product.

4. Click League Software from the list of available product categories.

5. Click Bowling League Secretary 2021.

6. Click Install BLS-2021 Standard/Pro/Autoscore to launch the program installer.

As an alternative, to bypass the installation menu, see Installing EXE directly from CD

on page and directly install the software.

What if the Installation CD does not start automaticallyIf the installation menu does not appear automatically, follow the instructions below:

1. If your computer has multiple user accounts, log on as a user with Administrator

privileges.

2. Insert the CD.

3. Follow the appropriate steps for the version of Windows installed.

Windows 10, 8 or Windows Server 2012

1. On the Windows Taskbar, right-click on the Start button and click Search.

2. Type This PC in the search window and then click This PC.

3. In the This PC windows, double-click the CD drive icon.

4. If the User Account Control window opens, click Continue.

4. Click Install a CDE Software Product.

5. Click League Software from the list of available product categories.

18

34

35

Instal lation 35

6. Click Bowling League Secretary 2021.

7. Click Install BLS-2021 Standard/Pro/Autoscore to launch the program installer.

As an alternative, to bypass the installation menu, see Installing EXE directly from CD

on page and directly install the software.

Installing EXE directly from CDTo install the BLS-2021 using a CDROM, bypassing the menu system, follow the

instructions below

Windows 10, 8 or Windows Server 2012

1. Insert the CD.

2. On the Windows Taskbar, right-click on the Start button and click Search.

3. Click File Explorer, click This PC, and then click the CD drive.

4. Double-click the BLS2021 folder

5. Double-click the BLS2021INSTALLER.EXE file to install the program.

6. If the User Account Control window opens, click Continue.

Windows 7, Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008

1. Insert the CD.

2. On the Windows Taskbar, click Start, and then click Computer

3. Right-click the CD drive icon and click Open in a new window.

4. Double-click the BLS2021 folder

5. Double-click the BLS2021INSTALLER.EXE file to install the program.

6. If the User Account Control window opens, click Continue.

Installing from USB Flash DriveCDE Software, LLC is currently providing customers the option to purchase the program

on USB Flash Drive as opposed to CD-ROM disk. There are several advantages to

having the installation programs available on USB Flash Drive including the following:

· Significantly more compact than a CD ROM, you can take the drive anywhere.

· Increased storage capacity (4 GB) including a large amount of free disk space

(approx. 2.5 GB) to store important data such as league backups. Configure BLS-

2021 to automatically back up the league directly to the USB flash drive.

· Ability to update program installers as new updates are downloaded from CDE

Software, LLC.

To install:

1. If your computer has multiple user accounts, log on as using a user account

with Administrator privileges.

2. Insert the drive into an available USB port. After the drive has been detected, it

will be assigned the next available drive letter.

3. The installation menu should appear. If the installation menu does not appear

automatically, see What if the Installation USB does not start automatically on

page

35

36

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC36

4. Click Install a CDE Software Product.

5. Click League Software from the list of available product categories.

6. Click Bowling League Secretary 2021.

7. Click Install BLS-2021 Standard/Pro/Autoscore to launch the program installer.

As an alternative, to bypass the installation menu, see Installing EXE directly from

USB on page and directly install the software.

What if the Installation USB does not start automaticallyIf the installation menu does not appear automatically, follow the instructions below:

1. If your computer has multiple user accounts, log on as a user with Administrator

privileges.

2. Insert the drive into an available USB port. After the drive has been detected, it will be

assigned the next available drive letter.

3. Follow the appropriate steps for the version of Windows installed.

Windows 10, 8 or Windows Server 2012

1. On the Windows Taskbar, right-click on the Start button and click

Search.

2. Type This PC in the search window and then click This PC.

3. In the This PC windows, double-click the USB drive icon.

4. If the User Account Control window opens, click Continue.

Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008

1. On the Windows Taskbar, click Start, and then click Computer

2. Double-click the USB drive icon.

3. If the User Account Control window opens, click Continue.

4. Click Install a CDE Software Product.

5. Click League Software from the list of available product categories.

6. Click Bowling League Secretary 2021.

7. Click Install BLS-2021 Standard/Pro/Autoscore to launch the program installer.

As an alternative, to bypass the installation menu, see Installing EXE directly from USB

on page and directly install the software.

Installing EXE directly from USBTo install the BLS-2021 using a USB memory stick, bypassing the menu system, follow

the instructions below:

Windows 10, 8 or Windows Server 2012

1. Insert the drive.

2. On the Windows Taskbar, right-click on the Start button and click Search.

3. Click File Explorer, click This PC, and then click the USB drive.

4. Double-click the BLS2021 folder

5. Double-click the BLS2021INSTALLER.EXE file to install the program.

36

36

Instal lation 37

6. If the User Account Control window opens, click Continue.

Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008

1. Insert the drive.

2. On the Windows Taskbar, click Start, and then click Computer

3. Right-click the USB drive icon and click Open in a new window.

4. Double-click the BLS2021 folder

5. Double-click the BLS2021INSTALLER.EXE file to install the program.

6. If the User Account Control window opens, click Continue.

Installing from InternetTo install the BLS-2021 from the Internet, follow the instructions below:

1. Have your serial number with the product registration information available.

2. If Windows is not currently logged in under a Windows account with Administrator

privileges, then log in as Administrator or as a user with Administrative privileges.

3. Connect to the Internet, then go to http://www.cdesoftware.com

4. From the home page, click Download > Download League Software

5. Select the BLS-2021 tab

6. Locate the BLS-2021 Program Installer and click on the download button.

7. Depending on your Web browser, you may be presented with an option to Run or

Save. For Simplicity, select the option to Run. However, by using the Save option,

you will be able to keep a copy of the installation program as a backup or to

transfer to another computer.

8. If the Run option is selected, the InstallShield Wizard will automatically start when

download is complete. If the Save option was selected, locate the

BLS2021INSTALLER.EXE file that was downloaded and double-click to start the

InstallShield Wizard.

Follow on screen instructions to complete BLS-2021 installation.

Moving to a New ComputerMoving BLS-2021 to a new computer is not much different than installing the program

on the original computer. Simply select the installation method, CD-ROM, USB Flash

Drive or Internet, and follow the instructions provided earlier in this chapter.

Getting BLS-2021 installed on the new computer is the first step. Next, you will need to

get the data transferred from the original computer to the new one. We recommend

using the back up and restore functionality discussed under the chapter on Back up and

Restore and Transporting League Data on page .

Registering ProductAfter BLS-2021 program has been installed, an icon shortcut to Launch BLS-2021 will

be placed on the desktop. When you launch the program for the first time, you will be

prompted to Run as a DEMO version, Register/Activate this Program or Purchase a

Program License.

262

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC38

This screen will continue to appear every time BLS-2021 is launched until valid

registration information is entered. These options are fairly self-explanatory. The

Purchase a Program License option will lead to our secure, Online Store.

Click on Register/Activate this Program to complete BLS-2021 installation so the

program can be used with the features enabled. Follow the prompts to fill out the user

registration. The Serial Number must be entered first before any other fields can be

edited.

If you are using a temporary registration code to use while waiting for your permanent

registration code, see Using a temporary code on page

Enter the Serial Number, select the correct product using the Drop-down List, then enter

the First Name, Last Name, Company (if applicable) and League Name if registered to a

League. These fields, along with the registration key MUST be entered EXACTLY as

shown on the invoice. If the software is registered to a league, this field will also have to

be entered as shown on the invoice. For the Automatic Scoring edition, use the Drop-

down List to select the scoring system and number of lanes. Finally, enter the address

in the required fields to complete registration. If the first or last name, company name

and/or league name are misspelled on the Invoice, enter the data as misspelled, to

continue registration. Report any misspellings to CDE Software, LLC so that it can be

corrected and updated registration information can be issued.

When all the data is correctly entered, the red Registration is NOT Correct! button will

turn green and change to Registration is Valid! The first time BLS-2021 is activated, you

will be prompted "To Save a NEW Registration". The Email and Postal Addresses may

be changed without requiring updated registration. In addition, if the registration had to

be entered with misspelled information, corrected registration data would be emailed.

Under these circumstances, upon making the corrections, the button will read "To

Update Current Registration" which will save the changes to the current registration.

Example 1: If the confirmation email and/or the invoice has "Jonathan" for the first name,

then "Jonathan" must be entered into the First Name text box. DO NOT enter nicknames

or short names, such as "Johnny" or "Jon".

Example 2: If the confirmation email and/or the invoice says to leave the

Company/Bowling Center text box blank, the text box MUST be left blank.

Tips and Tricks

============

· Copy your email to the Windows clipboard then use the "Paste from Clipboard" button.

· Save your email as a text file then use the "Register from File" button.

Using a temporary codeRegistering using a temporary code vs a permanent code is the same process. All

information must be entered EXACTLY as it appears. The biggest difference is that for a

temporary code, the Company field must have TEMPORARY CODE ###### entered.

As an example:

38

Instal lation 39

- - - - - - TEMPORARY Registration Information - - - - - -

PRODUCT NAME: BLS-2021 PRO

SERIAL NUMBER: 123456

FIRST NAME: John

LAST NAME: Doe

COMPANY: TEMPORARY CODE 54321

REGISTERED TO: Company

SCORING SYSTEM: Not an Automatic Scoring Version

E-MAIL: help@cdesoftware.com

ADDRESS: 14220 Interurban Ave S STE 140

CITY: Seattle

STATE: WA

POSTAL CODE: 98168

REGISTRATION KEY: abc1xn-cde005-efgyuc-hij0m17-vj12

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Notice the example says Temporary Code 54321 in the company field. If 54321 was the

only thing typed in that field or Temporary Code was the only thing typed in that field, will

not be registered..

UpdatesDuring the course of the BLS-2021 lifetime, CDE Software, LLC will update the software

to enhance minor features and address any bug fixes. Updates are free of charge and

can downloaded when prompted to check for updates, or you may download directly

from CDE Software, LLC's website. CDE Software, LLC can provide updated CD-ROM's

or USB Flash Drives for a nominal fee, however the updates available online are

generally newer than what is available on the CD-ROM or USB Flash Drive.

The process for downloading and installing Program Updates from our Web Site is

identical to the steps outlined under Installing from Internet earlier in this chapter.

However, there are also options available when the program is running:

On the Main Menu, click Help > Check for Program Updates

As previously noted, updates can be downloaded manually by visiting our Web Site at

https://www.cdesoftware.com

Note: If BLS-2021 is installed on a computer without access to the Internet, the update

can be downloaded on another computer, then copied to a CD, USB flash drive, or

similar removable device capable of holding 75-100 MB of data.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC40

UpgradesCDE Software, LLC releases a new version of BLS every year for the new bowlingseason, which starts in August.

Instal l ing or removing older versions before upgrading:

It is not necessary to install or remove older, previous versions of BLS before installing

BLS-2021. Upgrades are simply full version products that qualified for special discounts.

It is not necessary to install every version that you have. Simply install BLS-2021.

Upgrading from previous version:

Previous versions of BLS do not need to be removed or uninstalled. The installation

program will install necessary files into the default BLS-2021 directory. League files are

not overwritten during installation nor removed during the uninstall process.

Note: The installation program will not automatically remove older versions of BLS. To

conserve a small amount of extra disk space, uninstall the previous versions of BLS

then delete the previous BLS folders and their contents after converting the older

leagues.

Using League fi les from previous versions of BLS:

Leagues created in BLS-2017 and above can be opened in BLS-2021.

Can I Install on Multiple Computers?No. The Software License Agreement grants you the right to "Install and maintain the

Software on one computer at any time, for use only in the End-User's home or own

business." Contact CDE Software to obtain information on multiple license

arrangements. For details, please review the Software License on page .

Can I exchange data between the bowling center?This depends on what version of BLS the center and the BLS you have.

If you have the Standard, Professional or AutoScoring version of BLS-2021 and the

center has either the Standard, Professional or AutoScoring edition of BLS-2021, then

the data can be exchanged between each other. When exchanging, it's recommended to

have the person receiving the data to back up their copy of the data (if they have it

already) and then delete the league prior to restoring the backup of the league from the

other person. This way data does not get mixed up.

If the person receiving the data has a version of BLS prior to BLS-2021, then the data

can not be exchanged as the data can only be converted forward to same or newer

version of BLS, not backwards to an older version of BLS.

19

Changes to BLS 2020

Changes to BLS 2020

Chapter

5

41

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC42

Changes to BLS 2020While there are a number of improvements, bug fixes and changes far to many to list, the

following are highlights of some of the changes in BLS from past versions. This edition

is compliant with the 2020/2021 USBC rules and regulations as well as with CTF and

TNBA for the 2020/2021 season and includes support for the new Under 17 division

Pepsi qualifying.

New Themes in BLS BLS-2021 now offers several different themes to chose from. Here are examples of

them.

CDE Light

CDE Med Dark

CDE Dark

Glow

Golden Graphite

Windows 10 Office Light 2

New Menu's BLS-2021 main menu’s have changed in looks. They have been separated into

different sections. Clicking on a topic with an arrow to the right, a sub menu appears

with several options to select from. These options will then open the program to that

window directly.

In the Weekly menu, in the Back Up option, we have added a ‘send’ to option. In there,

the options are to back up to a specific drive/network drive, a cloud backup, and new

send to a person backup. Note: In this feature the email for the secretary and treasure

must be included in the bowler’s profile information.

Opening League ScreenThe league main screen now includes a dashboard highlighting important information.

For example, if bowler birthdays are entered, a display of this week/month's birthdays

will appear in a scrolling message. Clicking on it will open the Statical screen. Clicking

on the Lanes dash board, opens the lane assignments screen. The Dash Board is a

quick visual or a shortcut to the actual menu item.

Changes to BLS 2020 43

Lane AssignmentsWe have had many requests to show the what the week is when not bowling, i.e.

Holiday, etc. We have enhanced our lane assignments to be able to show what week(s)

are a holiday or special day that the league will not bowl. If choosing this option, entering

the total number of calendar weeks the league is to bowl; a 34 week league that has 2

holidays, 36 weeks must be entered in the league rules, How and When we bowl

section.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC44

CertificationsUSBC now requires the BA and WBA to be merged. If the local association requires the

Final Average list to be separated, an option when going to that report will print separate

pages for each association.

Pepsi TournamentThe Pepsi Tournament has added a U17 division. BLS-2021 now has that division in

the tournament set up.

Perfect Secretary LeaguesWe have made it possible for you to import your team names and bowlers into our

program to help alleviate the extra time of entering all the names and addresses.

However it does not import the rules or averages or any bowler or team data such as

scores, points, etc.

Program Overview and Opening Screen

Program Overview

and Opening Screen

Chapter

6

45

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC46

Program Overview and Opening ScreenNow that the program has been installed, it would be best to review some of the

program functionality and features. There is a logical order for running the program to

get the job done easily and quickly.

To start the program, do the following:

· From the Windows desktop, double-click the BLS-2021 shortcut

Or

· Click the Start button on the task bar. From the Start Menu, select Programs (or Apps

for Windows 8 or newer) > CDE Software BLS-2021

The opening screen offers a variety of options. On top of the screen contains pull down

menus to access functions for the program.

The program help is one of the most important functions to be aware of, as it opens the

Help Section of the software. The Help Section is designed to guide you through the

program should you need assistance. From anywhere within the program you can select

HELP > Program Help or push the F1 key. Clicking on the Help menu, then Help will

display the section of Help that is relevant to what you are working on. The Help Section

is more thorough than the product manual and is periodically updated when program

updates are made available.

Another important HELP feature is the program's Frequently Asked Questions, which

contains a list of the most common questions and situations asked about the program

and functionality. Select Help > Frequently Asked Questions or press F2 or Ctrl + F1 to

bring up the Frequently Asked Questions.

The electronic edition of the BLS-2021 program manual can be viewed by selecting

Help > Program Manual. This is in a .pdf format so the free Adobe Acrobat Reader or

other programs capable of opening these types of documents needs to be installed.

This typically should not be a problem as Adobe Reader or similar programs, are

required elsewhere in the program.

When BLS-2021 first opens five menu selections are available, File, Options,

Maintenance, Certify and Help. This is a departure from the prior generations of the

software and was changed to make it quicker and easier to navigate within the software

to get to the appropriate features.

Options MenuThis menu section is designed to provide access to common program options. As such,

it is further sub-divided into the following categories:

Registration: These menu functions allow registration and unlocking of BLS-2021.

Preferences: The menu functions allow for program operation preferences.

Multiple Users: The menu functions allow switching program registrations.

Program Overview and Opening Screen 47

RegistrationThe options in this section are provided to setup the initial features in the program.

These settings are globally available to all leagues managed in the program.

Program RegistrationViews information about the product registration or makes changes to the registration,

such as correcting spelling or modifying registration. When upgrading from BLS-2021

Standard to PRO, enter the new information on this screen. If Activation is required, enter

the Activation Code on this page as well.

When program is running in Demo mode, initial registration can be entered on this page

without having to restart program.

The serial number, first and last name, company, automatic scoring and registration key

MUST be entered exactly as shown on the invoice. If the software is registered to a

league, this field will also have to be entered as shown on the invoice. Finally, enter the

address in the required fields to complete registration. The Registration is Valid! button

will remain grayed out until all the information is entered accurately with regards to what

was provided on the Invoice. If the first or last name, company name and/or league

name are misspelled, enter the data as misspelled to continue registration. Report any

misspellings to CDE Software, LLC so that it can be corrected and updated registration

information can be issued.

PreferencesPreferences for general areas of the program.

Automatic Scoring SetupThis feature is only available in the Automatic Scoring Editions of BLS-2021. For

information on setting up or configuring the Automatic Scoring features, please see the

chapter on Automatic Scoring on page .

Local Awards SetupThis menu option provides access to the Awards configuration screen when there are

no league files open. Once configured, these awards will be available for all leagues

managed in BLS-2021. These awards can also be configured when a league is open

by going to Options > Preferences > Local Awards Setup. For more information on

configuring these awards, see the Local Awards Setup on page .

Multiple UsersWhen using multiple registrations, this allows switching to a different program

registration.

Switch UsersThere are some situations where a secretary who owns BLS-2021 to manage a league,

takes over a different league that also owns a license for BLS-2021. The license

information from the second league can be entered into the program and then use the

switch user function to change between the registrations.

276

246

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC48

To switch registrations, select the appropriate listed registration and click Select This

Registration.

To delete registrations no longer being used, select the appropriate registration and

click Delete Registration.

Passwords(Pro and & A/S feature only) Functions used to set a password to use this program.

Set / Change Program PasswordThis feature is only available in the Professional and Automatic Scoring Editions of BLS-

2021.

This option allows the ability to setup or change a password to allow or deny access to

the program.

If a password has been set for the program, it must be entered in order to change the

password to a different password. If NONE is entered for the new password, then the

password protection for the program will be disabled.

Passwords can not be retrieved will require re-installation of the software.

Maintenance MenuThis section provides various options to be used for maintenance of your league files.

These options represent different tasks that can be performed on the league data or

system files. Generally, these items need to be performed when there is no open league

files which is why they are only available when the league files are closed. Again, this

section is sub-divided into the following categories:

Back up: Menu functions pertaining to backing up BLS-2021 data.

Restore: Menu functions pertaining to restoring BLS-2021 data from backups.

Delete: Menu functions pertaining to deleting BLS-2021 data.

Copy: Menu functions pertaining to copying BLS-2021 data.

Find: Menu functions pertaining to finding BLS-2021 data.

Utilities: Menu functions pertaining to various functions.

Back up Data: This section provides the option to back up league and system files.

Restore Data: Provides the ability to restore previously backed up league and system

files.

Program Overview and Opening Screen 49

Backing up data is a very important process that should never be neglected. Should a

computer disaster ever happens, the chances of recovering from that disaster is greatly

improved, providing backups are readily available. In addition, using backup files is a

convenient way of transporting league data to another computer. Due to the importance

of this subject, we have devoted an entire chapter on the subject. For more details

backing up and restoring data, see the chapter on Back up/Restore and Transporting

League Data on page .

League File Maintenance: This section includes options to delete league files, copy

older league files, copy existing league files and to search the hard drive for all league

files. Additional information on these options is available later in this chapter.

Updates and Support: Provides and alternate location to Email League to Tech Support

and Check for Program Updates.

Assorted Utilities: This utility will provide a drive and directory listing that can be used for

file maintenance. This can be used as an alternative to Windows Explorer.

Additional information on these options is provided later in this manual or in the Help file

included with BLS-2021.

Maintenance > BackupBack up: Menu functions pertaining to backing up BLS-2021 data.

See page for more information.

Maintenance > RestoreRestore: Menu functions pertaining to backing up BLS-2021 data.

See page for more information.

Maintenance > DeleteImportant Note: Be sure to make a backup of the league before deleting as this process

can not be recovered.

If a league is no longer needed, select Delete Leagues from the League and File

Maintenance menu. This can be helpful to remove older leagues that get copied from

one version of BLS to the next version during the upgrade installation.

Select the league to be deleted and click Delete League. Confirm your choice for the

league to be permanently removed. This data does not go to Windows Recycle Bin, so

make sure you have a backup or that you are deleting the correct league.

Maintenance > CopyThis menu section has options to copy leagues, definitions or styles.

Copy BLS 2020 league to somewhere elseSelect Copy BLS-2021 league to somewhere else from the League and File

Maintenance to duplicate a current league. This utility can also be used to rename the

file when the original file name is greater than 8 characters.

262

262

267

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC50

Helpful Tip: Make a copy of your league to test alternate rules and settings.

Use the following procedure to make a copy of your current league:

1. Click on Maintenance > Copy > Copy BLS-2021 league to somewhere else

2. Select the league to duplicate, then click the Copy a League button.

3. Enter a unique name for the new league file, select a destination folder the click OK.

Be sure to limit the number of characters to 8 if the computer system or automatic

scoring system has this limitation.

4. Click Cancel to exit back to main screen.

5. Open newly copied league and confirm all settings.

6. Once the league data in new file name has been verified, delete the league stored

using the original file name (Optional)

Copy Older Leagues to use with BLS 2018If a league was used in an older version of BLS, select this option to locate and copy the

league to this program. Only leagues created with BLS-2016 and newer are supported

using this option. To copy an older league:

1. Under Currently selected drive and directory, navigate to the folder that contains the

league to be copied.

2. When the correct folder is selected, the league should appear in the list of leagues

on the upper portion of the window.

3. Select the league and click Copy a League.

4. Create a new filename.

5. The new league will be copied to the default folder for league files.

As an alternative, if you have a backup of your league created by your previous version of

BLS no earlier than BLS-2016, you can restore that backup into BLS-2021. For more

information about restoring league files, please see Restore League Files on page .

Search hard drive for leaguesMaintenance > Find > Search Hard Drive For League

Use this option to locate league files on the computer. Selecting this option will initially

perform a search of the Default folder for leagues in the BLS-2021 program. This option

267

Program Overview and Opening Screen 51

is also available on any screen when opening existing league files or performing

previously discussed maintenance (backup league, delete league, copy league, etc.).

If the league file is not listed on this screen, BLS-2021 provides additional options to

expand the search.

Search Current Tree: This option will search for league files in the folder selected under

Currently selected drive and directory including all subdirectories. To change the

location to start searching, select the folder to the right.

Search Current Drive: This option will search the entire drive selected under Currently

selected drive and directory including all subdirectories. Depending on the size of the

drive and the number of files, this may take a significant amount of time.

Once the league file is found, use the Copy Leagues to BLS-2021 button in the upper

right corner to copy the league to the Default Folder so that it can be readily available to

BLS-2021.

Library of bowling formsSelect File > Forms Library from the Main screen, or the Utilities menu with the league

opened, to access.

This section provides access to all the forms available in BLS-2021. This screen

provides quick access to Average Charts to display handicaps associated different

averages based on the configured settings. This chart can also be printed and handed

out. Various printing options are also available on this screen. These options will vary

depending on which form is selected to be printed.

Select the desired form and click the Preview Selected Form button.

Help MenuThis menu section is designed to provide access to program help and assistance. As

such, it is further sub-divided into the following categories:

Help: The menu functions relate to the BLS-2021 documentation and help.

Support: The menu functions allow contact with CDE Support.

Internet Links Section: Various links with CDE and other websites.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC52

Program FunctionsGeneral help for the software.

About BLS-2020This option provides the information about the current program. The important

information on this page is the program version and release date as these items

determine if the most current update is installed.

Program HelpThis function accesses the help file for BLS-2021.

Frequently Asked QuestionsThis function accesses the Frequently Asked Questions file for BLS-2021. This file

contains various questions or situations that frequently occur during a bowling season.

We strongly recommend viewing this file when a problem or situation occurs to see if the

answer has already been placed there.

Program ManualThis function accesses the electronic version of the BLS-2021 manual. During the

season the electronic version of the manual is updated. The free Adobe Acrobat Reader

or compatible utility is used to view the manual. The electronic manual is handy for

reference and can be searched.

Check For Program UpdateSelecting this menu item will check the CDE Software web site for the currently available

product version for BLS-2021 and provide notification if a newer version is available.

SupportGet support from CDE Software's technical support for the software.

Support, Forums and DownloadsThis function provides a screen with Internet links for CDE Software, LLC product

support, message boards and downloads.

Contacting CDE SoftwareProvides support phone numbers and mailing address as well as a link to send a

question to CDE Software, LLC's support staff.

Email Tech SupportCreate an email to be sent directly to CDE Software, LLC's technical support staff. If you

have a question on BLS-2021 or require the support staff to examine a league, select

this option to bring up a built-in support email form. For more information, see the

Support Functions section under League Utilities on page .

Remote SupportOpens your default browser to CDE Software's remote support page. During a support

call or chat, the technical support team may request you visit this page so the staff can

view your computer to help troubleshoot an issue you may be having.

259

Program Overview and Opening Screen 53

Internet Links SectionThis section provides a few useful internet links which may not be affiliated with CDE

Software, LLC.

Custom MenuWhen a league is opened, the custom menu (My Menu) is available to add frequently

used main menu features in an easy to access list. The Standard edition allows for a

limited number of items in the menu, whereas the Pro and AutoScoring editions allow

for more items in the list.

The Custom Menu is designed to be a shortcut to items in the pull-down main menu.

For many, it is a way to organize steps to run a week of league in a specific order.

Managing Menu

To manage the custom menu, click item #1 - Manage/edit "My Custom Menu". Items

already in your custom menu will appear. By selecting an item in the menu, it can be

moved down in the list, higher in the list or removed.

Adding an Item

To add an item to the custom menu, , click item #1 - Manage/edit "My Custom Menu".

Select an empty line that does not have a menu associated. Using the main menu at

the top of BLS, select the menu item to be added. After selecting, click the "Click to add

this item to My Menu" button. The item will now appear in the list. It can then be moved

up or down as needed or removed if an item was added accidentally.

Removing an Item

To remove an item to the custom menu, , click item #1 - Manage/edit "My Custom Menu".

Select the menu item to be removed and click Remove Item.

Clearing the Custom Menu

To add an item to the custom menu, , click item #1 - Manage/edit "My Custom Menu".

Click Clear My Custom Menu.

54 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC54

How to be a great league secretary

How to be a great

league secretary

Chapter

7

55

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC56

How to be a great league secretaryThe following section provides insights into the ways BLS-2021 will help you be a great

league secretary. Once getting acquainted with the basics of BLS-2021, you can

advance to the more powerful features of the program.

Before your league beginsThe first step is to obtain the League Secretary packet from the local association. Many

times the association will send the packet to the bowling center, so check with them first.

It will contain all the necessary forms to complete, including pre-printed membership

cards, league applications, average books, and rule books.

If you were a secretary in past seasons, spend extra time going over current USBC rules.

Regardless of number of years the league has been in existence, league bylaws must

not conflict with rules as defined in the current season's USBC bylaws.

If unsure about the legality of certain league bylaws, please check with the national rules

committee.

Organization MeetingOne of the most important steps in running a successful league begins at the

organizational meeting. At this meeting, three critical areas are discussed and then

agreed upon:

1. League Awards: The awards determine the competitiveness of a league. There are 2

types of awards and the league must decide what awards are dispersed and if the

prizes will be in the form of cash, trophies or both. Be sure that a prize committee has

been elected at this point.

· Team Awards - Awards given out for the top team scores for a game and/or series.

Can be based on handicap and/or scratch. (For sanctioned leagues, check the current

rule book for only awarding scratch awards.)

· Individual - Awards given out for the top individual scores for a game and/or series,

can be based on handicap and/or scratch. (For sanctioned leagues, check the current

rollback for only awarding scratch awards.

2. Financial: At the meeting, the nightly fee needs to be established. Go over the lineage

amounts (fees charged by the center), secretary and treasurer fees, and the amount

contributed to the prize fund. Try to make the nightly fee an even dollar amount so there

won’t be the extra burden of making change each night.

Discuss and vote on any sponsor fees collected for team or league sponsors. Vote on

any fines imposed and make sure that it is included in the league rules. The league

must also establish a bank account and bonding, or use the in-center banking service.

3. Playing Rules: Establish the rules of league as per the Suggested League Rules

section of the USBC Rule Book. Print a copy of the league rules from BLS-2021.

Go over the league rules before the meeting and carefully check for discrepancies

against the USBC Rule Book. If unsure about a set of rules, contact the association

rules committee, to check its validity. The rules from USBC do change from year to year.

How to be a great league secretary 57

A rule that the league voted in 10 years ago may have been legal then, but may not be

legal this year.

Verify Handicap rules and points awarded.

It is recommended you print a league rules worksheet to take to the meeting. One of the

benefits of using the worksheet is that when rules are established and approved, simply

plug the information directly into BLS-2021 after the meeting.

To print the league rules worksheet, open BLS-2021 and click the Library of bowling

forms icon. Click Generic League Forms and select Blank League Rules

Worksheet. Click on Preview Selected Form and print the report. Blank Team Sign-up

Sheets and Average Charts for handicap reference are available to print.

51

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC58

The First Night of BowlingThere are many things to tend to, the first night.

· League rules

· Recap Sheets

· Standing sheets showing bowlers, entering averages and lane assignments

· League and bowler’s sanction applications

All these documents from within BLS-2021 may be printed and taken to the first night of

bowling. The standing sheet and recap sheets would only be done, after the teams and

roster members are set.

Arrive at the bowling center ahead of everyone else and introduce yourself to the center’s

manager. Establish what the center’s job includes. For example they may distribute

forms or pay envelopes. You should also try to set up a table in an area where you can

conduct league business during that opening session and let the center staff know

where is it is.

Hold a briefing prior to the starting time of the league with the team captains and officers.

Keep in mind that although many bowlers know each other, there may be a new face

amongst you and a short introduction would be appropriate.

This is also a good time to review with the captains, their duties, which may include

completing and submitting the following:

· Recap Sheets

· Pay Envelopes

Be sure each team captain has a copy of the league rules and bylaws. Your job is to

delegate the work to the team captains, because you have a lot of other responsibilities

that need your attention. That’s why it’s important to communicate with the team captains

up front, on what you will be expecting from them.

At the end of the first sessionCollect the pay envelopes and recap sheets from the team captains.

· If you are also the treasurer, verify the money collected matches the pay envelope.

· Pay the bowling center lineage.

· The balance of money should be deposited into the league account. Sometimes

bowling centers offer in-house banking. You will need to check with your bowling

center, and make arrangements with them.

· Complete the sanction applications and mail a check to your local association for

sanction fees.

If the center’s automatic scoring participates in the interface with BLS-2021, download

them to a flash drive or disk, with the scores, to take home.

How to be a great league secretary 59

Responsibilities each week· Post the standing sheets at the bowling center and upload the Standing Sheets to the

LeagueSecretary.com and Bowl.com web sites. This allows the league bowlers to

verify the accuracy of the scores and calculations. Although BLS-2021 is 100%

accurate, a different score or average may appear because a rule was set up

incorrectly...or if an incorrect score was entered. If a discrepancy exists, refer to Reprint

of Scores Report to resolve the dispute. Make notes of any errors that need to be

corrected.

· Hand out a copy of the standing sheet and recap sheets to team captains.

· Collect pay envelopes by end of the 1st game. (Better yet, have the team captains

bring the pay envelopes to you). Remember that your job is to delegate responsibility!)

If you designated yourself as the secretary in the Bowler Maintenance screen, the

standing sheets will say “Your League Secretary Dawn Bean is on Lane 12” so

everyone knows where to find you.

· Collect recap sheets at the end of bowling.

· Post standings online to LeagueSecretary.com, Bowl.com and SportBowling.com.

Mid-Season· The local association usually requires an average list as of January 1, for sanction

and tournament purposes. Print the Average Report from the Task > Mid/End SeasonReporting menu > Final Averages. Print a copy, save it to a USB or disk file, or

transmit it electronically.

· Check with the center to see if they also need a copy for tournament purposes.

Before the season ends· Check with the local association to see when the Final Averages report is due. The

report may be due even if the league season has not been completed.

· If the league hands out trophies, allow sufficient time to get them ordered.

· If the league has a banquet, assign a banquet chairman to arrange a location and

reserve the space.

· Also, when using the League Planner, be aware of important deadlines such as the

league’s qualifying windows for the Youth Pepsi Championships. This can help

bowlers not to miss out on special tournaments and events.

End of season· Print the final reports and final standing sheets.

· Print Bowler and Team History and Final Average List and distribute to each bowler.

· Verify that the awards list is correct.

· If awards are in cash, use the Prize Fund Calculator to determine denominations of

bills needed for the cash prize envelopes.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC60

· Restarting a league. Many leagues operate season after season with little or no

change to teams or rosters. With BLS-2021, it’s easy to restart a league with the

same teams and rosters used the previous season. Make a back up of the league

before restarting.

· If the league won’t bowl next year, it can be deleted. It is always a good idea to make

back ups of data before erasing any of it. If a bowler complains or if the final average

report gets lost before the local association receives it, it can be restored.

Using Program for Season

Using Program for

Season

Chapter

8

61

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC62

Using Program for SeasonThe following chapter gives an idea on how to use the program during the entire bowling

season. There may be exceptions that occur during the season depending on your

league.

Home League SecretariesThe following is a basic flow chart on how a league secretary at home would use BLS-

2021 from the start to the end of the bowling season. There are certainly situations that

may occur during the season that may cause a need to deviate from the below schedule,

but in general, this is the normal day to day operation.

1. Prepare the league to start the season

a. Create a new league file.

b. Set up the rules in BLS-2021 to match the bylaws that the league has adopted.

c. Set up the lane assignment schedule to match the schedule that the league has

bowled.

d. Print a signup / roster sheet for bowlers to include their information.

e. Set up the teams and the rosters of who is bowling on which team.

f. Enter/edit bowler information as needed, such as address, phone number, email

address, book and/or entering averages.

g. Designate bowlers who are officers of the league.

h. Set up the standing sheet to match the appearance desired and has the

information desired.

i. Set up the certification fees for the local association, if a USBC or CTF league.

j. Set up the league fees, if also doing financial duties.

k. Set up the league for online standing sheet viewing with LeagueSecretary.com -

a free service to sanctioned and non-sanctioned leagues.

2. Prepare for the week

a. Adjust rosters as needed

b. Print recap sheets for bowlers to write their scores on

3. LEAGUE BOWLS

4. Process the week

a. Adjust rosters to match how league bowled

b. Enter scores for the week

c. Check for awards earned and print awards.

d. Print Standing Sheet

e. Upload standings to LeagueSecretary.com

f. Process payments, if managing financial duties

g. Back league up to an external USB Drive or Hard Drive

h. Advance to next week in BLS

5. Repeat Steps 2, 3 and 4 for season.

6. Prepare league for finish of season

Using Program for Season 63

a. Print Final Standing Sheet

b. Print Bowler and Team Histories

c. Print Final Average Sheet and return to association managers

d. Print Returning Bowler list and have bowlers and teams complete

e. Make a final backup of the league and place on an external USB drive or Hard

Drive.

7. Enjoy the break

Center League ProcessorsThe following is a basic flow chart on how a league processor at the bowling center

would use BLS-2021 from the start to the end of the bowling season. There are certainly

situations that may occur during the season that may cause a need to deviate from the

below schedule, but in general, this is the normal day to day operation.

1. Prepare the league to start the season

a. Create a new league file.

b. Set up the rules in BLS-2021 to match the bylaws that the league has adopted.

c. Set up the lane assignment schedule to match the schedule that the league has

bowled.

d. Print a signup / roster sheet for bowlers to include their information.

e. Set up the teams and the rosters of who is bowling on which team.

f. Enter/edit bowler information as needed, such as address, phone number, email

address, book and/or entering averages.

g. Designate bowlers who are officers of the league.

h. Set up the standing sheet to match the appearance desired and has the

information desired.

i. Set up the certification fees for the local association, if a USBC or CTF league.

j. Set up the league fees, if also doing financial duties.

k. Set up the league for online standing sheet viewing with LeagueSecretary.com -

a free service to sanctioned and non-sanctioned leagues.

2. Prepare for the week

a. Adjust rosters as needed

b. Print recap sheets for bowlers to write their scores on

c. Export rosters to AutoScoring System

3. BOWL LEAGUE

4. Process the week

a. Import Scores

b. Edit/Enter scores that were not imported or need to be changed for whatever

reason.

c. Adjust rosters to match how league bowled

d. Check for awards earned and print awards.

e. Print Standing Sheet

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC64

f. Upload standings to LeagueSecretary.com

g. Process payments, if managing financial duties

h. Back league up to an external USB Drive or Hard Drive

i. Advance to next week in BLS

5. Repeat Steps 2, 3 and 4 for season.

6. Prepare league for finish of season

a. Print Final Standing Sheet

b. Print Bowler and Team Histories

c. Print Final Average Sheet and return to association managers

d. Print Returning Bowler list and have bowlers and teams complete

e. Make a final backup of the league and place on an external USB drive or Hard

Drive.

7. Enjoy the break

Creating a New League

Creating a New

League

Chapter

9

65

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC66

Creating a New LeagueIt is best to have a copy of the printed league rules and bylaws available for reference

when creating a league for the very first time.

Open BLS-2021 program, click on File > New > Create a New League or Create from

Perfect Secretary League.

Creating a File NameThe first window that will open when creating a league is the File Name window. Enter a

file name that is easy to remember such as MonMix2019, or just use the default name

that is already in the space provided.

This is the name that the computer will associate all the league data with. It is not the

league name. Once this has been decided and entered, click on the OK button

(green/white check mark).

Note – Do not change the Drive and Folder for Data Files, unless this information is

going to be stored in a different location.

Rules WizardAfter entering the file name, BLS-2021 will ask if you want to use the Wizard. The Wizard

makes setting up the basic league rules much simpler and will go through the basic

rules. Once the wizard is finished, if the league has any additional rules or the league

changes a rule(s), this can be modified/changed by going to Setup > Rules, then adjust

or make any changes necessary.

Creating Perfect Secretary LeaguesOpen the program, click on File, then Create from Perfect Secretary League. A wizard will

come up that will help with converting the PS League to BLS. Read the instructions and

click Next. To find the directory for the PS leagues, click the browse button, click on the

local C drive, find the PSD folder and click Select. Click Next. The next screen will have a

list of the leagues by folder, League01 etc. Select the correct folder, click Create League.

Creating a New League 67

Another window opens to designate a file name for the league. See Creating a File

Name .

A message box will pop up asking if you would like to use the rules wizard, it is

recommended to use it.

Once the wizard is complete, it will open the General Rules section. Verify that everything

in the Rules setup is correct, make any changes necessary. Click Done when finished.

The Lane assignment screen will open and remove any dates (weeks/sessions) the

league is not bowling. Click in the Type of Week column, use the Drop-down arrow to

select your position rounds, etc. Note, BLS 2018 does not support putting in a Holiday,

like PS did, but this will be supported in BLS-2021. When the lane assignments are

done, click Main Menu. To verify the bowlers and teams, click Setup, Teams, Rosters. All

the Teams and bowlers will be there. By clicking the Drop-down arrow at the top,

Averages and High scores, and selecting all information, the addresses, phones

number, etc., will show.

66

68 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC68

Handicap Leagues

Handicap Leagues

Chapter

10

69

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC70

Handicap LeaguesIf there are any questions regarding any of the rules, please refer to our Help Manual, or

our FAQ’s. Also, our Support Forum may be of help at http://support.cdesoftware.com

This section will cover each section in the Rules > General Rules

General Rules

WHO WE ARE

Enter a description or the name of the league in the space provided which is yellow. This

will copy to the title of the league to show on the reports. If a different name for the

reports is desired, this may be changed.

Note – if the program is registered to the league, the registered name of the league will

show on all the reports.

When entering the number of teams in the league; it must be an even number. Should

there be an uneven number of teams, an extra team must be added (vacant team) to

make it even.

Enter the number of bowlers on a team that bowl each week.

Enter the number of games the league bowls each week.

HOW AND WHEN WE BOWL

Using the date picker (Select Date button). Select the date the league is to start

bowling.

Note - Single arrow changes the Month, Double arrow changes the year.

Click the check mark to confirm this.

The program will select the season.

Enter the time the league starts and the approximate ending time.

It is very important to enter the correct number of weeks/sessions the league bowls. Do

not count weeks that the league may take off for holidays, etc. Include any fun nights or

roll-off nights. Note - if using the new feature for holidays, etc., the entire number of

weeks will need to be set including the sessions/weeks not bowling.

If the last week of bowling is a fun night/roll-off, then make the final night of bowling the

week before. Example: A 33 week league with the 34th week a fun night, the final night of

competition will be week 33.

LEAGUE FEATURES

The section contains main options for the league and what will be displayed will depend

on these settings.

If the league is anything other than Standard 10 Pin bowling, use the Drop-down arrow

to select the type of bowling the league is playing.

Handicap Leagues 71

Indicate the type of bowlers in the league. Use the Drop-down arrow, select the proper

option.

If this is a handicap league, make sure that the type of league option is set to handicap.

The next section, change the No to Yes on any option the league will use, otherwise

leave them at NO.

Individual Match points – additional points for individuals bowling against the opposing

bowler in the same position on the team roster (See Creating an Individual Match Point

League)

Bowler Divisions – Separating bowlers to compete only within their division, such as

men, women, etc.

Team Divisions – Generally used in specialized leagues, such as a sports type league

(See Creating a League with Divisions)

Bumper Bowling – Generally used with the young junior bowlers, or the physically

disabled bowlers’ league

Drop-In Singles League – A league that has only one bowler on a team or used for an

organized open bowling group (See Creating a Singles/Drop-In League)

This next section designates whether the league is Certified/Sanctioned by an

organization, so that BLS-2021 can track awards earned by the bowler. If the league is

Certified/Sanctioned, select the correct organization from the Drop-down list.

WHERE WE BOWL

To have the center name where the league bowls on the reports, click on Edit

Information, and add the center to the list. Click on Enter a New Name, type a Shortcut ID

code and enter all the information for the center. In the Special window, click in the option

box for bowling center, and enter the Lane Certification number, and using the Drop-

down arrow, select the number of lanes. Click Select to close this window.

Split Season Change the option that applies to the league, i.e. a regular league will be No.

If the league is a Split Season, change the option to Yes.

There will be another section that will appear when this is set to Yes. These options are

set according to the league rules.

SPLIT SEASON SCHEDULE

If the option is set to Yes in the last section, these options are very important to have

correct according to the league rules.

Enter the number of splits/sessions the league is to bowl in the spin box provided.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC72

Depending on how many weeks the league is set to bowl, BLS-2021 will fill in the week

number(s) of the new start of the next session/split(s). This can be changed if the league

wants a different start of the split.

According to the league rules, change the option to the correct position (Yes or No) for

the options that are to be reset back to zero at the start of the new split(s).

TEAM STANDINGS DETERMINATION

Generally this option is set for the Current Split so standings are ranked in order of the

wins and losses for just that split.

Change this option to entire season if the standings are to be determined by the entire

season and not the current split.

**This option only shows up if the league is a Split Season League.

Legal Lineup

WHAT MAKES A LEGAL LINEUP

This section defines the actual number of players that bowl on each team each week.

This is sometimes referred to as playing strength. Using the spin box provided, select

the correct number of actual players that are on a team, such as 3 for a trio league, 4 for

a regular league, etc.

Enter the number of bowlers who must physically be present to bowl each week,

according to the league rules.

Of those bowlers physically bowling, how many players must be a regular member of

the team (not substitutes)

When advancing to the next week, select what order the bowlers are to bowl from the

Drop-down list box.

The bylaws should state whether a vacancy position should be considered toward a

legal line up and for how many weeks.

ADDITIONAL LEGAL LINEUP REQUIREMENTS

If the league is a mixed league, select the correct requirement from the Drop-down list

box, according to the rules, as to how many of each gender must be on a team.

Individual Averages

BOOK AND ENTERING AVERAGES (Standard average Rules)

Determine from the league rules/bylaws whether the bowlers will establish a new

average or use their book average (last years’ average) when starting this league.

If establishing a new average this year, in the ‘Use average for how long’ set the number

of games to 0 (zero).

Handicap Leagues 73

In the section where a bowler has no Book or Entering average, leave the Use bowler’s

first night average and enter the number of games the bowler is to use this average, i.e.

3 games.

The next section referring to the Book Average requirements, these options can be left at

zero.

NON-STANDARD AVERAGE RULES

These rules are non-standard which few leagues use and should not be changed for a

basic league.

Individual Handicaps

BASIC INDIVIDUAL HANDICAP RULES

The league rules/bylaws should have a section that defines the handicap percentage

and the base average. If it is the same for all sexes in the league, change the switch to

YES. If it is different for each gender, than change the switch to NO and type the correct

percentage and base average in the spaces provided.

This information is very important to be correct because BLS-2021 uses this to calculate

individual handicap for teams and awards.

When a league deems that a game score with handicap can not exceed 300, change the

option Maximum Hdcp score to 300. The same for Max Hdcp Series, set to 900. If the

league does not have this rule, then leave the values as the default.

NON-STANDARD INDIVIDUAL HANDICAP RULES

These rules are non-standard which few leagues use and should not be changed for a

basic league.

Team Handicaps

BASIC TEAM HANDICAP RULES

There are 3 different options to choose from when setting up the team handicap. Refer

to the league rules to determine which option the league has chosen and select it from

the Drop-down list.

· Sum of Bowler handicaps – Each bowler has an individual handicap and they are

added together to create the team handicap

· Based on the Difference of the Team Averages – A percentage of the difference of both

teams bowling averages (Team averages of all the bowlers’ averages (on the team)

totals the Team Average)

· Based on Team Average – A percentage of the difference of the team average and a

base

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC74

Once the correct option has been chosen, if there are any required other options, such

as the percentage and the base, complete this information according to the

rules/bylaws.

NON-STANDARD TEAM HANDICAP RULES

These rules are non-standard which few leagues use and should not be changed for a

basic league.

Absentee Players

ABSENTEE SCORE RULES

Most leagues have a rule that when a player/bowler does not show to bowl the match,

and the team does not get a substitute, the team is penalized by taking a certain amount

of pins off the absent bowlers average and used that score for the games not bowled.

Note – does not affect the handicap.

Most leagues will use the average minus 10 pins for an absentee score. This is default

in BLS-2021, but can be changed if the league uses another value using the text box

provided.

Change the option to YES if the information is the same for all sexes in the league. If the

league has a different value for each gender, the change the option to NO, and enter the

various values for each gender.

An absentee score is average less a percentage, which is a non-standard rule and is

discouraged from use. If the league is sanctioned and or certified by USBC, the league

cannot use this rule.

ABSENTEE PIN DROP RULE

Ignore this section because most basic handicap leagues will not use this option. It is

generally used with a league that is a very highly competitive type of league.

Vacant Players

VACANT PLAYER RULES

In the case of a league that either has a player drop out and can’t fill that position right

away, or the position on a team does not have a permanent bowler, the league will use a

Vacant player for that spot and assign a vacancy score to be used. (This score would be

for all vacant players’ on the league.) Enter the correct score, (if different from the default

in the program), in the text boxes provided. The vacancy score is a fixed score that will

have handicap added to the team handicap.

If the league has a different vacancy score for each gender, change the option to No, to

show all genders and enter the score to be used in the appropriate text box.

A Dummy score is a fixed score that does not add handicap to the team handicap. If the

league uses this option, then enter the score to be used in the text box provided.

Handicap Leagues 75

Forfeits

OPPOSING A FORFEITING TEAM

A Forfeiting team is a team that does not show to bowl in a particular week. This rule is

how to award the points. Select the correct option according to the league rules from the

Drop-down list box:

· The team bowling must bowl within a certain number of pins of their average to earn

the points

· No Wins or Losses are awarded

· The team bowling automatically gets all the points

Bye Teams

WHICH SYSTEM USED

Set this option up even if the league has an even number of teams at the start of the

season. This rule is used when there is an uneven number of teams with actual bowlers

in the league.

There are two types of systems:

1. The Bye System – this is used when a team bowls a vacant team (a team with no

players). Most basic handicap leagues will use this system and the team must bowl

within a certain number of pins of the team average (the total of the bowlers’

averages).

2. The Draw System – A team bowling against the vacant team will bowl against the

scores of another actual team in the league, bowling the same night. Not generally

used in a basic handicap league.

Clicking on the option will change from the Bye System to the Draw System.

BYE SYSTEM

This is the more popular of the two systems when deciding how the team will earn the

points. Check the league rules/bylaws to determine one of the following:

1. The team must bowl within a designated amount of pins within the team average to

earn the points

2. No Wins or Losses will be awarded

3. The team gets all the points

The next statement is how the Bye team should affect the standings:

1. The Bye team will receive neither wins or losses

2. The Bye team will receive points earned but will remain in last place

3. The Bye team will appear in the standings like every other team

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC76

The most common option is #2. Check the rules to see which option the league

requires.

BYE TEAM NAME

This section is not available in the Standard version of BLS-2021. Only in the Pro

version or AS version, can the name be customize for the vacant team, which by default

is called BYE. Note – when setting up the teams, and there is a vacant team, make sure

to change the Name of the Team to BYE.

Team Points

POINT SYSTEM

Determine the point system the league is using, Standard team points (used by nearly

all leagues) or Points issued based on bowling above or below the team average (also

known as Performance Points). Select the correct option.

Note – most common leagues will use the Standard team point’s option

STANDARD TEAM POINTS

Referring to the league rules, verify the number of points that are awarded for each game

win with handicap and points awarded for series wins (total pins for all games).

Enter the number of points per game in the ‘With Handicap’ the text box after this option.

Repeat for the Series points awarded.

Note – Scratch points are awarded to scores with NO handicap.

Standings can be determined either by a percentage of wins to losses or absolute

points. Select the correct option setting, that the league prefers to how the teams are

ranked on the standing sheet.

If there should be a tie in the standings, how does the league want to break the tie to

determine which team is higher in the standings? Select one of the following from the

Drop-down list box:

1. Total pinfall then Actual Games won (not points)

2. Actual Games Won, (not points)

3. Total pinfall with Handicap then Actual Games won (not points)

4. Actual games Won (Not points) then Total pinfall WITH HANDICAP

Note – Actual Games won is the game only, not the points associated with the win.

Example: Tm #1 wins games 1 & 3, Team #2 wins only game 2, this would be for Team

#1, 2 games won and 1 game lost, where as Team #2 would have 1 game won and 2

games lost. Series/total wood is not included and is not considered an actual game.

Handicap Leagues 77

NON-STANDARD TEAM POINTS

The basic handicap league will not use non-standard team points. For more information

about them, check our Help documents.

Do not change any of these options.

Point Summary

SUMMARY OF POINTS

This section is an overview of the points each team could be awarded. Make sure that

these are correct. If not, they are not correctly set up the Team Points correctly. Go back

and correct the errors.

Special Recognition BLS-2021 will calculate the awards and prizes properly when all these items are set

correctly.

SPECIAL LEAGUE RECOGNITION

This section is probably one of the most important sections to make sure everything is

setup according to the league rules. If it is not setup correctly, bowlers may upset as to

why they did not receive an award that was earned.

RECOGNIZED ITEMS BY LEAGUE

This section refers to what awards/prizes the league will be recognizing and awarding to

the teams and players.

Change the options to the appropriate answer either Yes or No, according to the league

bylaws.

INDIVIDUAL ELIGIBILITY FOR SPECIAL RECOGNITION

These options address the individual eligibility of the individual bowlers for special

recognition. Change the option on the ones that the league deems appropriate to YES

and leave the option on the others to NO. If unsure of what each one means, it is

probably best to leave it at NO. These can be changed later, but best to have them

correct now.

· Permanent Substitute – A person that only subs on one particular team during the

season

· Temporary Substitute – A person that can sub on any team during the season

(sometimes called Roving Substitute)

· Pre-Bowl/Make-ups – Games not bowled on a scheduled night of bowling but are

bowled at another time

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC78

The next sub-section is determining the final week of competition. If the league has a

Fun Night or a Roll Off on the last week of the league, then the final night of completion

would be the week prior.

Example: A 34 week league – on week 34, a Fun Night is scheduled, then the final week

of competition would be week 33. If the week 34 is a position round or the last week of

competition, than this number would be 34.

Enter the last week of competition in the box provided.

Generally, a bowler must bowl 2/3’s of the scheduled games, in order to receive any

special awards/prizes. BLS calculates that automatically, but it can be change it if the

league wants less number of games to qualify.

The next option is whether a temporary sub that joins a team is eligible for any special

awards/prizes for games bowled while being a substitute. Use the option to answer this

question either YES or NO.

BLS determines if a player cannot complete the required amount of games by the end of

the season. Players not meeting this requirement may be displayed on the standing

sheet for the Season High Scores based on the setting.

INDIVIDUAL SPECIAL RECOGNITION

The rules for individual high handicap game and series recognition are going to be

determined by the following options. Consult the league bylaws for this section.

Rules for individual high handicap and series recognition:

Determine when the handicap scores are going to begin being tracked. Enter the

number of games that a bowler must bowl in the box provided. This means that the next

games bowled will be tracked for handicap awards/prizes. Example: A bowler must bowl

12 games and beginning game 13, then handicap will be applied.

According to the bylaws, when reaching this number of games by a bowler, select either

YES or NO if wanting to back-apply the current handicap to previous bowled scores. This

means that the handicap the bowler has as of their 15th game of bowling, this handicap

will be added to the scratch scores for previous bowled games to determine the

handicap scores.

BLS will not process scores for handicap awards until the specified number of games is

reached, do not change this option. If according to the league rules, the league is using

a Book Average or Entering Average (which most basic leagues do not), then choose the

correct option from the Drop-down list.

In accordance with the rules/bylaws, set the option to the correct setting if the league is

going to include scores with zero (no) handicap for recognition of handicap scores.

Determine how many games a bowler must complete before being eligible for the most

improved average award. The same is for an individual high average award.

If the league only allows a bowler one special recognition award for season high scores,

select the option from the Drop-down list.

· SS – Scratch series, HS – Handicap Series

Handicap Leagues 79

· SG – Scratch game, HG – Handicap Game

If players are tied, select how they should be listed; 1. Occupy two or more positions, 2.

Share the same position.

TEAM RECOGNITION

This section follows the same concept as the Individual Special Recognition.

Enter the week number to begin tracking the handicap scores. Decide if a score with

zero handicap is to be included in the recognition of handicap awards.

Use the switch to determine if a game or series with an absentee or vacancy score is

eligible, and if a game or series score with a substitute score is eligible for league high

score recognition.

STATISTICAL INFORMATION

This information is used generally for the end of season reports. If the league is a low

average league, then enter lower numbers for the games and series. If it is a higher

average league, increase these numbers. Otherwise, leave them as they are.

Handicap Match Point LeagueSee Basic Handicap League for the basic rules.

This chapter will cover the additional rules that will need to be set up for an individual

match point league.

Indiv idual Match Points for Absentee BowlersRules > Absent Players

INDIVIDUAL MATCH POINTS FOR ABSENTEE

This rule pertains to individual bowlers, bowling against the bowler in the same position

on the opposing team.

According to the league bylaws, how are the match points awarded when a bowler that

is present bowls against an absent or vacant and selecting from the Drop-down list:

1. If the absent player wins the match, points go only to the absent players team (no

individual points awarded)

2. No points are awarded when a player is absent/vacant

3. If the absent player wins, points go to the team winning the game

4. The absent play/vacant may win and lose points just as if they were present

Click on the correct option from the Drop-down list.

Match points are awarded when the present player bowls against and absent score,

choose from the Drop-down list:

70

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC80

1. Player must bowl their average less indicated amount

2. No points are awarded

3. Bowler automatically gets all the points

4. The bowler must beat the absentee score

If the option is #1 above, then enter the number of pins a player must bowl within their

average to earn the point.

Determine how the points are awarded when Absent score versus Absent, Vacancy or

Dummy score:

1. Team winning the game

2. Player with the highest score

3. Split the points

4. Winning player’s team only

ABSENTEE PIN DROP RULE

If the league rules/bylaws state the league uses the Absentee Pin Drop rule, set this up

in this section up accordingly.

Enter the number of weeks a player is absent more than the designated number of

weeks.

Choose from the Drop-down list whether the absences will be in a row, or for the entire

season.

According to the league rules, select the option of either a specified number of pins per

week, or a flat number of pins thereafter.

Enter the number of pins the average is to drop per week.

Indiv idual Match Points for VacantsRules > Vacant Players

INDIVIDUAL MATCH POINTS FOR VACANTS

This rule pertains to the vacant bowlers, bowling against the bowler in the same position

on the opposing team.

Refer to the INDIVIDUAL MATCH POINTS FOR ABSENTEE section.

Opposing a Forfeiting PlayerRules > Forfeits

When a player bowls against an opponent that forfeits, select the correct option from the

Drop-down list:

1. Player must bowl their average less indicated amount (pins)

79

Handicap Leagues 81

2. No Points are awarded

3. Player automatically gets all points

If chosing the first option above, then enter the number of pins a player must bowl within

his average to earn the point. (Bowling the exact number is considered a win and not a

tie.)

Points not won are considered a loss.

For reference and to help in determining point prize money, wins are recorded as

'Unearned' points.

Match Point vs BYE TeamRules > Bye Teams

When a player bowls against a BYE team, select the correct option from the Drop-down

list:

1. Player must bowl their average less indicated amount (pins)

2. No Points are awarded

3. Player automatically gets all points

If chosing the first option above, then enter the number of pins a player must bowl within

his average to earn the point. (Bowling the exact number is considered a win and not a

tie.)

Select how the Match Points are awarded when an Absent or Vacant player bowls

against the BYE team:

1. No Points are awarded, they are considered 'Unearned' points.

2. Points only go to the team if it wins the game. Bowler gets none.

3. Bowler and Team automatically get all points.

Indiv idual PointsRules > Individual Points

Decide which individual point system the league is going to use. Click on the

appropriate option from the Drop-down list:

1. Standard match point system used by nearly all leagues

2. Issue points based on which bowler bowls most over (or closest to) their own

average

3. Issue points based on bowling above or below bowler’s own average (aka

Performance points)

4. Difference between the bowler’s averages (figured with handicap)

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC82

STANDARD MATCH POINTS

Once the number of points (generally one) is determined, enter it in the appropriate spin

box. There is an option for scratch points and handicap points. Handicap points are the

individuals score plus their handicap.

If the league is also giving points for the individual for series, enter that number, also.

Handicap League with DivisionsSee Basic Handicap League for the basic rules.

This chapter will cover the additional rules that will need to be setup for a league using

Bowler and/or Team divisions.

Team DivisionsIf the option in the General Rules is changed that the league has Team Divisions to YES,

this section will be available. If left it at NO, then this section will be hidden.

The league rules should define how many team divisions the league is to have. Enter

that number in the spin box provided.

Use the switch to select the correct option pertaining to Team standings are separated

into divisions, YES or NO.

Weekly and season high scores are separated by division, YES or NO.

Who assigns teams to divisions:

Depending on what you have the switch set to, will depend on what teams are in what

division.

You Do It – You can type a division name in the table provided, i.e. Div. 1 East, Div. 2

West. When entering teams in the Rosters, division numbers must be manually

assigned. There must always be an even number of teams in each division, if bowling

within divisions and use the division lanes assignments. If not bowling within divisions,

this does not apply.

Let BLS Do It – You can change the Division Name, and the number of teams in each

division. BLS-2021 will put in the team numbers for you for each division. These team

numbers will be sequential order, i.e. 1-10, 11-20, etc. This option will automatically put

an even number of teams in each division.

Bowler Div isions BLS-2021 automatically separates the bowlers by gender, so according to the league

rules/bylaws, configure your divisions only when bowlers must be separated by a

different method, such as age, average, etc.

Enter the number of divisions the bowlers are divided by.

Use the switches to determine what special recognitions are going to be separated by

the divisions.

70

Handicap Leagues 83

Select the correct option according to your rules/bylaws, how the bowlers are separated

into divisions:

1. Manually set each bowler’s division (the division number will have to be manually

entered when setting up the bowlers on teams)

2. Book average

3. Current average

4. Age as of August 1 (birth dates must be entered in the bowlers information)

5. Gender & Book Average

6. Gender & Current Average

7. Gender & Current Age (birth dates must be entered in the bowlers information)

Depending on which option you select, the table provided will change and expand to type

in the ranges, and genders if one of the gender options is selected.

84 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC84

Drop-In Singles League

Drop-In Singles

League

Chapter

11

85

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC86

Drop-In Singles LeagueThis is also known as a substitute league, where every player is considered a

Temporary sub. This allows the bowlers to bowl on their choice of a pair of lanes and

with anyone they want to bowl with every week. It is generally used with an organized

open bowling group that doesn't want to have specified teams to bowl on, but have more

than one bowler on each lane.

See Basic Handicap League for the basic rules.

This chapter will cover the additional rules any addition rules that will be needed to in

setting up this type of league.

Legal LineupThe number of people who bowl on a team is going to be the number of singles that will

be put on a lane.

Example: Sixteen people have decided they want to bowl in this league, and only have 4

lanes available, put 4 people on a team.

Use the spin box to put the number of people who must physically bowl each game as 1

- the minimum number of players.

Note - BLS-2021 requires at least 1 person to bowl on a team, in this case on a lane.

Of the players bowling, how many must be from the regular roster, this is going to be 0

(zero).

Because this is a Drop-In Singles league, there are no vacancies, leave the switch to

No. Also, there is no requirement as to who makes up a team.

Team HandicapLeave the team handicap as Sum of Bowlers Handicaps.

Absent, Vacant Players

ABSENTEE SCORE RULES

Most leagues have a rule that when a player/bowler does not show to bowl the match,

and the team does not get a substitute, the team is penalized by taking a certain amount

of pins off the absent bowlers average and used that score for the games not bowled.

Note – does not affect the handicap.

Most leagues will use the average minus 10 pins for an absentee score. This is default

in BLS-2021, but can be changed if the league uses another value, using the text box

provided.

Change the option to YES if the information is the same for all sexes in the league. If the

league has a different value for each gender, the change the option to NO, allows

entering the various values for each gender.

70

Drop-In Singles League 87

VACANT PLAYER RULES

Being this is an organized open bowling singles league, there are no vacant players.

Leave this as a default value.

Setting up the RostersNext click on Setup > Rosters

Entering the players, put a ‘T’ in the ‘?’ column, to designate that they are temporary

substitutes’.

Do this for every player entered in the league.

Example: If there are 8 players going to bowl, and are using only 4 lanes, put 2 players

on each lane.

Recap SheetsWhen printing recaps for this type of league, there will be no names printed, only the

name of the league, lanes and date at the top.

The bowlers will fill in their own names on the lanes that they decide to bowl on, each

week. It is suggested to have them know their bowler ID number and put that on the

sheet with their name. Note - the bowlers ID # can be added to the standing sheet to use

referencing their ID numbers.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC88

Schedule and Lane Assignments

Schedule and Lane

Assignments

Chapter

12

89

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC90

Schedule and Lane AssignmentsThis is the final step when creating a new league. However, if changes need to be made

to the schedule or team pairings during the season, this option can be opened using the

following selections:

Setup > Rules > Lane Assignments

The rotation schedules must be entered. This is the only way BLS-2021 will know which

teams play together, for computing wins/losses each week. The program includes

schedules for most league sizes according to the USBC schedules. Schedules may be

entered manually if it is not included in the program, or if the league uses a special

schedule.

Lane Assignments: First insert the position rounds and delete any dates that will not be

bowled. The program automatically fills in all the dates based on the starting date

entered on the League Rules screen. Change the starting date here by typing in a new

date for Week 1. Click Show > Schedule to display additional lane assignment options.

Adding/Removing a date: Weeks can be inserted or deleted at any time. Be sure the

cursor is on the correct week.

To add a date, select the date to be added in the calendar and click Insert This Date.

To remove a date, select the date in the schedule and click Remove This Date. This

option will only remove the date, and moves all remaining dates up, it does not remove

team pairings. For example, if the league is going to skip the week between Christmas

and New Years, click the date and click Remove This Date.

As soon as a date is removed, all other dates will move up into the next position. It is

also possible to type over a date when bowling on a different day due to some conflict.

Weather Cancellations: If the league is forced to cancel a week of bowling due to

weather or other reason, simply select the week that is canceled and click Remove This

Date. Normally, the league will extend the date of the end of season and bowl the full

number of weeks in a season. This is done automatically when removing the date as

described above.

However, if the league decides to shorten the season, then go to the Setup > League >

Rules and reduce the number of weeks of the season. After making that change, return

to the lane assignments and make any position round or other adjustments.

Position Rounds: Change the Type of Week option for each week that is a position

round or fun night. Position rounds may be inserted and deleted at anytime. When doing

this, the remainder of the lane assignments move up or down accordingly. When

entering a Position Round, the program will automatically put the first and second place

teams, on the first lane pair in the league. To change the pair of lanes the first place

team will bowl, put the new lane number under the 1st PR Lane column. Team Pairings

will be automatically assigned when advancing into the week of the Position Round.

After advancing to the week after the Position round, the Team Pairings will be change to

Manual to avoid accidental re-setting of the schedule.

If the first and second place teams bowl on a pair of lanes other than the first pair,

configure the starting lane under 1st PR Lane column. By default, BLS-2021 assigns

the remaining pairings (3rd vs 4th, 5th vs 6th, etc.) on the next pair of lanes to the right.

Schedule and Lane Assignments 91

Reverse Lane Assignments: The column labeled <> will show the lanes assignments

direction as forward or reverse. Reverse lane assignments places the teams in a

reverse order so that the last place is the first team, working its way to the first place

team on the end. To use reverse lane assignments, change the direction to <-- instead

of -->.

Pos. Rnd: 1st Place Lockout: This option can be used when the first place team is so

far ahead in points that it would not be possible for the second place team to overtake

them. Using this option would assign the 1st place team versus the last place team,

then assign the 2nd place vs. 3rd place, 4th place vs. 5th, etc...

USBC Roll-Off Scores Count: New USBC Rules for the 2015-2016 bowling season

dictate that scores bowled in roll-offs, playoffs or special contests need to be included in

the calculation for the final average. In a Split Season league, a roll-off at the end of the

season between the winners of the splits may already be configured in BLS. However, if

there is a tie after the roll-off, or if a tie exists after a position round mid-season, a roll-off

is required to determine the final winner. In BLS-2021, this roll-off is handled by adding

an additional week/session to the schedule.

To configure Roll-Off where scores count toward final average in BLS-2021, select the

week the roll-off games will be bowled and click the Insert a USBC Roll Off after the

selected week button. This function will automatically add a week to the schedule, add

the USBC Roll-Off Scores Count week and keep the rest of the schedule intact.

UBL Position Rounds: BLS-2021 feature support for various UBL (Ultimate Bowling

League) position round formats. Some of the formats include:

· Divisional Playoffs - Div. 1 vs. 2, 3 vs. 4, etc.

· Divisional Playoffs - Div. 1 vs. 3, 2 vs. 4, etc.

· Divisional Playoffs - Div. 1 vs. 4, 2 vs. 3, etc. - This is an outside-in method.

· Combined Division Playoffs - Div. 1+2 vs. 3+4, etc.

· Combined Division Playoffs - Div. 1+3 vs. 2+4, etc.

· Combined Division Playoffs - Div. 1+4 vs. 2+3, etc. - This is an outside-in method.

Holiday: Click on the Holiday tab over the calendar to select the type of Holiday or other

session reason for not bowling.

Adding/Removing Pairings: Team parings can be inserted or removed at any time. Be

sure the cursor is on the correct week of bowling.

To insert a line of lane assignments, press F9 or click the Insert Pairings button.

To remove a line of lane assignments, press Shift+9 or click the Remove Pairings

button.

NOTE: These options are only available when Show > Dates & Lanes is selected.

Reloading the USBC Lane schedule:

If changing the number of teams on the league, then reload the USBC Lane schedule.

Once reloaded, the default schedule beginning with the current week of bowling will be

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC92

loaded. Doing it this way preserves the schedule for previous weeks when a different

number of teams existed.

To reload a schedule, press F5 or click Reload at the top menu.

Random Lane Assignments:

This feature is available for Pro and A/S editions. Pick any number between 1 and

65,000 to use as a reference and click Random. The lane assignments will be

randomized appropriately. This provides an alternative to using the USBC lane

assignment schedules.

Travel Leagues

BLS-2021 features the association of a center to a specific week to accommodate

traveling leagues.

To use this feature, the league must be configured as a Traveling League in the Main

section of League Rules. Once configured as a traveling league, a new column for the

Bowling Center will be included on this page. A drop-down list of previously configured

bowling centers will be available to select for each week bowled. For more information

on configuring traveling leagues, please see section on defining the league rules on

Page .

Printing the schedule for distribution

Once the schedule has been configured, it can be printed by clicking the Printer button at

the top of this screen.

Change in Lanes Mid-Season BLS-2021 supports different starting lanes for the league during the season. This

feature is useful in situations, such as when a league bowls on lanes 1-16 for the first

18 weeks and then bowls on lanes 17-32 for the remained of the season.

To switch the starting lane mid-season, open Setup > League > Lane Assignments and

select Show > Schedule to view lane assignments.

Click on the Week/Date that the league will switch lanes. At the top of the screen, click on

the column header for the first pair. A prompt will appear allowing the reassignment of

the starting pair. Indicate the new starting lane. The remaining lanes will be reassigned

to the new set of lanes.

Multiple Shifts and Multiple Teams per laneOccasionally there may not be sufficient lanes available to accommodate the number of

teams in the league due to the size of the center or the number of lanes is limited. To

allow for this occurrence, BLS-2021 provides the ability to configure multiple shifts

and/or assign multiple teams per lane. This can also be used for singles and doubles

type leagues where multiple teams may be necessary to limit the number of lanes used

for the league.

To configure multiple shifts or assign multiple teams per lane, click on the Weeks,

Lanes, Shifts tab:

119

Schedule and Lane Assignments 93

Number of Weeks Bowling: This option represents an alternate location to change the

number of weeks to be bowled.

Number of Teams per Lane: Specify the number of teams to assign per lane. This

change the lane assignments to put the specified number of teams on the first pair of

lanes. This process will be repeated until all the teams have been assigned to a lane.

Multiple Shifts: Use the Drop-down list to specify the number of shifts to be bowled in

the league. BLS-2021 supports up to 5 different shifts. When multiple shifts are

specified, configure the number of teams to bowl each shift, starting time and the lane

number the shift will start on.

Split Lane Assignments: Some establishments are built with two sets of lanes,

extending in opposite directions from a central concourse. In this style of house, a large

league may be half on one side and half on the other side. This results in the lane

assignments not being consecutive but in two sets. A 16-team league might not be

assigned 16 lanes at one end of the house. Those lanes might be 1 through 8 and 24

through 32.

Use the Multiple Shifts Drop-down list to specify this type of configuration. The option to

configure the number of teams to bowl on each set of lanes as well as the starting lane

number can then be setup.

Important: The Accept Changes button that appears after making a change on this

screen MUST be clicked for the changes to take effect.

Lane Assignment OptionsLane Assignment > Show: Clicking the Show Schedule will change the screen to

display the lane assignments for the league:

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC94

The following options can be performed after clicking the Show > Schedule:

Manually assigning lanes

Situations may arise where it is necessary to manually configure lane assignments. To

manually change team pairings, click on the Change menu item. This will unlock the

team pairing grid and allow the team pairings to be manually configured. Enter the team

numbers under the lane columns they will be bowling.

This is useful for special roll-offs or for position rounds affected by make-ups bowled

after a position round.

Lane AssignmentsLane assignments are where the type of week, add or remove a date, change the lane

numbers the league is bowling on, etc.

The section will show how to setup the lane assignments.

Dates BLS-2021 automatically configures the dates for the number of weeks of the league

entered in the rules.

Should the league be scheduled to bowl on a holiday or is not bowling on a specific

week, highlight that week/date, click on Remove Date under the calendar. BLS-2021 will

add another week/date at the end of the current schedule keeping the league bowling

the correct number of weeks/sessions that are set up in the rules.

Schedule and Lane Assignments 95

Points AwardedIn this column, when clicking on the Normal Points, a Drop-down arrow appears, click

on the arrow to see the list of options for that week of bowling.

This is generally left at Normal, but if the league is bowling a Fun Week or a Roll-off

week.

For the different types of week, see Type of Week .

Type of WeekTo change the type of week, click on Normal, a Drop-down arrow will appear, click on

the arrow and select the correct type of bowling for that week.

Below are the different types of weeks to chose from:

Normal – Regular, scheduled pairings. (Sanctioned by USBC, TNBA, or CTF or other

organization / or unsanctioned in any organization)

Position Round – Teams bowl against teams according to their current Win/Loss

standings

PR within each division – Same as a Position Round, except only bowling teams within

their own division

Division Playoff (1-2, 3-4) – The standings order of each division, play the standing order

which opposes each other

Division Playoff (1-3, 2-4) - The standings order of each division, play the standing order

which opposes each other

Division Playoff (1-4, 2-3) - The standings order of each division, play the standing order

which opposes each other

Combined Div. (1+2, 3+4) – The combined standings of each division, play each other

Pos. Rnd. - 1st place Lockout - If the 1st place team cannot lose its’ position, then they

will play the first team that cannot move up in the standings

USBC Roll-off Scores count – A roll off generally between the winners of the leagues

split season’s, scores to count toward averages and awards

95

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC96

Roll-off Scores don’t count – A roll off generally between the winners of the leagues

split seasons, scores don’t count toward averages and awards

Fun Nite – Nothing counts (Bowlers are still eligible for awards as long as the bowling is

the same standard used in regular season.

Tie Breaker Scores Count - This type of week would be used for a tie for generally first

place and only those teams are bowling

Holiday - To have a holiday or another type of week printed on the Lane assignments

Skip & Move back 1 week – Skipping a week and adding another week to end of the

schedule (extending the league by 1 week)

Skip - not bowled, no makeup – Skip that week of team pairings, and is included in the

original number of weeks

Bowling for average only – No points will be awarded. (No season individual special

recognition until bowling normal)

Changing Lane NumbersThere have been times when a league has been moved from a set of lanes to another

set of lanes, and the league wants to match the center's lane assignments.

There are several ways to do this.

· Go to the Rules > General Rules and change the starting lane

· Go to Lane Assignments and follow the steps below:

1. Click on the Lane number

2. In the to Lanes text box, type in the correct starting lane. BLS-2021 will automatically

enter the even lane number.

3. Make sure to check one of the options, This week only, or This week and future

weeks.

4. Click the OK button

The lane numbers will change accordingly for all lanes.

Bowling on 2 Different Sets of LanesSplitting the lane assignments to use 2 different sets of lanes at the same time for a

league, follow the direction for Changing Lane Numbers with the exception on

clicking on the second set of lanes starting number.

Example: The league has 12 teams and they start on lane 5. The program will show

lanes 5 through 16, but the center wants them on lanes 5-8 and 15-22.

Click on the lane number 9 on the top of the grid to change Lane 9 to Lane 15.

Remember to check "This week AND future weeks" or it will change them just for one

week. The rest of the lanes will then be in numerical order. Note – the lanes must be

sequential, going low to high, when doing this.

96

Schedule and Lane Assignments 97

Bowling Every Other Week BLS-2021 has an option to automatically create a schedule for a league that bowls

every other week.

Setup > Lane Assignments. Click on the tab above the calendar, Schedule. Use the

Drop-down box to select the correct option the league is bowling, i.e. League bowls

every other week, etc.

The dates will now reflect the option chosen.

Note - This is only available the first week of the league.

See Dates 94

98 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC98

Quick Reference Tabs

Quick Reference

Tabs

Chapter

13

99

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC100

Quick Reference TabsWhen the league is opened, the league screen will contain several quick reference tabs

on the lower portion of the screen:

MainThis tab serves two basic functions. First, it displays current league file data, such as the

Center, dates for the duration of the league, which league the league file is in, and

notes/status pertinent to the current week of the league.

The second function is to change weeks. There are four buttons available to navigate

between weeks. The buttons on the right and left side advance the league one week or

return to the previous week, respectively. The other two buttons will allow the user to Go

to any week to make adjustments, or Go to Current Week. Selecting the Go to any

week option will display the Change Week dialog which provides additional options to

go back one week, advance one week, go to First Week, or go to Specific Week.

Status

The status screen displays the list of team(s) that potentially need attention. The

following are some of the reasons, but not all, why a team may be listed here:

· There are too many or too few scores entered for the current week.

· The team may not have a full complement of bowlers.

· Bowlers may not have a gender entered.

· The team is a BYE team and should be empty.

Clicking on the listed team will open the Show Other Information screen for that team

which explains why the team was flagged.

Quick Reference Tabs 101

OfficersThis tab displays the current officers for the league. To assign the league officers, click

on the Bowler Maintenance button or hit the F8 key. For more information, please see

Setting up League Officers in the Bowler Maintenance section on page .

NotesAllows short and simple notes regarding special situations for a week that is a

reminder, such as "Needed to drop Misfits team and Bye team". These notes also help

technical support understand why some steps were done during the week.

OptionThe league options tab is where some helpful settings can be configured. Be sure to

use the change the options to indicate whether to be reminded to back up your league

every time you close it. In addition, set the "August 1st" date to be used, to determine the

date for Aug 1st based rules. Set also whether the treasurer functions should be

available or if the league is a Sanctioned league to open up the sanction functions for

usage.

DatabaseThis tab will be displayed for Pro or Automatic Scoring editions of BLS-2021.

Indicators will be displayed pertaining to the status of the Master Bowler Database and if

the league is currently linked to the MBD.

MBD-2021 Installed Indicator - The orange status indicator button will display if the

MBD-2021 was actually installed on the computer or not. If the status indicates that the

MBD-2021 was not installed. There is a separate installer for the MBD.

Master Bowler Database Server - This indicator button will display if the MBD-2021

server program is running or not. The MBD-2021 server runs in the system tray and

shows as a square green icon. If it is not running, start the server by going to Start >

Program Files > CDE Software BLS-2021 > MBDII Server.

Master Bowler Database Status - This indicator button will display the status of the

MBD-2021 in regards to the connection from BLS to the MBD.

Master Bowler Database Skip - If the league has been linked to the MBD, to temporarily

disable the connection of the league to the MBD, click this button.

Master Bowler Database Use - If the league link to the MBD has been skipped and to

re-enable the connection of the league to the MBD, click this button.

Will this league be linked to the Master Bowler Database? - Selecting yes will link the

league to the MBD. Selecting NO will unlink the league.

153

102 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC102

Program File Menu

Program File Menu

Chapter

14

103

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC104

Program File MenuThis menu section is designed to provide access to leagues, close program and other

utilities:

Close: The menu functions relate to the BLS-2021 documentation and help.

New: The menu functions allow contact with CDE Support.

Open: Various links with CDE and other websites.

Recent Leagues: Various links with CDE and other websites.

Utilities: Various links with CDE and other websites.

Program Preferences : Options for the program.

CloseThis menu group focuses on closing the league or program:

Close Program: The option is available when a league is not open. Selecting will close

BLS-2021.

Close League and Program: This option is available when a league is open. Selecting

will close the league and then program.

Close League: The option is available when a league is open. Selecting will close the

league, but not close BLS-2021.

NewThis menu group focuses on creating new leagues:

Create a new league: The option is available when a league is not open. Selecting this

option, a file name must be created by using the one the program provides or entering a

specific file name of your choice. Once this is completed, an option to use the rules

wizard will appear to create a new league with BLS-2021. Note: This is optional.

OpenThis menu group focuses on opening league files:

Open league for current season: The option is available when a league is not open.

Selecting will bring up the league open screen, listing all leagues that are currently

bowling at this time.

Open league from past seasons: The option is available when a league is not open.

Selecting will bring up the league open screen, listing all leagues that have completed

their bowling season.

Open any league: The option is available when a league is not open. Selecting will bring

up the league open screen, listing all leagues.

Open league from older BLS and copy to BLS-2021: The option is available when a

league is not open. Selecting will allow locating a league created with an older version of

BLS and copying to BLS-2021 for use.

105

Program File Menu 105

Recent LeaguesThis menu group contains a limited list of most recently used leagues.

UtilitiesThis menu group focuses on available utilities within BLS:

Calculator: Opens a specialized calculator designed to help do basic calculator

functions as well as calculate handicap.

Forms Library: Opens a list of forms available for printing, such as blank membership

cards or awards forms.

Program Preferences: Opens difference preferences for associated with various

options.

Program PreferencesThis section defines the general settings for the BLS-2021 program as well as allowing

customization of the program to suit individual needs. Configurations contained in this

section are global to the program and will be applied to all leagues. The various options

are detailed on the following pages.

Program Operation DefaultsWhen going into Preferences and Program Setup the following screen appears

Program Appearance and Operation:

This section provides configuration options to select which side of the screen the menu

is on, and to specify whether or not to display the help "pop-up bubble ", when the

hovering the mouse over various buttons and screens in BLS-2021.

Sounds can be enabled or disabled from this screen by toggling the switch. BLS-2021

provides additional capability of enabling/disabling or modifying individual sound effects,

such as Close, Confirm, Delete, Done, Error, OK, Question, Startup. This can be done in

Windows by going to Control Panel and opening the Sounds and Audio Devices

Properties. Please see your Windows help documentation, on changing sound

schemes.

The level of expertise can be set which controls the amount of informational and warning

dialogs that are displayed.

3 = Most warnings will not appear at all

2 = Most important warnings will appear just once then not again

1 = Warnings will appear often

Finally, BLS-2021 provides the following support on systems with multiple monitors:

· Re-start the program on the monitor it was last started on

· Always start the program on the Main monitor.

· Always start the program on the secondary monitor.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC106

Open File Options:

These options configure actions that can be used when the program is opened. When

opening the program, BLS-2021 can be configured to automatically open the last

league file that was used. This is convenient when managing a single league so that the

league file opens when BLS-2021 started.

Select the default directory when opening a file--

This option allows for different directories/folders to be opened when selecting the Open

League File options. It is strongly suggested that this option be kept at the Program's

Default Directory.

The Last Directory Accessed option will open the folder where the last league file that

was opened is stored, and this specific directory allows users to designate a specific

folder/directory where league files are located. These latter two options can be

convenient, if the league files are stored in a different location other than the Default

directory/folder.

Back up Your Data:

BLS-2021 can be configured to automatically back up the league every time the league

file is closed.

Default Backup Directory: This option configures the default location for the backups.

This can be set for another directory on the hard drive or different drive(s) attached to the

system. It is strongly recommended that league data be backed up to removable media,

such as USB flash drive, memory stick, thumb drive or similar device. Make sure the

drive is plugged in prior to setting the removable device as the Default Backup Directory

CD/DVD Backup:

BLS-2021 supports backing up directly to most CD/DVD writable devices. However,

when this type of support is also provided by Windows, there may be a conflict between

BLS and Windows resulting in the backup failing. This option allows BLS-2021 to be

configured to use its own internal support for backing up to CD/DVD, or to turn that

functionality off and allow Windows to provide this support. There may be occasions

where neither setting will work, in which case it is recommended to backup to the Local

Hard Disk Drive first, then copy the file to CD/DVD.

Automatically back up to Dropbox: Dropbox is a cloud based file storage service. The

service is free for a basic account . To sign up, go to www.dropbox.com.

Restore Your Data:

It is strongly advised to restore the league(s) into the default location. Only change this

option if the league data is to be stored in a user defined directory.

Configure Automatic Scoring:

This option is accessible in the A/S Edition of BLS-2021 and is used to access the

Automatic Scoring configuration screen. For more information, please see the chapter

on Automatic Scoring on page .

Internet Settings:

278

Program File Menu 107

This section contains settings that will be utilized by BLS-2021 to communicate with the

Internet. Email and Personal Web Page settings can be configured.

Internet and Updates tabInternet & Uploads tab

In this section, if you have internet connected to your computer you can take advantage of

uploading the standing sheets or emailing the bowlers, the option must be set to Yes.

Internet Settings

Click on the Change Internet Upload and Email Settings.

This section is used to configure the Internet settings. If you do not use Internet features,

then leave this screen at the default settings. Outgoing email to the bowlers requires that

you have an email account on a server that accepts email via SMTP.

Your Identity

Provide your First Name, Last Name and Email Address.

Your Email Server

This section is used to configure your E-mail settings. Email server settings are required

to utilize the E-mail features of the program.

SMTP Server: This is the name of the Outgoing Email server. Contact your Internet

Service Provider for this Server Name.

User Name: The user name used to login to your email account.

Password: The associated password to for your email account.

Login using User Name and Password: If your email server requires you log in with the

user name and password, select Yes.

Send Test Email: Click to have the program send a test email. If you do not receive an

email in the next few minutes, please check your settings and try again. You may need to

adjust some of the Advanced Settings.

Note – these are required fields if you plan on emailing your bowlers

Advanced Settings

Use advanced settings to set SMTP Server Port: If your email server does not use the

default port of 25, then select YES and enter the port number of your SMTP server.

Use SSL for sending email: Change this switch to Yes if your email server requires

email to be sent over Secure Socket Layer (SSL).

Use SMTP STARTTLS: Change this switch to Yes if your email server requires email to

be sent using Transport Layer Security (TLS)

Use advanced settings to set HTTP/FTP? If you are behind a proxy server, select Yes

and enter the information provided by your network administrator. Normally this should

be set to No.

HTTP Proxy Server: Enter the name of the Proxy Server used to access most Internet

sites. This name will be provided by your network administrator.

FTP Proxy Server: Enter the name of the Proxy Server used to access FTP servers on

the Internet. Again, this name will be provided by your network administrator.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC108

FTP using passive transfer mode: Sometimes uploading files may fail unless passive

transfer is used. Leave settings at default values unless instructed to change by your

network administrator

Program Updates

You can choose how many days that you are reminded to check for updates to your

program. Use the Drop-down list; select the best option for you.

Dropbox

Dropbox is a cloud based Internet service that can store your backup files. You will be

able to access your files from anywhere. Dropbox is currently offers free and premium

accounts. For more information visit www.dropbox.com and register for an account.

If you already have a Dropbox account and wish to use it for your league(s) backup file,

click on ‘Add Dropbox Access’ button. Sign in to your Dropbox account. If you don't have

an account, from this screen, you can also create an account.

Google Drive

Use Google Drive Access to store your backup files, so you can access your backups

from anywhere. Visit Google.com/drive.

Printing, Fonts & GraphicsThis screen configures Printing and Graphics Options that will be used by the program.

These options will be used for all leagues opened in the program and will take

precedence over similar settings configured in the league files, with the exception of the

Default Paper Size. Frequently, the Standing Sheet may need to be printed on different

size paper so these settings are configured when setting up the Standing Sheet. For

more information, please see Standing Sheets > Page Layout on page .

TIP: It is common that when reports stop printing in color, the setting on this screen has

been toggled to Black.

The options for "...omit artistic text effects...", "Remember printers..." and "I have an

antique printer..." are intended for troubleshooting purposes only and should not be

changed unless you are encountering problem with printing reports.

Current Defaults

This section is provided to set the Windows default program associated for PDF Files.

Typically, this setting should not have to be changed as the BLS program will retrieve

this information from Windows. However, this option is provided for potential problems

with generating Sanction Cards, Applications and National Award Forms.

Default Settings for New LeaguesThis screen defines the defaults when new leagues are created. This section should be

self-explanatory.

Data Entry SettingsEntering information in this screen will reduce entering of repetitive data, because this

information is automatically inserted into text boxes when adding new bowlers to a team.

This can be a time saving feature when entering information for many bowlers who live

in the same geographic location and have certain information in common.

184

Program File Menu 109

Date, Time & PhoneThis is especially useful for international leagues where formats for date, time, or phone,

are different than the defaults usually used in the United States.

Master DatabaseThis option is only available in BLS-2021 Auto-Scoring and Professional Editions. Use

this section to Enable the Master Bowler Database for use with BLS-2021 after the

database has been installed. For more information on installing the MBD-2021, see

Installation of the MBD on page .

To license and enable the MBD, please do the following:

1. Install the Master Bowler Database, on the computer the server will reside on.

2. Make sure the Master Bowler Database server has been started.

3. If the Bowler Database is located on the same machine running BLS-2021, skip to

step 6.

4. If the Bowler Database is located on a remote computer, the information will need to

be entered for BLS-2021 to utilize the database. Under MBD II Server Location,

toggle the "Is the database server based on this machine" switch, to No. Enter the IP

Address for the computer where the bowler database is located.

5. Enter the server port number that will be used to access the MBD-2021 . By default,

this port number is configured for 16210. As such, unless a change was made on

the MBD-2021 Server, nothing else will be necessary on this screen.

6. Click Activate MBD License. Internet connection not required.

7. Toggle the switch under MBD Details to Enabled. The database is now ready for use.

The MBD is not required for normal operation of BLS, but can enhance the operation of

BLS when working with multiple leagues.

Kiosk OptionsIf using BLS-2021 Pro or A/S Editions in a center that has installed CDE Software’s

Bowling Kiosk, then the kiosks can be updated with the current information present in

the league.

BLS-2021 can be configured to update automatically by going to File > Program

Preferences > Kiosk Options. Under the Kiosk Options, change the option to

Automatically update the CDE Bowlers’ KIOSK's to Yes.

Furthermore, indicate how much time before games that the the kiosk is to display lane

assignments and then set the total amount of time the lane assignments to be

displayed.

Define the correct drives

Typically when assigning the kiosks a drive they should begin with the drive name M.

Then increase the drive letter for each kiosk at the center.

288

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC110

Import SectionThis section includes different options for importing bowler information from different

formats. These features are designed to import bowler information into newly created

leagues. Importing bowlers into existing leagues, could result in duplicate names, if the

bowler being imported already exists in the league.

When creating a new league, BLS-2021 will populate all the teams with VACANT

bowlers. These can be over-written with actual bowler names as teams are created. To

remove these VACANT bowlers so that the Bowler ID numbers will start with the number

1, we suggest performing the following prior to importing names and addresses:

Utilities > Teams > Clear Team Rosters

then

Utilities > Bowlers > Delete " Quitters" and unused VACANTs

Import People From Bowler TRACFile > Import > From Bowler Trac

This option is only available in the Automatic Scoring version of BLS-2021.

Bowler TRAC is a Database Management application designed to provide bowling

centers the ability to capture and manage information on their customers. This program

is only available to centers that are members of the Bowling Proprietors Association of

America (BPAA).

Since Bowler TRAC is a customer database, it is a convenient place to gather customer

data for use in bowling leagues. The Bowler TRAC program has an option to Export

bowler information to a file, which can then be Imported into BLS-2021 through this

menu option.

Selecting this option simply brings up an Open dialog, to locate the BITS Person File that

was created by the Bowler TRAC program. This file will be in .XML format.

Read Bowl101 "NamesAddresses.txt" file BLS-2021 supports importing names and addresses form leagues created by the

Bowl101 program. Follow these steps to import to bowler names and addresses from

Bowl101:

Note: A new league file will need to be created in BLS-2021 prior to importing the

names.

1. Go to Utilities > Teams > Clear Team Rosters

2. Go to Utilities > Bowlers > Delete " Quitters" and unused VACANTs

3. Go to File > Import > From Bowl101 File

4. Click the Open File button.

5. Navigate to the location where the NamesAddress.txt file is stored.

Note: This file is created by the Bowl101 program. Please consult the Bowl101

documentation on how this file is created and where it would be stored.

6. Click Import Names.

7. Go to Weekly > Prepare this week > Adjust Team Rosters

Program File Menu 111

Import Names, Addresses from any Text fileThis feature is only available in the Pro and A/S Editions of BLS-2021.

This option allows bowler information from text files, to be imported into BLS-2021.

Supported formats include Comma + Quote, Comma + Quote if necessary, TAB

delimited, Bowl 101 " NameAddress.txt" and CDE Address Text File. The latter two

options are predefined so they cannot be changed. These two options also have their

own menu items under Setup > Import.

Use the following procedure to import Names, Addresses, and additional data from text

files:

1. Go to Utilities > Teams > Clear Team Rosters and then Utilities > Bowlers > Delete

" Quitters" and unused VACANTs

2. Go to File > Import > Import from Text File

3. Identify the fields contained in the text file and make note of the order.

4. Select the first field from the Available Fields column and click Add Item to List. This

will copy the field name to the Selected Fields column.

5. Continue adding fields to the Selected Fields column until all the data fields in the

text file are accounted for. Use the Skip this field option if the text file has a field that

is not in the list of Available Fields.

6. Click the Open File button and navigate to the location where the text file is stored.

7. Select the correct File Format. The Parsed Record column should display the first

record of the text file. This should display the data fields as they are related to the

Selected Fields. If this is not the case, there is a problem with the items in the

Selected Fields or File Format.

8. If the first record identifies the data fields in the text file, add a check mark to the

appropriate box to the right of the File Name.

9. Click Import Names

10. Go to Setup > Teams > Rosters to set up the teams and rosters.

Import from CDE Name, Address Text File BLS-2021 supports importing names and addresses form leagues created by older

versions of BLS. This is especially useful for leagues that were created by BLS-2010

and older versions. Leagues created by BLS-2011 and newer can be opened and

converted in BLS-2021 as described in the section on Opening Leagues. Follow these

steps to import your bowler names and addresses from previous versions of BLS.:

Note: A new league file will need to be created in BLS-2021 prior to importing the

names.

1. Go to Utilities > Teams > Clear Team Rosters

2. Next go to Utilities > Bowlers > Delete " Quitters" and unused VACANTs

3. Go to File > Import > Import from CDE Text File

4. Click the Open File button.

5. Navigate to the location where the text file from the older version of BLS was saved.

6. Click Import Names.

7. Go to Weekly > Prepare this week > Adjust Team Rosters to set up the teams and

rosters.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC112

Export SectionThis section of the menu features options to export information for the program.

· Export Averages to WinLABS

· Export People to Bowler TRAC

· Export People to Bowler TRAC

· Export Names & Addresses to a Text File

Export People to Bowler TRACThis option is only available in the Automatic Scoring version of BLS-2021.

Bowler TRAC, is a Database Management application designed to provide bowling

centers the ability to capture and manage information on their customers. This program

is only available to centers that are members of the Bowling Proprietors Association of

America (BPAA).

Selecting this option allows the bowling center to save a BITS Person File that can be

imported by the Bowler TRAC program. This file will be in .XML format.

WinLabs: Export data file for WinLabsWin-LABS is designed to import league information, saving time and increasing

accuracy in entering bowler information.

At this time, Win-LABS requires that your league is very complete in bowler information;

Names, addresses, birthdays, social security numbers, and sanction information, must

be completed for every bowler. Any incomplete item may result in the Win-LABS software

not properly importing the league.

How to make a disk for your association

After verifying that the association is using the Win-LABS software and you have verified

their needs regarding removable media and format, do the following:

1. Have the right size and type of removable media for each association.

2. Create a file on the removable media with the information required for Win-Labs.

3. Click the Win-LABS: Export Final Averages.

4. Insert the removable media that will go to the association and select the location of

the file.

5. Click Export.

The league file will be exported. Remove the removable media.

Export to Text FileExport Names and address to a text file to use in another application. Save file to desired

location.

Export Average to TBracExport this weeks Names and averages to a file, to be imported into TBrac.

Setup

Setup

Chapter

15

113

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC114

Setup BLS-2021 menu’s have changed in looks. They have been separated into different

sections. Clicking on a topic with an arrow to the right, another menu appears with

several options to select from. These options will then open the program to that window

directly.

This menu section focuses on the configuration and setup of the league itself.

· Leagues

· Teams

· Bowlers

· Awards

· Fees

· Reports

· Internet

· Passwords

Setup > LeaguesThe Leagues section of menu items focuses on the most critical parts of the league.

Rules - See Page

Schedule - See Page

Officers - See Page

118

90

153

Setup 115

Planner - See Page

Print Rules Worksheet - See Page

Print Rules - See Page

League PlannerSetup > League > Planner

The league planner is used to make special days for the league's season, such as

reminders to order trophies, reserve the banquet hall, when to turn in reports, etc.

Simply select the day in the calendar and add one of the special labels.

The league planner can also display your bowlers' birthdays.

Rules WorksheetSetup > League > Rules Worksheet

The rules worksheet prints a basic blank league bylaws questionnaire to assist in

developing the league rules. Take this to your new league meeting at the beginning of

the season, to help lay out your league bylaws.

Print RulesSetup > League > Print Rules

After the rules have been configured in BLS-2021, it's a good idea to print the rules and

stick in your league binder for reference. The report will contain the majority of the bylaw

settings.

Print Financial WorksheetThe Financial worksheet prints a basic blank fees sheet to record any payments that will

be required by your bowlers. Take this to your new league meeting at the beginning of

the season, to help set up your fees.

Print Prize Fund WorksheetThe blank Prize Fund worksheet will help with distributing the league funds at the end of

the season.

Setup > Teams

Rosters - See Page

Print Roster Sheets - See Page

Team Captains List - See Page

Blank Signup Sheets - See Page

115

115

115

148

116

116

116

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC116

Print Roster SheetsSetup > Teams > Print Roster Sheets

If the league currently has bowlers entered, printing the roster sheets will print a report

with each team's members, as well as the information known. Use this to give to the

team captain's to update any information and then return to you, to update the league.

This is handy when bowlers move, change phone numbers, or email addresses.

Team Captains ListSetup > Teams > Team Captains List

This report is handy to keep or to hand out to each team captain to have a list, in case of

a board meeting or emergency action that requires approval of team captains.

Blank Signup SheetsSetup > Teams > Blank Sign-up Sheets

Prints a blank team sign up-sheet to give to the team captains, to enter bowler

information

StandingsConfigures the league standing sheets. For more information see Standing Sheet

Setup .

Web Uploads SetupThis section configures the uploading of your standings to the web. For more

information see Upload Standings

PasswordsThis feature is only available in the BLS-2021 Professional and Automatic Scoring

Editions. These options allow a password to be set, on the league or Treasurer data to

prevent unauthorized access.

Please do not lose the password. Password protected leagues and treasurers, may

possibly be recoverable, but there is a minimum fee of $25.00 per league to reset and

remove the password.

Setup > Passwords > League

Setup > Passwords > Treasurer

182

255

Setting up the League Rules

Setting up the

League Rules

Chapter

16

117

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC118

Setting up the League Rules BLS-2021's power is the ability to handle how most leagues operate. This includes

divisions, handicaps, points, league awards, etc. While no program can cover every

unique league rule, BLS-2021 covers most.

By default, the rules are set to typical settings which are common for the way a majority

of handicap leagues operate.

If you do not understand a rule or it does not apply to your league, DO NOT TOUCH IT!

The setup of your league rules is very important when starting a BLS-2021 league.

Spend extra time looking at the options available for each section of the rules. A vast

majority of technical support questions are the result from improper rules setup.

When starting a new league, BLS-2021 initially will set each rule to the suggested

settings according to USBC guidelines when applicable. The rules are also organized to

place uncommon rules into separate sections identified as "Non-standard". Be very

careful when changing each rule. If you do not understand a rule, leave it alone.

As you begin your league and notice improper handicaps, points or other items, first look

at the scores to see if scores were entered incorrectly or a situation such as overrides or

forfeits exist. If you still believe that there may be a problem, come back to the rules and

carefully examine the settings again. Many times, you will catch the problem here.

If the league runs into a situation that can’t be covered, feel free to contact technical

support. We may be able to provide suggestions to work with your situation, or we can

log your unique situation for further review.

Rules Templates: BLS-2021 has the ability to save different Rules configurations, which

can be used when creating new leagues. If a specific configuration for the Rules is

utilized for multiple leagues, it is advantageous to save the initial setup in a template so

that it can be used for future leagues. Once the Rules have been completely configured,

click on the Save Template button, change the name of the template to something more

descriptive and click Save the League Rules to a Template File.

When creating a new league, an option to select a Rules Template will be presented.

Even if a template is not initially selected, the option to load an existing template will still

be available when configuring the rules by clicking Load Template. However, the option

to Load Template will no longer be available after closing the League Rules for the first

time. When exiting the Rules for the first time, a prompt to SAVE the template will be

presented.

Setting up the League Rules 119

Overview

The League Rules are divided into different categories which will

be displayed on the left side of the Rules screen. Each of these

categories will provide different options, relative to the selected

category and provide quick navigation to the section of the Rules

needing to be configured. The categories listed here represent

the possible options. However, depending on the League

Features selected, some of these categories may not be

available. For example, for Scratch Leagues, the Handicap

options will not need to be displayed.

When creating a new league, most of these categories will not be

available until General Rules are configured. This is due to the

fact that basic parameters for the league should be defined prior

to configuring the majority of rules. In addition, some of these

sections may never be available if the league does not require

them. For example, "Division" categories are not necessary if the

league does not have Divisions.

General RulesThe General Rules section covers the general description of the league such as number

of teams in the league, starting date, etc. When creating a new league, the majority of

options on the left will not be displayed until the General Rules have been completely

configured. Most statements are self-explanatory, and provide all that’s needed is to fill

in the blank where a value or answer is required.

Who We Are: This group of information relates to the name of the league. Pay special

attention to the following:

· Description or Name of the Leagues: Enter a description or the name of the league

in this section. This must be a unique name describing the league so that if multiple

copies exist, it can readily be identified from the recent leagues list or the Open a

League dialog. It is recommended using an abbreviation of the league name and

simply use the year of the bowling season at the end of the season.

· League title shown on standing sheet: This is where a different name can be entered

it the league name if different than the name entered in the description.

· Number of teams in the league: Enter the number of teams that are bowling or use

the left/right arrows. This must be an even number, so an empty or BYE team will

need to be included if there are an odd number of teams. The maximum number of

teams is 200 and minimum is 2.

· Number of bowlers per team: Represents the Playing Strength or number of people

that will bowl each game on the night of bowling. Enter the number of bowlers or use

the left/right arrows to configure this value. Do not include extra roster members.

· Number of Games Bowled Each Week: Select how many games bowled each week.

Unless a 2+2, 3+3 league, this determines the number of games in a series.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC120

· 2+2 3+3 League Formats: If the league bowls two opponents each night, enter either

4 (2+2) or 6 (3+3) games bowled each week and click Teams will bowl games

against two opponents.

How and When we Bowl: This group of information relates to the starting dates, the

number of total weeks bowled and which lane is the first lane.

· First Night of Bowling: Use the Select Date button to select the first night of bowling.

This can also be done later in the Lane Assignments screen.

· Season: Select what part of the bowling season is being bowled. Typically, this will

automatically be configured based on the Start Date.

· Starting Time and Approximate End Time: Start time for bowling and the approximate

end time into these 2 fields. These must be entered in an AM/PM time format.

· Weeks of Bowling: In the Number of weeks box, enter the actual number of weeks (or

sessions) the league will bowl. Do not include nights skipped due to vacations or

holidays. The message areas of the standing sheet may be used to advise bowlers of

upcoming nights that will be skipped. Always be sure to include position rounds in the

number of weeks to bowl. The maximum number of weeks is 99.

· Final week of competition: Typically, this will be the same as the Number of weeks

previously configured. However, if the final week(s) of bowling will not have any

bearing on the outcome of the league, adjust this value accordingly.

· Starting Lane: In the Starting lane box, enter the first lane used for this league. This

can be changed after the league starts.

· If schedule repeats: When the schedule repeats due to the number of weeks being

greater than the number of teams, BLS-2021 will shift the teams by 1 pair so they do

not bowl on the same lanes the second time around. However, in some cases the

center may not have this capability, or chose to keep the teams on the same lanes

when the schedule repeats. Under these circumstances, toggle this switch to No to

be consistent with the center.

· Creating a league Mid-Season: If the league is being created in the middle of the

season, what week in BLS-2021 is the league starting? This is commonly used when

changing league software in the middle of the season and not having to re-enter all

the scores for previous weeks that were bowled, or if all the data for the league was

lost and there was no backup to restore.

League FeaturesThese options define the rest of the basic rules configurations. Choices and settings on

this screen will determine what additional categories will be available. Here is a list of

the settings for the various toggle switches to briefly describe when and how they may

need to be set.

Type of bowling: Use the first Drop-down list to identify the type of league (i.e. Standard

10 pin, 9 pin - no tap, etc...)

Type of bowlers: Use the second Drop-down list to select the sexes and age groups

that participate in this league.

Setting up the League Rules 121

Type of League: Use the toggle switch to select either scratch or handicap. If this is a

scratch league that will be running handicap brackets, still select Scratch.

Individual match point league or a " U.B.L." league: If any individual points are awarded

to bowlers, then select YES to enable those options in the rules. This is associated with

leagues that award points for head to head competition amongst bowlers. As an

example, the lead off person for the team on the left lane, would bowl against the lead off

person for the team on the right, second player vs second player, etc.

Manage treasurer duties: This will hide or enable all the treasurer functions of BLS. If

you do not manage the finances for your league, this feature should be disabled.

Use Internet features - Upload standings, E-mail, etc.: This will disable/enable all

Internet functions of the program, such as uploading standings to LeagueSecretary.com,

Bowl.com or SportBowling.com

League has Bowler Divisions: If bowlers are separated by divisions, indicate so by

selecting YES. If either bowler or team divisions are set to YES, the configuration options

would become available on the Divisions tab. One use of bowler divisions, would be to

separate weekly and/or season highs based on average, or age of a bowler.

League has Team Divisions: If the teams are divided into divisions indicate so by

selecting YES. If either team or bowler divisions are set to YES, the configuration options

would become available on the Divisions tab. Team divisions could be used to

segregate teams into a NFL / NBA / MLB style league where certain teams are in the

"west" and "east" division, as an example, for standings and/or weekly or season highs.

Bumper Bowling: Set this to indicate that this is a bumper bowling league. This feature

only affects centers with the A/S edition, so that autoscoring systems with automated

bumper control can be raised and lowered, as needed.

Drop-In Singles League: This enables the correct settings for this type of league.

Normally only affecting centers with the A/S edition, this option accommodates leagues

that are not so much leagues, but an informal get-together that bowl on a set number of

lanes. Each week, BLS-2021 will remove each player from the team rosters. Bowlers

that come the next week would be placed on the team (lane) that they bowled. This type

of league does not have teams and only keeps track of average or high scores bowled

that week or during the season.

Will be sanctioned in the selected association: Set to YES if the league is sanctioned,

(also known as certified). Use the Drop-down List to indicate the association that the

league is a primary member of, USBC, USBC Sport or CTF. If the sanctioning

organization is not listed, select "Other".

Youth League Type: For Youth leagues, use the Drop-down list to identify the type of

league.

What Center(s) League Bowls atWhere We Bowl: Defines the bowling center where the league bowls. Traveling leagues

can also be configured in this section.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC122

Split Season

Split Season Schedule

The season will be divided into 2 or more parts (Split Season): Toggle the switch to

YES if the season will be split into more than one part. This will enable split season

settings. Fall leagues are commonly broken up into 2 - 4 parts, where the team points

are reset back to zero, then, at the end of the season, each split winner would roll off for

league champion title.

Once the split season has been enabled, enter the number of splits the season will be

divided into. BLS-2021 will automatically configure the starting week for each split,

based on the number of splits and the number of weeks in the league. For example, if

the league has 2 splits, the total number of weeks will be divided by 2 to determine the

start of the second split. The first split will always start with week 1. Subsequent splits

can start at the default week number, or they can manually be configured by entering the

week number in the appropriate box. BLS-2021 allows up to 8 sessions.

Use the option switches to configure what data will be reset at the split.

Standings based on split or entire season: Typically, the Team Standings on the

Standing Sheet are based on the wins and losses for the current split. However, at the

end of the season, it may be desirable to base the standings on the whole season to

see how teams placed for the year.

Legal Lineups

Setting up the gender makeup, the playing strength, and minimum lineup, is very

important for the proper calculation of handicap and points. Settings will affect whether a

team will forfeit, based on who bowls each week.

Number of people who bowl on a team each game: This is the number of players who

bowl each week, or Playing Strength. This option should already contain a value

previously configured in the League Basics category when setting up the Rules. For

example, 2 would be entered for a doubles league, and 3 would be entered for a trios

league. Do not confuse this with the number of players allowed on a team roster, (for

those who allow extra members to be listed on the team).

Minimum Lineup: Indicate how many players are required to be present and bowl on a

team in order to maintain a legal lineup. Unless otherwise specified by league rules,

USBC Playing Rule 109a provides the following minimums:

3 bowlers if playing strength is 5; 2 bowlers if playing strength is 4; 1 bowler if playing

strength is 3

Setting up the League Rules 123

This value should not be changed unless the league has a specific rule, which over-

rides these options.

EXAMPLE: If this is a 5 person league, typically 3 players must bowl each game to

prevent a forfeit . If only 2 players, or 1 player showed up to bowl, then the team would be

considered as forfeit, for that week.

Required team members: Identify the number of players that are required to be from the

current team roster, for the number specified in the Minimum Lineup.

Using the above example, if the league is a 5 person league and the minimum number

of people who bowl is specified as 3, and the number of regular players required is 2,

then a legal lineup could be 2 absent players, 1 substitute and 2 players from that teams

rosters. If, using the same rules, the team lineup included 2 absent players, 2 subs and

1 regular team member, then the team is considered as forfeit.

Reordering the team roster members for next week: Select how to reorder the bowler

lineup when advancing to the next week, by using the drop-down list box. This option will

typically be used for leagues with Individual Match Points configured. The available

options are to leave bowlers as they just bowled (Default order), sort bowlers from

low to high average, sort bowlers from high to low average, and return to the " Fixed"

roster as set on team rosters screen. This last option is designed to allow the

secretary to configure a "default" roster based on the Team's preference. When allowed

in the League Bylaws, it is common for teams in match point leagues, to re-arrange the

roster in an effort to produce easier individual match-ups. More information on this

feature is available in the next chapter.

VACANCIES: Indicates whether or not vacancies count towards a legal lineup. When the

option is switched to Yes, the number of weeks where vacancies will count toward the

minimum lineup, can be re-configured. The default will be for the entire season.

Mixed League requirements: When setting up a mixed league (Adult Mixed, Youth

Mixed or Adult/Youth), set up the appropriate rule regarding the gender minimums for

each team. For example, if a 4 person team mixed league is set up, the league may

require that each team have at least one man and one woman on a team, to prevent all

men or all women teams. By setting this rule, vacancy reports will accurately show how

many men or women are needed for the league. BLS-2021 will check for teams that

break this gender rule and assign a forfeit.

Team Average Cap: This option is available in the Pro and A/S editions of BLS-2021. It

is designed as an advanced Average Cap rule, targeted at scratch leagues that want to

enforce a cap, but do not utilize features available in the team handicap rules.

When configuring this rule, the Average Cap can be based on Book/Entering Average or

the current average to be used for the night. By default, the value used for the Average

Cap will be 200 per bowler bowling that night, but can easily be changed using the spin

box next to the value.

When the team average exceeds the configured Average Cap, there are two options

available. First, BLS-2021 can simply display the fact that the cap has been exceeded,

on the Enter/Correct Current Scores screen. Alternatively, BLS-2021 can be configured

to forfeit the games when a team exceeds the average cap. If additional options or

needed, such as the team exceeding the average cap loses pin count, then the league

will need to be configured as a Handicap league and the Team Handicap rules are

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC124

applied. For more information on Team Handicaps, see the section on Team Handicaps

later in this chapter.

Additional text for Legal Lineups for written Bylaws: The section is provided to include

additional text or notes written into the League's Bylaws that may not have already been

included in these rules.

Individual AveragesBook and Alternate/Entering Averages

When a bowler begins the league, an average may be temporarily assigned to the

bowler for the purposes of individual and team handicap purposes. This average is

used for a designated time. Many leagues use a form of this rule in order to level out

scores and averages for returning bowlers. Off season breaks usually result in scores

for the first part of the season being below a bowler’s potential. By using a previous

average for a short time, the results tend to be a bit more realistic and fair.

The other important aspect about Book Averages is they can be used for eligibility

requirements for Association awards. Leagues that are certified with National

organizations, can use the Book Average to qualify for average based awards until the

required true average is established, as defined in the organization's rule book.

Because of this, even though Book Averages may not be used for League purposes, it is

suggested that they are entered when inputting bowlers.

The Book Average is defined as the returning average from the previous season in the

same league. Bowlers joining the league for the first time will use the highest average

from the previous season. Again, for national award recognition, it is recommended to

configure Book Averages.

The Alternate/Entering Average is provided for leagues requiring a different average

other than Book Average for starting average. For example, some leagues adopt a rule

to use the highest average from the previous season from all leagues.

Book and Entering Averages

Average used for handicap purposes: Use the Drop-down list to select which average

(Book, Entering or both) to use for handicap at the start of the season. If the league does

not use these averages to start the season, keep this setting at the default value.

Use average for how long: Use the Drop-down list to identify how long the Book or

Entering average will be used. Pay careful attention to the statement when a bowler has

such an average. The statement can either read "Bowler completed specified number

of games." or "League completed specified number of weeks". While they appear to

mean the same thing, they greatly differ in how the program works. The first statement,

which is the most common, will use the book average for each bowler’s specified

number of games, regardless of what week the league is at. However, when the second

statement is used, the entire league will stop using their book averages after the

specified week and use their true average. As such, bowlers entering the league after

the specified number of weeks, will not use their book or entering average at all. If your

bowlers use their true average right from the start, enter zero for the number of games or

weeks.

Setting up the League Rules 125

When bowler has no Book or Entering Average: Configure the rule for zero number of

games or weeks. Use the Drop-down box to identify what average will be used, first

night's average or a fixed average. When using fixed average, configure this average on

the Individual Handicaps screen as discussed later in this chapter. Identify how many

games this average will be used for.

New bowlers without a Book or Entering Average should: Configure to use vacancy

average or show zero. This indicates what average to display until a true average is

established. This affects standing sheets and recaps for bowlers without book

averages.

Book and Entering Average must be based on a minimum

Set the number of games the Book Average and/or Entering Average should be based

on. When set to a value other than zero, this option will force the program to ignore

book/entering averages based on fewer games than the number specified. If the value is

set to zero, the rule is ignored and any book/entering average entered, will be used.

If the number of games for the bowler's book average is unknown, set it to zero in the

Bowler Maintenance screen. BLS-2021 will recognize it as a valid book average and

will apply it to the rules, as configured.

Note: While a book average is still based on 21 games, the new USBC standard is to

use a book average only for the first 12 games, for association awards which are based

on average, not 21 as in the past.

Non-Standard Options

Individual HandicapsIndividual handicaps are used for determining individual handicap awards and match

play. In addition, many leagues determine team handicap using the sum of individual

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC126

bowler handicaps. While many leagues include individual scratch awards, USBC

strongly encourages handicap leagues also include individual handicap awards. After

all, that is the whole idea of a handicap league.

If using a different handicap for men, women and/or youth, toggle switch for gender

accordingly. Enter the Handicap percentage and BASE in the appropriate boxes in the

table. The column Other, applies to bowlers not assigned a gender. The Other column

is also used for non-standard vacancy rules, see the section on Vacant Players later in

this chapter.

NOTE: Handicap rules CAN be changed mid-season. For example, there may be

occasions where the Handicap BASE is initially configured at one value, but too many

bowlers have higher averages than the base, thus giving them an advantage. Under

these circumstances, the league may adopt a new rule to increase the BASE to keep the

league competitive. Therefore, changes made to these rules will be effective in the week

they are modified, so if these changes need to be applied to the entire season, you must

return to Week 1 to make these changes.

Capping of Handicapped Scores

USBC now allow the capping of Handicap Scores to 300 and series to 900.

Non-Standard Options

These options reflect non-standard rules. Do not change any of these rules unless you

completely understand the complete ramifications of changing these options.

Above the Base: If the league does not give handicap when the bowler’s average is

above the base average, then leave these set to zero. If the league uses a negative

handicap method, enter the appropriate percentage figure to be used where the average

is above the base. This may be a positive or negative value.

Note: Using a negative handicap tends to create a less enjoyable season for higher

average bowlers. No one likes “ pins taken away" . Simply raise the base instead.

Most scoring systems do not support negative handicap, so this handicap rule is not

recommended for the A/S Edition of BLS-2021.

Maximum Handicap per game: If there is a maximum or cap to individual handicap,

enter that value. If no maximum, enter 999. If set to zero, bowlers will not receive

handicap.

When non-standard options are used, this screen will have a "Reset to default" option

that can be used when handicap scores are not correctly calculating.

Setting up the League Rules 127

Additional Indiv idual Handicap Rules: This section is provided to include

additional text or notes, written into the League's Bylaws, that may not have already been

included in these rules.

Team HandicapsThis tab is only available in Handicap Leagues. Handicap for each team is calculated by

the following:

· Sum of bowler handicaps - This is the simplest and most popular method of team

handicapping. Handicaps for each team member or sub is added together for a team

handicap total.

· Based on team average - Another popular method of team handicapping. The

averages for each team member or sub is added together. This sum is subtracted

from the handicap base and multiplied against the handicap percentage to create the

team handicap. This does, however, require more work for the team captain when a

roster change is made.

· Based on difference in team averages - Averages for each team member or sub are

summed. This is also done with the opposing team. The lower average team receives

the difference between averages multiplied against the handicap percentage as the

team handicap. The opposing team receives zero handicap. Note: This team

handicap method is strongly discouraged. Handicap awards are not consistent and

all electronic scoring systems do not support this method!

The USBC strongly discourages the use of handicap methods that are based on the

difference in team averages. There is no real basis for team handicap awards because

the handicap a team receives is based on whom they bowl against. Since only one team

receives a handicap, the opponent would not receive any to their scores to qualify for a

league award. For handicap awards to have any meaning and value, all teams need to

be handicapped from a common figure; therefore, using the difference in team averages

is strongly discouraged.

In addition, not all scoring systems support difference in average for team handicaps. If

changes are made at the lane, bowlers will need to manually calculate handicap.

As per the Rule Book, the Team Average is the sum of the averages of the players who

bowl that night.

Maximum team handicaps: If there is a maximum number of pins handicap per game,

change the Maximum team handicap list to Maximum Team Handicap. If there is none,

the default is set to Handicap is not limited.

Percent and base average: This option is available when handicap is based on team

averages. Enter the proper values used for figuring the team handicap. These values are

not required where the team handicap is the sum of the bowler’s handicaps. A negative

handicap can be configured where the team average is above the BASE average.

However, as with Individual handicaps, using a negative handicap tends to also create a

less enjoyable season for higher average teams. No one likes “things” taken away from

him or her. Simply raise the base instead.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC128

Non-Standard Options

If the league does not use special options listed in this section or you do not understand

them (which might indicate you don’t use them), leave these values set to default.

First night handicaps: If the league bowls the first night scratch, select the First night is

Scratch in a handicap league check box. Normally, handicaps will always be computed

beginning the first week.

Average Cap Rules when team handicap based on Team Average: These rules are

based on the current average.

· Team average may not go below: Minimum average for the league.

· A team may not have a team average higher than: Average cap imposed on the

teams in the league.

· The BASE team average for the following rules shall be: Configure a BASE average

for the next two rules when a team exceeds the average cap.

· If one team average is above the BASE, opponent receives X% of the amount above

the base: Amount of pins opposing team receives when base average is exceeded

where 'X' is a percentage of the number of pins.

· If both team averages is above the BASE, the low average team receives X% of the

difference in team average: Handicap to be awarded when both teams exceed the

average cap.

NOTE: Handicap rules CAN be changed mid-season. There may be occasions where

the Handicap BASE is initially configured at one value, but too many teams have higher

averages than the base, thus giving them an advantage. Under these circumstances,

the league may adopt a new rule to increase the BASE to keep the league competitive.

Additional text for Team Handicaps Rules: The section is provided to

include additional text or notes written into the League's Bylaws that may not have

already been included in these rules.

Setting up the League Rules 129

Absent PlayersThis section is used to configure the score that will be used for Absent Bowlers.

Leagues will typically use one of the following 2 rules:

Absentee is average less pins: Used when a player was not present, and an absentee

or blind score is used. The default setting is 10 based on USBC Rules unless League

Bylaws have a different value. An "A" would be entered in the score entry screen to use

the average of the player minus the number of pins indicated for that gender of bowler.

Absentee is average less a %: If the league subtracts a percentage of the absent

players average rather than a fixed number of pins, enter the percentage; however, this

option is strongly discouraged by USBC. It is unfair to the bowler with a higher average,

who loses more points with this method than a bowler with a low average. Remove the

default values from Absentee is average less pins when using this option.

Indiv idual Match Points for Absentee

This option will only be available when the league is configured for Individual Match

Points in the previously discussed League Features section. This rule is divided into 3

parts:

1. When Opposing an Absent Player (or Vacant): Use the Drop-down List to configure

how Individual Match Points are awarded when the Absent bowler wins the game

based on the next rule.

2. Match points awarded when present player bowls against an Absent score: Use

the Drop-down List to indicate requirements for the player to earn points when

playing against an absentee. When requiring the player to score within a certain

range of their average when bowling against an absentee or vacancy, enter the

number of pins within the bowler’s average in order to receive points. A tie is

considered a win for the player who is present. When configured where the present

bowler must beat the absentee score, the Individual Match Points can be split.

Note: The USBC rule 114c states that a bowler must bowl their average less 10 pinsunless the league rules state a different number of pins. To be compliant with USBCRules, leagues that base on a percentage basis should consider changing the rule tospecify a specific number of pins.

3. Match points awarded when Absent score vs. Absent, Vacant or Dummy score:

Use the Drop-down List to configure how Individual Match Points are awarded under

these circumstances.

Absent players: Indicate if absent players are allowed to earn points. If not, indicate

where the points won should go.

Choose where points should go if an absent player is opposing another absent player.

USBC strongly encourage that the points won should go to the team winning the game.

Absentee Pin Drop Rule

In a few leagues, there is a penalty for players who are frequently absent. This “pin drop”

is a specified number of pins that is deducted from the absentee score as configured

above. If the league uses this Pin Drop Rule instead of the Absentee Rule, remove the

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC130

values from the Absentee is average less pins table. This deduction can be taken

based on accumulation of absences or a consecutive number of absences.

Example: The first night a player is absent, the absentee score is their average minus

10 pins. The same method would apply if the player were absent further consecutive

weeks. With a pin drop rule, the second consecutive absence would deduct the

absentee amount plus the pin drop amount, such as 5. This gives the absentee score a

value of average minus 15. If it is the third consecutive absence, the absentee deduction

would total 20. That is the average minus 10, minus an additional 5 pins for each

succeeding week.

Additional Absentee Rules: The section is provided to include additional text or

notes written into the League's Bylaws that may not have already been included in these

rules.

Vacant PlayersThis section is used to configure the average/score that will be used for Vacant Bowlers

when a team has an incomplete roster. There are two types of scores that can be

entered, depending on if handicap will be applied to the Vacant Scores:

Vacancy Scores: A Vacancy Score is used when a team does not have a complete

roster. Handicap for the vacant bowler is calculated, based on the vacancy score. In

addition, bowlers absent on the first night of bowling should use a Vacancy score, even if

it is known that the bowler will be bowling for the season. A "V" would be entered in the

score entry screen to use the value of the vacancy score for that gendered bowler.

NOTE: If the league uses a different HDCP for Vacant scores, BLS-2021 has the option

to configure a separate Handicap Rule for Vacancies. Simply toggle the switch in this

section, then configure the Individual Handicaps rules under the "Other" column.

Dummy Scores: This is similar to a vacancy score, however, handicap is assumed to be

included or can be assumed to be scratch. A "D" would be entered in the score entry

screen to use the value of the dummy score for that gendered bowler.

Note: For handicap leagues, using a 'Dummy Score' is not recommended, as is it willartificially inflate the scratch team scores, which may affect league team awards andprizes. In addition, you should consult the USBC Playing Rules (Rule 105) to ensureyour rules are in compliance.

Indiv idual Match Points for Vacants

This option will only be available when the league is configured for Individual Match

Points in the previously discussed League Features section. This rule is configured as

follows:

1. When Opposing an Vacant Player (or Absent): Use the Drop-down List to configure

how Individual Match Points are awarded when the Vacant bowler wins the game

based on the next rule.

2. Match points awarded when present player bowls against a Vacant score: Use

the Drop-down List to indicate requirements for the player to earn points when

playing against a Vacant. When requiring the player to score within a certain range of

their average when bowling against an absentee or vacancy, enter the number of

Setting up the League Rules 131

pins within the bowler’s average in order to receive points. A tie is considered a win

for the present player. When configured where the present bowler must beat the

vacant score, the Individual Match Points can be split.

Note: The USBC rule 114c states that a bowler must bowl their average less 10 pinsunless the league rules state a different number of pins. Leagues that base on apercentage basis must specify a specific number of pins.

Additional Vacancy Rules: The section is provided to include additional text or

notes written into the League's Bylaws that may not have already been included in these

rules.

ForfeitsTeam Bowling Against Forfeit: Enter the number of pins within the team average, in

order for a team playing a forfeiting team, to receive points.

The USBC rule 110b states that a team must bowl the team average less 10 pins per

player unless the league rules state a different number of pins. As such, Leagues that

use a percentage basis are not supported because a percentage is illegal.

Bowling the exact amount is considered a WIN, not a tie.

Opposing a Forfeiting Player: This option will only be available when the league is

configured for Individual Match Points in the previously discussed League Features

section. Use the Drop-down List to select the appropriate rule for individual match

points, when a player is bowling against a forfeiting team.

The USBC rule 110b states that a bowler must bowl their average less 10 pins, unless

the league rules state a different number of pins. Leagues that base on a percentage

basis, must specify a specific number of pins, as the percentage basis is not an option

for certified/sanctioned leagues.

BYE TeamsThis section addresses situations where a league has an uneven number of teams. It

will also explain adding and removing bye teams as well as the rules that may need to

be addressed with the use of byes.

What is a BYE team?

Because of the use of a pair of lanes, rather than one lane, team bowling is always

associated with an even number of teams. However, situations can occur when a

league starts the season with an uneven number of teams or a team is dismissed or

withdraws, and is not replaced. In this situation, a non-existent team must be created to

keep an even number of teams for competition.

There are several nicknames we have seen for the non-existent team. A few, for

example, are; Dummy Team, Ghost Team, Vacant Team and Absent Team. However,

the standard term used for a non-existent team is BYE. In BLS-2021, the empty team

must be called BYE in order for these rules to be applied. Otherwise, the rules for

bowling against a forfeit would be applied.

How does the BYE Team work?

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC132

According to Rule #114c of the USBC rule book, a team and/or individuals that are

scheduled against the BYE team must earn the points for the games, unless the league

board has voted to use the BYE System (No points awarded) or the Draw System

instead. More on the BYE System and Draw System later.

To earn the points: In order for a team and individual that opposes the BYE Team to

earn points, an individual must bowl their average less 10 pins and/or the team must

bowl the team average less 10 pins per player. According to Rule #114c, the only

modification to this rule that the sanctioned league board can vote on, is the number of

pins that a player/team must bowl within. Leagues may not use a percentage of the

average. Any points not won by the team are considered "unearned points" for statistical

purposes. The team not winning will still be receiving a loss.

The BYE System: The BYE System was developed for leagues that do not want any

score competition to take place against a BYE team. In this situation, the team that is

scheduled against the BYE team must field a legal lineup and bowl, but points are

neither won or lost. The standings for the league must be then based on a percentage

basis.

If the league is not sanctioned, another available modification to the BYE System, is the

awarding of all points to the team opposing the BYE team. This rule is not in the spirit of

competition and should not be used in sanctioned league competition.

The Draw System: The Draw System allows for the team bowling the BYE, to compete

against the scores of another team in the league. The scores from that team are pitted

against the unopposed team. The "drawn" team will receive no points from this pairing

as that team is already bowling against a true opponent. Configuring the Draw Team is

discussed in a later chapter on Entering/Correction Current Scores.

Starting the season with a BYE team: Once it is time for the first night of bowling and

there will be an uneven number of teams, make small changes in Set Up your Team. Go

to the team number that will be used for the non-existent team. Simply rename this team

to BYE, and exit Set Up your Team. Enter scores as normal for all teams, EXCEPT for the

BYE team. The program will automatically calculate wins and losses.

In most cases, it is not necessary to add any bowlers to the roster for a BYE team.

However, when using BLS-2021 Automatic Scoring Edition, vacant bowlers may need to

be added to the BYE team in order for the scoring system to work properly. Check with

the scoring company for more details.

The following section describes how to set up the rules in BLS-2021 to address BYE

teams and how to use BYE’s throughout the season.

Setting BYE Rules: First select the BYE system or the Draw System by using the toggle

switch.

When a Team is bowling against a BYE Team:

Using the Drop-down List, select the option for what occurs when a team bowls against

the BYE. The default setting is "Team must bowl within a designated amount". Enter the

number of pins the team must bowl within their average. Initially, the number of pins are

set to 10 pins per bowler as identified by the Playing Strength (i.e. 4 person teams)

need to bowl within 40 pins of the Team Average). Do not change these defaults unless

your league uses a different rule or number of pins.

Setting up the League Rules 133

The second Drop-down can be used to identify what happens to the points when the

team does not bowl the required score.

Individual Match Points When Bowling against a BYE Team:

For Individual Match Point leagues, identify the requirements a bowler would need to

earn their Match Point. Typically, the bowler would need to bowl within 10 pins of their

average to earn the point. However, this rule can be configured differently if the League's

Bylaws identify a different rule.

Use the second Drop-down list to identify how match points are awarded when an

Absent of Vacant Bowler is bowling against the BYE team.

Draw System: When the DRAW method is selected using the toggle switch, the only

option is a Drop-down list, to select what happens to the points that are lost by the team

bowling the BYE. The remaining configuration for this system is done on the

Enter/Correct Current Scores screen. When entering scores, select the BYE team and

use the drop-down list to select the drawn/scheduled team.

Setting Name for BYE teams: The setting of different names for BYE teams can only be

done with BLS-2021 Automatic Scoring or Professional Editions. The BLS-2021

Standard Edition requires using the name "BYE".

Additional BYE/Draw Team Rules: The section is provided to include additional

text or notes written into the League's Bylaws that may not have already been included in

these rules.

Team PointsTeam Points: This section is designated for the assigning of team points. If the league

is setup as a handicap league this section will include points awarded for scratch or

handicap wins.

Select the Team Point System

Configures the type of point system used in the league, Standard Team Point System or

Performance Points. When Performance Points is selected, an additional section to

configure the Performance Points will become available after the Non-Standard Point

Options section.

Standard TEAM Points

Points per team game and series: Enter the number of points for each team game won

(with and without HDCP). As a separate parameter, enter the number of points for the

series (total pins with and without HDCP). In case of a tie, the points will be split

between the two teams.

Standings determined by percentage of wins to losses: Use the toggle switch to

indicated of standings will be determined by absolute points won or percentage. If all the

teams bowl the same number of games, there will be no difference between these two

methods. However, when a team joins the league later in the season, it is

recommended to base the standings by percentage of wins to losses so that the new

team has a fair chance of winning the split or the season.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC134

Team Standings: Ties

If a tie occurs in the team standings for position rounds, ties are broken by:

· Total Pinfall then actual games won - If a tie occurs in the team standings, the tie will

be broken by pinfall. If a tie still exists, the tie will be broken by the number of actual

games (not points) won.

· Actual games won then pinfall - This is very rare and should normally not be used. If

a tie occurs in the team standings, the tie will be broken by the number of actual

games (not points) won. If a tie still exists, the tie will be broken by pinfall.

· Total Pinfall w ith HDCP then actual games won - This is the most common setting

for handicap leagues. If ties occur in the team standings, ties are broken by total

pinfall with handicap. If a tie still exists, the tie will be broken by the number of actual

games (not points) won.

· Actual games won then Total pinfall w ith HDCP - This is very rare and should

normally not be used. If a tie occurs in the team standings, the tie will be broken by the

number of actual games (not points) won. If ties still exist, ties are broken by pinfall

with HDCP.

There is a drastic difference in the results. Make sure the correct method is selected

according to the league rules. If the league rules do not have a provision for breaking

ties, USBC rules dictate that ties for position pairings shall be determined by total pinfall

without handicap.

NOTE: These procedures can only be used for determining team pairings for a position

round. If a tie exists at the end of the season or at the end of any segment in a spit

season, a playoff is required to determine League Champion or the winner of the split

season segment. Procedures for playoffs in BLS-2021 are explained in the chapter on

Weekly League Duties on Page .

Non-Standard Point Options

This section addresses uncommon team points and standings options and should not

be changed unless the league bylaws specifically indicate these point systems exist.

HDCP points awarded based on team with most pins over average: Use the toggle

switch to enable this rule.

Bonus Points: Bonus Points can be awarded to the team with the high game.

Regressive Team Points: This is a point system where every team bowls against every

team. The points configured are based on the number of teams, and are awarded with

the highest point value going to the team with the highest score. For example, suppose

the league has 6 teams. The points are awarded based on all teams; therefore,

whatever team bowled highest the first game would get 6 points, the team that came in

second would get 5 points and so forth.

It is not a common point system. If you don’t understand it, you are likely not using it, so

leave it alone! Leave it set to zero.

Additional Team Point Rules: The section is provided to include additional text or

notes written into the League's Bylaws that may not have already been included in these

rules.

179

Setting up the League Rules 135

Team Performance PointsPerformance Points (UBL): Performance Points are a more recent addition to the sport

of bowling, that has brought more of a challenge to the individual while bowling with a

team.

Performance Points are solely based on the performance of the individual’s scores each

week. If a player scores above their average, they earn points. If the player scores below

their average, they lose points.

This feature is enabled by selecting the option on the Team Points and/or Individual

Match Points tab. From the Team Point System and/or Match Point System, choose

the Performance Points option. A new section will appear on the associated Team

Points tab to configure the Rule.

Adding a point range

To add a point range for Performance Points, simply enter the number of pins that the

bowler must come to, within their average. Next, indicate if this is above or below the

player's average. Finally, select how many Performance Points are earned. After the rule

is set, click Add this point range.

Removing a point range

To remove a point range for Performance Points, select the point range in the

Performance Points list and click Remove selected point range.

Individual Points155

Select the Match Point System You are Using

Standard match point system: Enter the number of points for each individual game

won. As a separate parameter, enter the number of points for the series (total pins with

handicap). In case of a tie, the points will be split between the two players.

· Pins over average: If the league’s match point rules are such that the match points

are awarded to the bowler who bowls most over their average, select We issue points

based on which bowler bowls most over (or closest to) their own average from the

Drop-down text box.

· Performance Points (U.B.L.): If performance points are awarded/detracted by the

league, select We issue points based on bowling above or below one’s own

average (aka Performance Points) from the Drop-down text box. This will add an

additional Performance Points(UBL) tab on the screen.

· Match Points handicap is difference of averages: If handicap match points are

calculated as a percentage of the difference between bowler averages, select this

option from the Drop-down list. This is very rare! Do not select this unless you

really know you do it this way! This is not supported by any electronic scoring

system.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC136

Non-Standard Match Point Rules

Add Match Points to Team Points: Some leagues keep track of match points for

statistical or award purposes. If the league does not include match points in the team

points total, toggle this switch to No.

Peterson Points: Out of the millions of different definitions, one seems to prevail. That is

where a player receives one point for every xx pins. Usually, it’s for every 25, 50 or 100

pins of total scratch pinfall. Some people say they figure it each week but carry the extra

pins to the next week. It still comes out as taking the player’s total pinfall for the season

and dividing it by something (25, 50 or 100) and those are points the player has in

addition to the match points won.

Bonus Points: Configure the number of points awarded to the bowler with the high

scratch game for each match.

Add Peterson and Bonus points to team: BLS-2021 provides an option to include these

non-standard points to the Team's total. Toggle this switch to Yes if the league includes

these points.

Rotation: BLS-2021 has the ability to "rotate" opponents for Individual Match play so

players can bowl against a different player on the opposing team for each game. When

enabled, the bowlers will compete in game 1 normally. For example, in a Trios league,

Game 1 would have 1 vs 1, 2 vs 2 and 3 vs 3. Game 2 will rotate to where 1 will bowl 3, 2

will bowl 1 and 3 will bowl 2. Finally, Game 3 would be 1 vs 2, 2 vs 3 and 3 vs 1.

Match play with a different lineup each game (Pro and AS feature only): Click on the

Options menu at the top of the screen and click in the Show Positions check box. Click

update form. A ps column will appear behind the game score column for each game.

This option does not support a individual series point(s).

Additional Indiv idual Point Rules: The section is provided to include additional

text or notes written into the League's Bylaws that may not have already been included in

these rules.

Indiv idual Performance PointsPerformance Points (UBL): Performance Points are a more recent addition to the sport

of bowling that has brought more of a challenge to the individual while bowling with a

team.

Setting up the League Rules 137

Performance Points are solely based on the performance of the individual’s scores each

week. If a player scores above their average, they earn points. If the player scores below

their average, they lose points.

This feature is enabled by selecting the option on the Individual Match Points tab. From

the Individual Points section, Use the drop-down list under Individual Point System and

choose the option for Performance Points. The Individual Performance Points will be

added to the screen below "Rotation".

Adding a point range

To add a point range for Performance Points, simply enter the number of pins that the

bowler must come within their average. Next, indicate if this is above or below the

player's average. Finally, select how many Performance Points are earned. After the rule

is set, click Add this point range.

Removing a point range

To remove a point range for Performance Points, select the point range in the

Performance Points list and click Remove selected point range.

Points SummaryThis page displays a summary of the points that will be awarded on a weekly basis for

this league. This page is not configurable and is based on the previously discussed

Team an Individual Points sections. As such, if the points listed on this page are

inaccurate, go back to the previous tabs to identify the discrepancy.

DivisionsDivisions can be used to segregate standings, or weekly / season highs for teams

and/or bowlers. This category will be available only when divisions are configured in the

League Options category discussed on page .

Note: For mixed leagues, BLS-2021 will automatically separate high score statistics for

the different sexes, so it is not necessary to create divisions for this functionality.

The screen is divided into Team and Bowler sections.

Team Divisions

BLS-2021 supports up to 16 team divisions. Configure the number of divisions, then

use the toggle switches to identify which team oriented results will be divided.

Team divisions are not the same as the divisions for the bowlers. Large leagues are

sometimes divided into 2 divisions for purposes of team awards and team points.

Who assigns teams to divisions: Configure whether team divisions will be assigned

(You do it), or by the program (BLS does it). If assigned by BLS-2021, the teams are

assigned in order of the team numbers. Disperse the team numbers amongst the

divisions. If the program automatically assigns divisions, it can only be consecutive team

numbers.

If manually assigning the teams into divisions, go to Set Up your Teams and assign

each bowler a division number.

120

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC138

Bowling within your division

If teams bowl only within their own divisions, except special position nights, click this

option. This option is only available if configured to have BLS-2021 assign teams to

divisions.

Team Division Assignments: Identify how many teams will be assigned to each division.

Optionally change the division labels to identify each division, for example, East and

West.

Bowler Div isions

Some leagues divide bowlers into separate divisions for individual awards and points. If

dividing players into separate divisions, use the lower half of the screen to establish this.

BLS-2021 supports up to 16 bowler divisions. For mixed leagues, Bowler Divisions do

not need to be configured, as BLS-2021 will automatically divide the bowlers by gender.

Configure the number of bowler divisions for the league, then use the toggle switches to

identify which bowler results will be divided.

Bowler divisions determined by: Indicate how the divisions will be determined, either

manually or automatically by average or age. Additional options are available to divide by

gender when combined with average or age.

Note: When configuring Bowler Divisions by Current Average, it is possible for a bowler

to change divisions based on the games bowled. This change in divisions will NOT be

reflected on any reports until advancing to the next week. Bowler divisions are

determined based on the bowler's average when entering any given week.

If assigning a division based on age, current average, or book average, then the bowlers

will automatically be placed in the divisions per the settings. You will not be able to

manually change a bowler’s division assignment.

If manually assigning the bowlers into divisions, go to Set Up your Teams and assign

each bowler a division number.

Bowler Division Assignments: Use this table to change bowler division labels and to

configure the parameters to be used to assign divisions. The parameters available will

be based on the previously configured rules to determine the divisions, average, age,

gender and average, or gender and age.

Additional Div ision Rules: The section is provided to include additional text or

notes written into the League's Bylaws that may not have already been included in these

rules.

Special RecognitionThis section of the Rules allows for the configuration of the Team and Individual high

score prizes. In addition, the option to enable/disable the detection of local and bowling

center awards, is provided in this part of the rules.

Using the toggle switches, identify which team results will be recognized at the end of

the season or split. Options include High Scratch Game & Series and High Handicap

Setting up the League Rules 139

Game & Series. These will be the data items displayed under Weekly and Season High

Scores on the Standing Sheet.

Similarly, configure the bowler results to be recognized at the end of the season, or split.

In addition to high game and series recognition, individual bowler options can be

configured for High and Most Improved Averages as well as Game and Series over

average.

Any option set to No will not be displayed up on the Standing Sheet. This can be

changed at any time without losing data. The USBC urges all handicap leagues to have

individual and team handicap recognitions, scratch recognitions are optional.

Priority for Recognition: The league may specify a different priority for recognition for

weekly high scores and for season high scores. Quite often, leagues have no priority for

weekly highs, just for season highs.

Just what is Award Priority? With no priority, it means a player or team will get each and

every award it qualifies for. One team or player could take first place in all categories.

This is not fair to most players; therefore, a priority is established so if a player qualifies

for more than one award, the bowler gets one award of the highest priority or value and

becomes ineligible to win the other awards (and consequently will not be listed).

Selecting the proper priority will determine which award a player will get when that player

qualifies for more than one award.

BLS-2021 groups the awards in priority order when using a drop-down list box. There

are 12 different priorities. Select the one appropriate to the league rules. Selecting the

wrong one or the league changes the awards,these can be changed to reflect the

priority. Changing priority does result in the loss of scores from the list. Trying different

priorities and do a “what if” scenario and compare results. Here’s a brief explanation of

how to interpret each grouping of codes:

One Award: SS, SG, HS, HG - In this example, a bowler can only receive one award. The

first award qualified for would be Scratch Series then Scratch Game followed by

Handicap Series and Handicap Game. If the player won SG and HG, then they would be

eliminated from HG. If a team or bowler qualifies for more than one (IE 2nd place for SG

& HG) that player/team will only get the 1st award in the list (reading from left to right).

Two Awards: SG, SS and HG, HS - In this example, a bowler can receive two awards

(one from each category). One with the priority of Scratch Game then Scratch Series, and

the second award with the priority of Handicap Game then Handicap Series.

No HDCP or Scratch awards: This typically appears when Scratch and Handicap

awards are disabled elsewhere in the Rules. If the league awards these prizes, ensure

they are enabled.

Additional Special Recognition Rules: The section is provided to include

additional text or notes written into the League's Bylaws that may not have already been

included in these rules. There are separate sections available for Team and Individual

special recognition and prizes.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC140

Indiv idual Eligibility for AwardsSubs and pre-bowl/make-ups

Indicate if temporary subs qualify for awards. Also indicate if pre-bowled games or

make-up games qualify for league and association awards.

Note: The USBC has a rule that prevents individuals from earning certain USBC awardswhen pre or post bowling unopposed. This rule can be over-ridden on this page so thatawards not affected by this rule, can be detected. However, this also enables detectionfor the National awards

Setting up the League Rules 141

Include perfect scores in season high scratch game recognition

This option will remove 300 games from the high game awards and list them separately

on the Standing Sheet.

Most Improved/High Average exclusions

It may be desirable for the league to exclude the high average or most improved average

bowler from winning other individual league awards.

Games for Award Eligibility: Indicate the number of games required for a player

to bowl to be eligible for individual awards. At the completion of the league, most

leagues require that a bowler completes two thirds, or 66% of the season in order to

receive an individual award. Indicate the proper number of games that a bowler must

bowl.

Once a bowler has reached a point where they no longer can complete the required

games or percentage, BLS-2021 will remove them from the individual awards. However,

there is a switch that will allow the ineligible bowlers to be displayed, even though they

do not qualify. All bowlers will be included in the weekly highs.

During the season, the occasional bowler may be prevented from showing up on the

awards list by indicating what percentage of games that must be bowled, in order to be

listed. A recommended figure for this is 50% to 60%.

Helpful Tip: These eligibility rules might explain why bowlers do not show up on the

Standing Sheet for league awards.

Indiv idual Special RecognitionFill in the requirements for the Individual Awards of the league.

Individual High Handicap Game or Series

Identify the number of games the bowler must complete, before being eligible for

handicap awards. For a league that bowls 3 games a night, to begin tracking handicap

scores beginning with the very first game, this value must be set to 0. If setting this to 3,

the first 3 games will be ignored and would start tracking handicap scores with the fourth

game.

BLS-2021 will allow handicaps to be back applied, when reaching the above referenced

number of games. It is important to note that the handicap that is back applied, is based

on the average at the time the configured number of games is reached and not the

average at the time the games are bowled.

Until the above number of games is reached, BLS-2021 can use the Book or Entering

average to qualify bowlers for these awards. The handicap for the book average will be

used and it will not back-apply the handicap at XX games. Bowlers without a book

average will have their handicap games tracked beginning with a specified number of

games, with that handicap, back applied, to previous games if indicated.

The USBC recommends that scratch scores be included in handicap scores, for

bowlers whose average is so high that they receive no handicap. It makes makes more

sense saying “A bowler has a zero handicap” rather than saying “A bowler has no

handicap.”

Most Improved Average

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC142

Be sure to enter the number of games the most improved average is based on. If 12

games is entered, then the average at 12 games will be used for determining the most

improved average. This is normal for League Achievement Award from the USBC.

If deciding to use the book average for most improved, indicate so. If a bowler does not

have a book average, then the most improved average will be based on that bowler’s

actual average when the required number of games is reached.

Note: When changing this option mid-season, go back to Week 1 and return to current

week to re-calculate all the scores, otherwise the results may be inaccurate.

High Average Recognition

Indicate the number of games necessary for a bowler to be eligible for high average

recognition.

Weekly and Season High Awards

Select the priority for the Weekly and Season High Score Recognition. For more

information on priorities refer back to the Priority for Awards section on page .

One Award: Six options are available for this option, depending on which score

recognition has the higher priority, Scratch Series (SS), Scratch Game (SG), Handicap

Series (HS) or Handicap Game (HG). The additional 2 options are available to set the

second recognition priority, SS, HS or HS,SS.

Multiple Awards: These additional options allow individuals to be recognized in 2

categories, a combination of handicap and scratch, or series and game. Different

priorities can be set.

Note: Scratch Leagues will have fewer options to configure, as the handicap awards will

not be an option.

Team Special RecognitionsTeam Prizes or Recognition Observed by League

Using the toggle switches, will indicate which prizes will be available for the teams to

earn in the league. Any option set to No will not be displayed up on the Standing Sheet.

This can be changed at any time without losing data.

Track handicap scores beginning with week number: Specify the week that team

handicap scores will be tracked and show up on the standing sheet.

Include scores with zero handicap... Toggle this switch to indicate that scores with a

zero handicap that qualify, are included with the high handicap scores.

Weekly and Season High Awards: Select the priority for the Weekly and Season High

Score Recognition. For more information on priorities refer back to the Priority for

Awards section on page .

One Award: Six options are available for this option depending on which score

recognition has the higher priority, Scratch Series (SS), Scratch Game (SG), Handicap

Series (HS) or Handicap Game (HG). The additional 2 options are available to set the

second recognition priority, SS, HS or HS,SS.

Multiple Awards: These additional options allow Teams to be recognized in 2

categories, a combination of handicap and scratch, or series and game. Different

priorities can be set.

138

138

Setting up the League Rules 143

Note: Scratch Leagues will have fewer options to configure as the handicap awards will

not be an option.

Absentees, Vacancies and Substitutes

Configure whether or not teams with absentees, vacancies or substitutes, are eligible

for league team awards.

Helpful Tip: These eligibility rules might explain why teams do not show up on the

Standing Sheet.

Statistical InfomationThe following options are available for statistics to be listed on the standings.

Game/Series counters

BLS-2021 can keep track of up to three ranges of game and series achievements. For

example, the number of 200, 225 and 250 games can be tracked.

Enter the minimum score required to increment the counter for that score. This should

be done before scores have been entered for the league.

If a counter value is changed mid-season, return to week 1 and back to the current week,

in order to properly count the new values.

Statistic base

The statistics are normally based on a typical 10-pin, 3 game series. If the league is

different, then select the appropriate options.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC144

Adding counters to Standing Sheet

To add these counters to the standing sheet, the Style for the Team Rosters will need to

be modified to include this information. From the Standing Sheet, click on Change

Layout and select the Team Rosters data item in the Order of Items on the Standing

Sheet section. Click the Change Style button, then To hide this panel so you can

change this style... button. Add the appropriate Game and/or Series counter data items

listed under the Statistics section.

For more information on the standing sheet styles, please see the Report Styles section

on page .

Additional RulesThis feature allows entering text for rules that may not directly affect scores and

statistics, to be printed as part of the League Rules. For example, most leagues have

policies that describe what frame a tardy bowler would be considered absent, leagues

with complex playoff systems may want to add this information to the section, and

various committees, (such as the prize fund committee), can be designated.

This page provides for a central location for all text based rules that were previously

available when configuring the rules that do affect scoring.

Special OptionsThis section provides additional options unrelated to previously configured rules.

Special Award Groups: This section will determine whether or not BLS-2021 will track

additional recognition such as local and state association awards and bowling center

awards. When toggled to Yes, these awards will be tracked on a weekly basis. These

awards are configured under the section on Defining Your League > Awards: Local and

bowling center awards discussed later in this chapter.

Brackets / Pro-Am: These features are only available in the Pro and A/S Editions. Use

the toggle switches to enable these items

League Templates: This screen will identify if a League Template was used to configure

this league, or if the League Rules were saved to a template.

Date for Age Calculation: Click Select Date to set the August 1 date where ages are

determined of a specific date.

Master Bowler Database: This feature is available in the Pro and A/S Editions. Use the

toggle switches link the league to the Master Bowler Database.

KIOSK Options: This feature is available in the Pro and A/S Editions. Toggle the switch to

indicate of the league results should be exported to the Center's KIOSK.

Print Your League RulesA copy of the League Rules is typically submitted with the League Application. In

addition, it is beneficial to the teams in the league to have a copy of the League Rules.

BLS-2021 provides different options to accomplish this task.

206

Setting up the League Rules 145

To print the League Rules, click the Print Rules icon at the top of the Setup League

Rules screen. Alternatively, the league rules can also be printed from the following menu

option:

Setup > League > Print Rules

146 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC146

Setting up Teams and Bowlers

Setting up Teams

and Bowlers

Chapter

17

147

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC148

Setting up Teams and BowlersThe next step in setting up a new league is to configure the teams and bowlers. Since

this information may not be available until after the League Meeting, BLS-2021 provides

a couple of reports that would be useful for the meeting.

Preliminary Paperwork

This section provides for two options:

1. Print Blank Sign Up Sheets: This allows sheets to be printed for bowlers to

complete so that they can be entered.

2. Print League Rules Worksheet: This is a worksheet that can be used when

defining the league rules during the league meeting or with the other league

officers.

These options are also available in the Library of bowling forms previously described

on page .

Setup Team RostersThis screen can be opened from the following menu options:

Setup > Teams > Rosters or Weekly > Prepare this week > Adjust Team Rosters

The Team Rosters screen allows for the setting up of the following:

· Team names

· Bowler names

· Sub lists

· Addresses

· Phone numbers

· Bowler lineups

· Bowler sanction numbers

· Gender

· Book averages

Select what you want to see:

The first Drop-down box is used to select the team. Use the Drop-down list, up/down

arrows or the PgUp/PgDn keys. The second Drop-down list provides different options for

what information is displayed and can be entered or modified for the bowlers on the

team roster.

Enter/Rename Team: Click in the text area in the Team Name column. Delete the

existing Team Name, then enter the new one.

Divisions: If the league has Team Divisions, enter the Division number.

Bowling Team Roster

Bowlers may be added or removed as required from either the Team Roster screen or

the Score Entry screen. This is also where changes to the order of the players can

occur. Even if removed, a bowler remains in the database and may be added to a team

anytime or used as a sub. The total pins, games and averages are always kept (even if

the bowler rolls only 1 game all season).

Team Roster Screen Options

BLS-2021 provides the option to designate which fields to display on the screen.

Different data fields can be added or removed depending on the information to be

51

Setting up Teams and Bowlers 149

entered. To open the Team Roster Screen Options, select View > Rosters > View

Options.

TIP: This can be very useful for entering book averages on the Team Rosters screen. If

the option to enter book averages is not available on this screen, it can be added by

clicking this button and selecting the option.

Entering bowlers on the Team Roster screen: When setting up the teams in a newly

created league, all the roster positions (based on the Playing Strength) will be

configured as a VACANT bowler. To enter the bowlers, over-write the VACANT and enter

the bowler's name. Do not drop the VACANT bowler so you can add a new bowler. The

new bowler will just show up as another VACANT with a high Bowler ID number.

Continue entering gender, book average, L/R hand and/or phone number.

To change the information that can be entered for a bowler, use the second Drop-down

list to select different data options.

Reordering a team rosterTo change a team’s roster quickly, use the Up or Down arrow on the right side of the

screen or use the mouse to drag and drop the bowler into the appropriate position. The

following Function keys are also available:

· To move a bowler up the list, select the bowler and press F3 or use the up button.

· To move down the list, select the bowler and press F5 or use the down button.

· To drop a bowler, select the bowler and press F4 or use the Drop button.

Finding a bowlerTo search for a bowler and the team they are on, click the Find Bowler control. Locate the

bowler by last name and the team number would be displayed. To go to the bowler's

team, click on the Show This Blr’s Team button. The bowler's team will be displayed

with the bowler’s information highlighted.

Add existing bowlerTo add a bowler from the sub list, enter the Bowler ID# in the ID column. BLS-2021 will

give a warning if that bowler is already on another team, since they can only be on one

team at a time.

NOTE: If you are wanting to Move the bowler to a different team, you will need to first Drop

the bowler from the roster of the current team. This needs to be performed in a week

where scores have not been entered.

If the ID# is unknown, click Add . The Add a New Bowler screen will appear. Locate the

bowler, click Add Bowler to Team.

Adding new bowlerA new bowler or sub is someone who has never bowled before and has never been

entered into a league. First, select the desired team using the drop-down list box or the

arrow buttons next to it. To add a new bowler, enter N in the ID column instead of a

number and press Enter, click the New button or Add button and then click Create New

Bowler. Each of these options assigns a new bowler ID# and VACANT will be supplied

as the bowler name. Type over or delete this name and enter the name of the new

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC150

bowler. It is also required to enter a gender into the sex column and a substitute status

(either a blank for a normal team member, S for Permanent Sub or T for Temporary Sub)

into the ? column. Continue to enter the information about this bowler as needed.

It is also possible to enter a new bowler by selecting Enter a New Bowler from the

Bowler Maintenance screen and entering the bowler’s information. Once entered in the

Bowler Maintenance screen, the team the new bowler will be on must be selected.

Dropping a bowlerA bowler is removed from a team by placing the cursor anywhere on the line for that

particular bowler and pressing F4 or clicking the Drop button. Removing a bowler does

not remove them from the database, therefore that bowler can be used on another team

or as a sub.

Flagging a bowlerSometimes it may be helpful to flag a bowler who needs to speak with the secretary or

treasurer. To do so in the team rosters screen so that this alert is visible on all printouts,

click the Alert (!**) button.

In order for this to reflect on the Standing Sheet, use the Page Layout tab on the

Standing Sheet Setup screen to Indicate Bowlers with Pending Notes

Permanently removing bowlersTo permanently remove a bowler from the league, go to the Bowler Maintenance screen

and locate that bowler. Click the Quit the League button at the bottom of the screen.

Adding a sub BLS-2021 allows for two types of substitute bowlers, Temporary and Permanent.

Substitutes are designated on the team roster under the ? column using a T for

temporary or S for permanent. Leaving this field blank designates a full time member of

the team. When advancing to a new week, the bowlers designated as a Temporary

substitute are automatically removed from the teams and placed back on the substitute

list. To reuse the substitute on the same team enter the bowler as a Permanent

substitute by inserting a letter S into the ? column.

Loaning bowlersThis can occur when a team has extra members and allows one of their players to

substitute on another team. The loaned bowler should show up on the original team and

not appear on the substitute list.

To loan a bowler:

Go to the team you are loaning the bowler to. Add the bowler as you would any

substitute. BLS-2021 will warn you that this bowler is already on another team and asks

if this team wants to loan this bowler. Answer Yes to loan the bowler to the other team.

If a bowler is loaned by mistake, remove bowler from the team they were added to and

the player returns to the original team.

Setting up Teams and Bowlers 151

When advancing to the next week, the loaned bowler will be returned to the original

team.

Default Roster BLS-2021 supports setting a default roster. This feature allows teams participating in

Individual Match Point leagues to re-arrange the roster in an effort to create more

favorable match-ups, then return to a default roster order when advancing to the next

week. By default, when advancing to the next week, the rosters would remain as they

were re-configured.

The default roster is initially enabled in the League Rules as documented on page .

When the rule is enabled, the default roster is set based on the roster order at the time.

However, if the team captain would like to set a different roster order as the default, this

can be done on the Adjust Team Rosters screen as follows:

1. Advance to the next week where no scores have been entered.

2. Go to Weekly > Prepare this week > Adjust Team Rosters

3. Select the team wanting to change the default lineup and make the adjustment.

4. Click the Save as Default Roster Order button.

The new default roster order is new set.

When in any week where scores have been entered, to review the default roster order,

go to the Adjust Team Roster screen and click on the Show Default Roster button.

Bowler ListThe Team Roster screen also provides a unique feature by displaying all the bowlers on

screen together, versus broken up by team. This can make things faster in pre-

registering bowlers for the league or doing address or phone number entry.

Go to Setup > Teams > Rosters, click on the View menu. Click on Bowler List. (The

program defaults to Teams.) The team display will be removed and the entire league will

be displayed.

Sorting the bowlers: Click the Sort drop-down list box to change how the Bowler List

screen is sorted.

Information displayed: The second list box is the Display options. Click this list box to

change the information that is displayed and can be modified.

Enter Bowlers NOT on teamSelecting Setup > Bowlers > Edit Bowlers Not On a Team will open the Bowler

Maintenance screen. Add the bowler names and information for bowlers who may not

be assigned to a team, but may be available as substitutes throughout the season.

Bowler Maintenance

The Bowler Maintenance provides for an alternative location to enter bowler data. The

Bowler Maintenance screen contains important information such as bowler names and

addresses, bowling center and financial institution information, as well as the local,

state and national association information.

122

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC152

Entering important addresses: Names on this tab would not be any of your bowlers.

Click the Contacts, Centers, Bank, Associations button and select the address to

change from the list of important addresses. To add an important contact, click Enter a

New Name... Specify a unique Shortcut ID Code to identify the contact, then enter the

name, address, phone, etc. information in the provided space. Add a check mark next to

any of the listed options to identify the new contact. Information entered on this screen

changes the database on the fly. The new contact will not show up on the list of contacts

until you click away from the data entry screen, for example, click on one of the other

existing contacts.

Adding a new bowler: Must be on the A-Z tabs. Add any bowler on any tab and BLS-

2021 will automatically re-sort them.

A new bowler can be entered in the Bowler Maintenance screen by clicking on the letter

representing the first letter of the last name of the bowler. Then, click on Enter a New

Name... located in the alphabetical listing in the lower left part of the screen. Enter the

new bowler’s name and information. The new bowler defaults to being a substitute. As

with the Important Contacts, the new bowler name will not appear in the alphabetic list

until clicking away from the data entry screen. The Bowler ID will be assigned when the

new bowler is added.

Changing an address or phone number

To change a bowler’s address or phone number, locate the bowler in the Bowler

Maintenance screen and click the bowlers’ name. The bowlers’ information will appear.

Simply type over the existing information.

Removing a bowler

A bowler can be removed from league reports and standings by selecting the bowler to

be removed and selecting Quit the League from the Drop-down list. A bowler can be

completely removed from the database using the Utilities > Bowlers > Delete " Quitters"

and unused Vacants menu option . The bowler will be removed from the league

database permanently, provided scores have not been entered for the season. If there

are no scores or financial data entered for the bowler, there will be a Delete this Entry

button at the bottom of the screen.

Finally, if you want to prevent a bowler from showing up on the Standing Sheet as a

substitute, but still keep them the league database in case they may return in the future,

you can set the status to Not part of the league.

Setting up team captains

To configure the team captain, select the bowler and put a check mark in the box next to

Team Captain. This can also be done from the Adjust Team Rosters screen.

Finding a bowler

Bowlers are sorted by the last name in alphabetical order. Click on the alphabetical

index buttons in the book to locate the bowler. If a last name was not entered, the

bowlers will be located in the No Last Name button.

Show Bowler Information

Setting up Teams and Bowlers 153

To get a quick listing of a bowler's statistics, click on the Show Bowler Information

button. This will provide statistical information for the selected bowler with regards to

Pins, Games, Average, High Scores and Age.

Printing a bowler’s history

When viewing a bowler’s entry in Bowler Maintenance, click History to view and print

their current history information.

Remind Bowler to See Secretary

To make an indication on the standing sheet for a bowler to see the secretary, check the

Remind bowler to see me check box. If the standing sheet printing option of "Indicate

bowlers with pending notes" is enabled, then the standing sheet will place a couple

stars next to their name indicating that they should see the secretary.

Setting up league officersThe Bowler Maintenance screen will display a list of league offices on the right side of

the screen. The officers that have been assigned are Bold, and unassigned officers are

not bold. Clicking on an Officer that has been assigned will provide the following options:

· Show this Officer: This option will open the record for the currently assigned officer.

· Un-assign this Office: This option can be used to un-assign the office from the

currently assigned bowler.

To configure a league member is an officer:

1. Select and display the bowler record to be assigned to the office

2. Select the office to assign to this bowler

3. Click Select as This Officer

Note - if the office is in Bold, show that officer. If it is not the correct person, click the

unassign this office menu option. Then select the correct person, click on the office and

then on the Assign Name as This Officer.

Rerating BowlingsWhile highly unusual, there may be a situation that calls for a bowler to be rerated during

the season. To rerate a bowler, select the bowler in the Bowler Maintenance screen and

select RERATE from the menu.

Click New Re-Rate and then enter the week that the rerate is effective and the rerated

average.

To remove a re-rate, select the re-rated average and click Remove.

Entering OfficersSetup > Officers

This option represents one of several methods to view or enter League Officers. It will

open the Officers Quick Reference

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC154

Team Captains ListSetup > Teams > Team Captains List

This option will display a report that will list each team and provide the Team Captains

name, address, email and phone number.

Certify

Certify

Chapter

18

155

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC156

Certify BLS-2021 provides full support for USBC, CTF and TNBA national organizations. In

addition, the program allows for any certifying/sanctioning organization to be configured

and the membership fees tracked.

IMPORTANT: If the league is certified/sanctioned through a national organization, it will

be necessary to configure some options in this section in order for Award Forms and

Final Average reports to be correct. If individual bowler certifications are not going to be

tracked, please review the section on Certification/Sanctioning Fees later in this

chapter.

The following section covers the options available that normally manage certification

duties necessary for leagues certified by USBC and other organizations.

Certification/Sanctioning FeesLeague and bowler certification is an important part of defining the league to be

compliant with the organization under which the league is sanctioned. This option can

be opened from either of the following menu options:

Setup > Fees > Certification

Selecting either of these options will open the following screen:

Entering Financial Information

Use this option to indicate whether or not you will be tracking financial information for

bowler certification. This setting will only apply to certification/sanction funds and has no

bearing on the weekly league funds. This setting will determine what options are

available when certifying the bowlers.

Certify 157

Note: If the League Application Form is to be printed from BLS-2021, this will need to be

answered Yes so that financial information is included with the application.

For Bowling Centers that do not need to track financial information or bowler

certifications, or for secretaries that track certifications using a different method, BLS-

2021 provides a method to automatically certify all the bowlers in the league at one time.

Selecting No for entering financial information will provide an additional option for

Certifications that will allow all bowlers to be considered Sanctioned. Answering No to

this second toggle switch will require each bowler to be individually Certified/Sanctioned.

Toggling this switch to Yes will automatically consider all bowlers entered into the

league as certified.

League Certification Information

Select the primary organization the league is certified through. If bowlers can be certified

through additional organizations, select that organization. Specifying additional

organizations displays additional tabs.

These settings will initially be based on the organizations configured on the Default

League Setup TAB. Additional sanctioning options will only be available if TNBA or Other

Bodies is selected on the Default League Setup screen. The League Certification

Information section on this TAB allows the sanctioning options to be re-configured for

the specific league that is currently open.

Type of League

Specify if the league is a Seniors and/or Traveling league.

Type of Lane Conditions

Use this section to identify the oil patterns used by the bowling center for the league.

This is a program implemented by the USBC for the 2020/2021 bowling season to help

"fill the void" between the house shot and Sport League conditions. The Red pattern can

be considered the current "house shot" and will continue to be the standard for most

non-Sport Leagues. For this reason, the Red pattern is selected as the Default, so if the

lane conditions are unknown (in non-Sport League), then do not change anything.

The lane conditions will get progressively more difficult with the White and Blue oil

patterns, respectively.

Default League SetupEnter the default settings that will be used for all new leagues created in BLS-2021.

These settings will determine what national awards will be earned as well as provides

the data that will be printed on some of the forms.

League Certification Information

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC158

Specify the primary organization the league(s) will be certified through. This setting will

be used as the default for all newly created leagues, but can be changed for individual

leagues on the League Information TAB previously discussed.

Additional Organizations

This option allows certification for additional organizations to be configured. The most

common scenario is certifying with the TNBA, however, BLS-2021 includes the option

for other organizations to be added. Selecting the Other Bodies option will display an

additional Other Associations TAB at the top of the screen.

USBC Options

Managed: Specify if the USBC Leagues are Managed. This setting will affect the current

league as well as future new leagues, but will not change other existing league. For

more information on Managed Leagues, please see Rule 100m in the USBC Playing

Rules.

Note:If the leagues are Managed, a Manager will need to be identified as a League

Officer in order for the USBC forms to contain the correct data.

Certify 159

CTF Options

When the Default Certification Information is configured for CTF: Canadian Tenpin

Federation, the only option listed here will be English or French.

Fee Setup-USBCLeague Certification Information

Enter the Leagues Application Number and indicate if the league is Managed. This

latter setting will initially be based on how BLS-2021 was configured on the Default

League Setup TAB.

Local & State Associations

The options that can be modified on this screen will be different depending on how the

league was configured on the Default League Setup section previously discussed.

However, if the status of the Local & State Associations are incorrect, they can be

modified on this screen without having to go back to the Default League Setup TAB.

However, these settings apply to all leagues, so changes made on this screen will be

applied to all leagues.

Leagues that belong to local associations that have Merged will have the option to

change fee amount under the Adult column.

Leagues the belong to local associations that have NOT Merged will have the option to

change fee information for Adult and WBA columns.

State fees will be similarly configurable based on the status, Merged or Not Merged.

CTF Leagues will have the single option to enter National, Sport, Provincial and Local

fees.

To change the fees, click the padlock located right above the fee entry table.

Fee Setup-YouthLeague Certification Information: Enter the League's Application Number and configure

if the league is Managed. Click the Padlock to unlock the fee table to enter fees for

Youth, Youth Standard and Youth Basic.

Fee Setup-CTFLeague Information

Enter the League's Application Number and designate whether the application,

membership cards and award forms are printed in English or French.

CTF Leagues will have the single option to enter National, Sport, Provincial and Local

fees.

To change the fees, click the padlock located right above the fee entry table.

Fee Setup-TNBALeague Information

Enter the League's Application Number.

TNBA Certification will have the single option to enter National, State and Local fees.

To change the fees, click the padlock located right above the fee entry table.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC160

Other AssociationsWhen the league is certified through an organization other than the USBC, CTF or TNBA,

either as a primary or additional sanctioning, BLS-2021 provides the option to enter the

name of the organization and configure the membership fees. When Other Organization

is selected on the League Information TAB, the following option becomes available:

Use the Create New button to enter the Association into BLS-2021. Assign an

Organization Code for the Association. This code should be representative of the name

of the association, but cannot exceed 8 characters. Enter the Organization Name in the

appropriate text box, then Save the record. To modify the records, select the Association

from the list, then click Edit Association.

Other FeesTo access this screen, configure This League is also Sanction By to Other on the

League Information tab. Use this screen to specify additional certification fees and other

sanctioning organizations. Enter the Organization Code previously configured on the

Other Associations TAB. To enter the fees, click the padlock to unlock the fee table.

Sanction/Certify Your BowlersCertification > Bowler > Membership

This section allows entering certification information for the bowlers in the league. This

step will typically be done after the first night of bowling as the following items will need

to be collected from the bowlers:

Membership applications: These applications are called different names depending on

the national or local league that is being applied for. For example the USBC uses an

application called the APPLICATION FOR USBC MEMBERSHIP. It is a simple form that

the bowlers need to fill out and give to the league secretary.

Membership Payments: These payments usually come when the membership

applications are submitted. There may be situations where payments are not required.

For example if a bowler plays on other leagues and has already paid for this national

membership, then they will not have to make a payment.

NOTE: To keep the Treasurer reports accurate, it is important to enter Bowler

Certifications in the same week they are paid by the bowler. It is just as important to go

back to the week the bowler paid certifications to make any adjustments to those fees.

Certify 161

With this information, begin certifying the bowlers. On the Certify Bowlers screen, there

is a section to enter the National ID Number. Entering an ID number here does not

automatically configure the bowler as certified. Bowlers keep the same USBC ID

number from year to year, so while the bowler may have been certified in the previous

season, the bowler may not be certified for the current season, but still have the ID. The

section at the bottom of this screen must be completed to configure the bowler as

certified. There are fields for Additional # and TNBA # that can be used for multiple

affiliations.

There are different options available depending on if the Local and State Associations

are Merged or NOT Merged and whether or not financial information is being tracked. As

such, it is important to have this information, as well as the Certification Fees correctly

configured before proceeding with Certifying the bowlers. For more information, see

Certification/Sanction Fees previously discussed on page .

If tracking financial information

When BLS-2021 is configured to track financial information with regards to certification,

specific application card information will have to be completed for the USBC

Certifications and Sanction payments to be accurate.

This screen is designed to provide the same options available on the membership

cards. This allows for more flexibility when bowlers bowl in leagues sanctioned in

different local associations. The Total Due will be based entirely on how the fees we

originally configured in the Certification/Sanctioning Fees section.

This section is divided into 2 parts, Card Group and USBC Certifications. To certify the

bowlers, first select the Card Group which applies to the bowlers membership card.

These Card Groups are defined as follows:

· Standard: This option is available for non USBC Sport Leagues. This Card Group is

for complete, full memberships, so each choice made under USBC Certifications will

charge the full amount required for the complete membership, National, Local and

State. Select the National Dues option to certify the bowler(s).

156

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC162

· Sport: This option is available for leagues configured as USBC Sport Leagues.

Similar to Standard, this option is for complete, full Sport memberships and each

option under USBC Certifications will charge the full membership dues for all

associations, National Sport, Local and State. Select the National Dues option to

certify the bowler(s).

· Other: Select this option when the bowler will only be paying Local, Local and State or

Sport Upgrade. Use this option when National membership is paid through a different

league. Select the appropriate option under USBC Certifications to complete the

process. Options on this screen are based on the status of Local and State

Associations previously configured.

· None/Discounts: Select this option when the bowler has already paid complete

membership fees in a different league. This option is also used for Local Association

Discounts. Note: To apply discounts, the bowler would need to initially pay for full

membership using the Standard option.

Once the Card Group is selected, an option needs to be selected under the USBC

Certifications section to complete the sanctioning process. Until a USBC Certifications

option is selected, the bowler is not considered Certified nor will the bowler be charged

membership fees.

Enter Total Paid if it is different than the Amount Due. Use the Drop-down List to select

Payment Method. If paying by check, enter Check Number.

When selecting None (Already Paid), BLS-2021 offers the option to identify which

league the memberships fees were paid. Click the " Paid In" Information button to enter

the league where membership fees were paid:

Enter the League Name, Center and Association where the dues were paid. When

through, click the Return button.

The USBC Certifications will have to be entered for every bowler in the league. BLS-

2021 provides options for USBC Memberships by clicking the Membership button on

this page. If any of the bowlers have a life time membership either at the National level or

with the Local Association, click on the Memberships button and toggle the appropriate

switch. In addition, there is an option to configure USBC Hall Of Fame Membership.

TNBA or Other Association: If the league is certified through the TNBA or Other

Association, there should be an option to change to the additional fee table to enter the

registration fees. If this option is not available, then the TNBA or Other Association fees

have not been configured correctly.

Important Note: If a certification payment needs to be removed, it is important to be in

the week that it was entered so that it gets correctly applied.

If NOT tracking finances

Certify 163

When not tracking financial information with regards to Certification, this section

becomes less complicated:

To Certify the bowlers, simply change the Bowler IS: option to Certified and specify Dues

Paid: Already Paid/This League.

League Officers & ApplicationThis section provides additional League Certification Information, then prints the

application. There are four tabs in this section as follows:

Certification Numbers: This tab should already be configured based on previous data

entered in the Certification/Sanctioning Fees section including the Type of League

options. Bowling Center Information should already be listed based on information

entered in Setup > League Rules. However all of these fields may be edited.

League Officers: This tab will display the League Officers that are required for the

Certification Application. Again, these should already be pre-populated with data entered

when setting up the league. However, changes can be made by clicking Change/Update

Officers which will open the Bowler Maintenance screen.

Association Addresses: Provides information about the local association the league is

affiliated with. To modify this information, click Edit Information which will open the

Contacts, Centers, Bank, Association screen Bowler Maintenance utility. Select the

Association to use or Enter a New Name and add the necessary information. Then click

Select to add to the application and link the Association to the league.

Note: The Association Addresses need to be correctly configured on this screen in order

for them to appear on the Awards Forms.

Printing Application: This tab provides an option to print two important forms, USBC

Certification Form and Print your league's bylaws. The league's bylaws are required to

be submitted with the USBC Certification Application.

Print ApplicationOnce the bowlers’ sanction payments have been entered the league sanction

application can be prepared. This option will display the same screen that was available

in the League Officers and Application > Printing Application tab described in the

previous section.

All the necessary components are prepared and printing may now proceed. Select the

Printing Application tab and select the application to print.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC164

Print Membership Application Cards

BLS-2021 features the ability to generate bowler sanction application cards that are

filled out with the bowler's information and can be returned to process and forward to the

local associations.

This screen can also be displayed by clicking Certify > Bowler > Bowler Membership

Applications. Membership cards can be printed for the entire membership or for specific

members.

Note: BLS-2021 does not support printing membership application cards on the pre-

printed forms. However, there have been no reported problems with submitting

membership cards printed from the BLS program on plain paper.

To print membership cards for bowlers in the league database:

1. Under Select Bowlers, indicate how the bowlers will be selected for printing.

2. Under Select an Association, click the specific association whose membership

cards will be printed.

3. Under Who?, select which sexes will be included.

4. Under USBC, select the appropriate membership choice.

5. Manually select bowlers under Select Bowlers, select the bowler by clicking the

bowler’s name under Bowler List print individual cards.

6. Click Print to display a preview of the membership cards. Click Print to print the

membership cards.

To print blank membership forms:

· Click Print Blank Cards to display a preview of the blank membership cards.

· Click Print to send the blank cards to the printer.

Print Certified/Sanction ListThis report will generate a report containing a list of Certified Bowlers in the league as

defined in the Sanction/Certify Your Bowlers section.

Weekly Menu

Weekly Menu

Chapter

19

165

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC166

Weekly MenuOnce league rules have been set, by default, BLS-2021 will enter into the Weekly

League Duties menu each time the league is opened. The choices under this tab are

designed to follow a logical sequence of how weekly duties are typically completed.

Adjust Team RostersThis provides a convenient link that will open the Team Rosters screen. This is the

same section that was used when entering the bowlers and teams for the first time. For

more information, please see the section on Setting up Teams and Bowlers > Setup

Team Rosters on Page

Auto-Scoring: Import scores from Front DeskThe option is specific to BLS-2021 Automatic Scoring Edition. For more information,

please see the chapter devoted specifically to Automatic Scoring on page .

Auto-Scoring: Import LogThe option is specific to BLS-2021 Automatic Scoring Edition. For more information,

please see the chapter devoted specifically to Automatic Scoring on page .

Enter / Correct Current Scores

I

Entering scores is the heart and soul of BLS-2021. Score entry is located in Weekly

>Process this Week > Enter / Correct Current Scores. Notice the display looks similar

148

280

280

Weekly Menu 167

to a recap sheet. This is designed to help speed the entering of scores, matching what

is printed on the recaps.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC168

Keyboard Shortcuts for use in the score entry screen

F1 - HELP F9 - Go to Team Rosters

Ctrl-F1 - F.A.Q. F10 - Enter weekly fees

F2 - Bowler Maintenance 12 - Switch game sets of team bowls against 2

opponents

F3 - Move bowler up ESC - Exit Score Entry screen

F4 - Remove bowler from team Page Up - Next pair of teams

F5 - Move bowler down Page Down - Previous pair of teams

F6 - Information about the scores

entered

Home - Flip to opposing team

F7 - Re-Print of scores entered Shift-F7 - Print Screen

The blue bar above the teams displays different instructions depending on the active

field that the cursor is on when entering data.

Entering scores

When entering scores, pick a team and fill in the scores. If a score is unreadable, come

back and enter it later.

Scores can be entered with the numeric keypad to the side of the keyboard or the

number keys above the letters. If using the numeric keypad, the numlock key must be

on.

If special scores need to be entered (absentee, blind, vacancy, etc.), then enter the

appropriate code in its place. For more information, please see “Types of scores to

enter” later in this chapter.

It is important to remember that while scores are entered, the program is recalculating

the results. Initially, the team forfeits their game and series since no scores are entered.

The forfeit symbol will appear under each game and series column and the team score

will not be calculated and remain at zero. As scores are entered, the game will remain

as forfeit until the minimum lineup (as defined in the League Rules) has been entered.

At this point, the total team points will be calculated and displayed as the rest of the

scores are entered for the team. Also note, that the column header for each game will

change colors based on the number of scores entered. The legend of the colors are

located on the screen. The colors will change, based on lineup rules, to reflect if more

scores need to be entered.

Once scores have been completed for this team, notice the point totals. Because the

opposite team scores have not been entered, the points awarded for this team are

based on the rules when playing a forfeit (as setup under the Points tab in League

Rules).

Now enter scores for the opposing team. After scores have been completed for the

opposing team, the points will reflect the actual wins and losses for this week.

Weekly Menu 169

Repeat entering scores for the remaining teams, double-checking the scores, pin totals,

and point totals. If there is a discrepancy, check for any typing errors made. If there still is

a discrepancy, check for any errors on the recaps.

Refer to the Frequently Asked Questions for any other question or resolutions. Theretopics for wrong averages or handicaps, if the handicap changes mid-series, and soforth. Click the FAQ button or press F2.

Question Mark (?) column: This column is used to identify substitute or loaned bowlers.

Valid options are is follow:

· T - Temporary Substitute: Default option when new bowler is added to the team. This

type of bowler will only be available for the week they are added, then dropped to the

Substitute List so they could be assigned to another team in future weeks.

· S - Permanent Substitute: This type of substitute will remain on the team they are

assigned to.

· L - Loaned Bowler: When a permanent bowler from one team is assigned to another

team, that bowler will become "Loaned" to the new team. This value will be added by

the program when the bowler is added to the new team. The bowler will temporarily

be removed from their original team until the next week.

Troubleshooting Forfeits and Score Discrepancies

BLS-2021 provides tools to assist with diagnosing why a team is forfeiting the game as

well as identifying problems with match or team points after scores have been entered.

These tools can be opened from the Command Buttons located on the Tool Bar of the

Enter / Correct Current Scores screen. A verbose reason for a forfeit can be found if by

clicking on the big, yellow Click for Diagnostics, Status, Info & Help button.

Program preferences and default settings, what columns to display

Selecting the Options button in the menu bar enables or disable different columns to be

displayed on the Score Entry Screen. There are several data items that can be displayed

using this option including, but not limited to, average and handicap used each game,

handicap scores and opponent's score information. The best way to understand and

appreciate these options is to play with them. They only show on the enter score screen

and do not affect any actual scores.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC170

Instructions, Game Status and a Reminder of Your League Rules

Use the Click for Diagnostices, Status, Help or Info option button, to identify what the

heading colors for the game labels mean. As scores are entered, the headings for the

game numbers will change colors depending on the number of scores entered. In

addition, this page will display the League Rules with regards to the minimum legal

lineup as configured in Defining Your League > Rules. Finally, this option can be used to

determine why a team is being considered forfeiting, or to provide information about

other problems that may exist with the games as entered.

Zero Scores

Although uncommon, sometimes a bowler just never hits any pins and the resulting

score is zero.

To indicate this is the case, enter 0 (zero) for the score.

NOTE: Do not enter 0 (zero) if a player does not bowl. Leave the space blank. Enter a

zero only if a bowler rolls a zero score.

Score Symbols

Symbols will appear for match point leagues next to the appropriate individual

game/series or team game/series indicating if points have been awarded. This is based

on settings in the Point section of the League Rules.

Team Won/Lost section

Red circle The game/series has been forfeited. This is most likely due to the

team being unable to field a legal line-up as specified in the league rules. (Note: It is

always assumed that team(s) have forfeited until scores have been entered.)

Green X in box Game or series points have been won.

Blank box Game or series points have been lost.

Types of scores to enterEntering scores for a player who was present and bowled is done by entering the score

for each game. There would be no letter prefix for the score. Scores for absentees,

blinds, vacancies, injuries, pacer, and dummy scores must be entered differently.

Letter codes are used in place of scores or as a prefix for a score to indicate that the

scores are derived differently. The following score codes are as follows:

Weekly Menu 171

Code Feature

A Absentee/Blind Score. Used when this player was not present and his absentee

or blind score was used. The absentee score is calculated based on the bowler's

average and what you put in the league rules. Typically this would be the average

less 10 pins.

V Vacancy. This is the fixed vacancy score designated in the league rules. Handicap

for the individual and team is calculated based on the vacancy score.

D Dummy Score. This is the fixed vacancy score designated in the rules section.

Handicap is not added to the score or team handicap.

Y Youth style vacancy. This works exactly like the vacancy score, except you can

enter a custom value. Handicap for the individual and team will be based on the

score entered.

P Pacer Score. Indicates that the score will be recorded on the bowler history, but

does not count towards anything else, nor will this score type increment average.

This score type does not qualify for awards.

X An eXtra Score. Indicates that the score will count towards the bowler’s history and

average calculation, but not towards the team scores. This type of score will be a

valid qualifying bowler score for the purposes of awards and will count for

Individual Match Points if the bowler is in position. If you do not want these scores

to be used for Individual Match play, ensure the bowler is moved to a position after

the last roster member.

I Injury Score. If a bowler cannot complete a game and an injured score was

calculated for a game, use this code. Enter the 'I' where the score would normally

go. After entering the "I" code and hitting Enter or Tab, the cursor will move to the

next field so the score can be entered. It will count towards the team total but not

the bowler's average.

K Baker Score: Use this code on any bowler name to enter a score for the Baker

game. However, please see the notes for Baker Games below.

Tip: Use an X type score for a "Best 4 of 5" type league. The low bowler for each game

will use the eXtra type of score.

Entering Scores for Baker Games: The following guidelines should be used when

entering scores for Baker Games:

· Configure the number of games in the Rules to include the Baker games.

· Configure the Legal Lineup rule such that at least 1 bowler must actually bowl. Since

only 1 score will be entered for the Baker game, this is required so that the game is

not considered forfeit. If a team does not have the required number of bowlers based

on the League Bylaws, the games can be over-ridden to reflect the forfeit.

· For HDCP leagues, the handicap used will be based on the bowler used for entering

the score. Use the Over-ride option to enter the correct handicap that should be used

for the Baker games.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC172

· Baker games entered using the 'K' designation will not be applied to the bowlers

record, nor will the scores be tracked for any averages or high score statistics.

For more information on over-rides, please see the section on Overriding Points,

Averages and Handicaps later in this chapter.

The injury code can also be used for an absentee that does not follow rules or when a

bowler needs a valid score that does not go towards bowler’s record.

Note: The Injured scores can be configured in the rules to count towards a legal lineup.

For more information, see Legal Lineup & Forfeits one page .

Changing TeamsChanging teams

One pair of teams is addressed at a time, displaying the odd lane team first. To change

pairs, press the Page Up or Page Down keys on your keyboard, the Previous/Next Pair

buttons on the screen or select the lanes from the lanes list box. To change the display

to the opposite team, click the team name

The following keyboard shortcuts are available to speed the display of teams:

Page Down = Next Lane Pair

Page Up = Previous Lane Pair

Home Key = Toggle between teams on any given pair of lanes

Esc = Exits score screen.

Changing LineupsChanging lineups

When entering scores, pick a team and examine the team line-up and the scores. The

line-up can be changed in either in Team Rosters or in the Score Entry screen. All

functions dealing with adding, moving, replacing or removing bowlers operate the same

on the score entry screen and the team roster screen. To change the line-up, the

following keyboard shortcuts are available:

F3 or the Up button = Move selected player up.

F5 or the Down button = Move selected player down.

F4 or Drop button = Remove selected player from team.

Add button = Add new player to team.

### = Under the ID column, in a blank row, enter a bowler’s ID# to add a bowler from

your league database.

aaa = Under the ID column, in a blank row, enter the last three letters of a bowler’s name

to search the league.

NEW = Under the ID column, in a blank row, enter NEW to insert a new bowler that does

not exist in the league.

Note: If this league does not use individual match points, then adjust the team line-up,

only if a permanent change needs to be done. If it is not a match point league, it makes

no difference what order the bowlers are in.

Individual match points

122

Weekly Menu 173

If individual match points are used, careful attention to the line-up must be made.

Individual match points are awarded based on scores from direct opposing players.

BLS-2021 does not base this individual competition on the physical line-up. The

program bases on competition on the position of the scores. The first score from the left

team is matched with the first score from the right team. The second score is paired with

the second score on the right team. The second score might not be the second bowler!

The second score could be the third bowler's score if the second bowler did not have a

score.

A new feature introduced in the Professional and AutoScoring editions is the ability to

changed to designate the match point lineup for each player for each game. This

requires the Position for Each Game option be checked in Score Entry View Options.

Adding an existing bowlerTo add a bowler on the team click the Add control. This function is just like the Team

Rosters screen and makes it easy to add a new bowler. See also the Setup > Team >

Rosters section on page .

Dropping a playerTo drop a bowler from the team, click on the bowler to highlight him/her, then click the

Drop control to drop the highlighted bowler. See also the Setup > Team > Rosters

section on page .

Adding a sub or existing playerTo quickly add a sub for a particular bowler, highlight the bowler you want to sub for and

select the Sub control. You can use the team roster screen to make changes if you

prefer. All functions dealing with adding, moving, replacing or removing bowlers operate

the same on the score entry screen and the team roster screen.

Editing ScoresAll editing is done from the same screen found by clicking on Weekly > Process this

Week > Enter/Correct Current Scores. Keep the following in mind:

· You don't have to enter all of the scores in one session. It’s possible to go back to

where stopped, see what was entered, then continue, make changes or stop again.

· Change any score, even on teams already completed, just by typing over the score.

· Change the order of the bowlers at any time. If it is a match point league, the match

points will be recalculated.

· Go forward or back to review previous work and make any changes or corrections.

· Don’t worry about mistakes. Correct by typing over the error - even after printing the

standings - then reprint standings.

· As you make changes, BLS-2021 will automatically recalculate and update all parts of

the program. It is a one-step process.

Reprinting ScoresAs the league secretary, use the Reprint Scores function in Weekly > Process This

Week > Enter/Correct Current Scores to print a report of the scores entered each week.

148

148

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC174

Keep them in your notebook with all of your other league information and take them to

the lanes with you each week. It will help resolve disputes against incorrect averages or

pinfall.

To reprint scores, click Print on the score entry screen. Scores can be reprinted for a

specific pair or all lanes.

Overriding Points, Averages and HandicapsOccasionally, there are situations where a team or an individual’s points, averages or

handicaps must be overridden. Common situations are:

· Team forfeit due to league fee arrearage or use of a suspended player or other league

board action.

· The player had an incomplete series before establishing an average.

· League uses an unusual point system and it is beyond the scope of the program to

automatically calculate.

· Scores bowled were make-up or pre-bowl, but were bowled in the normal sequence

of weeks.

To place an override on a team or individual:

1. From the Enter/Correct Current Scores screen, locate the specific team or

individual and click Overrides.

2. Click the specific bowler or the team in the Select bowler or team list.

3. For Team Game & Series Override, enter W for Win, L for Lost or F for Forfeit. If

necessary, or as an alternative, the Team Points can be overridden as well. The

values entered here would represent Total Points Won/Lost including Match Points.

The Points should also be overridden for the opposing team as well.

4. For Bowler Game & Series Override, enter the override values for the game

average(s), handicap(s) and/or points. Use the remaining bowler options to indicate

if the scores bowled would not be eligible for league or association awards or if they

should be considered Prebowl or Make-Up.

Note: If an item is NOT to be overridden, then leave it blank. Entering a zero will force a

zero value.

Special Tip: Occasionally, situations happen when a player is unable to complete a

series due to injury, arriving late or leaving early. If the player has established an

average, this is not usually a problem.

However, if this happens when the player is establishing an average, this can create a

bit of confusion on what to use for averages and handicaps for this player.

The solution is this:

1. Inform the teams that points awarded are not official until this player establishes a

legal average.

2. Next time this player bowls, inform the player’s team that the average displayed is to

be ignored. Team handicap and results will need to be determined later.

3. Enter scores for this week. Notice the average for this player changes at the point

enough games have been entered to field a legal average. This becomes the

bowler’s current average.

Weekly Menu 175

4. Complete scores for this week and return to the week that the player could not

establish an average.

5. Go to the scores for this player and click Overrides.

6. Select the player and override the average for the games bowled, using the

determined current average.

7. Enter a reason for the override or the override will not be saved.

8. Exit the override screen and reprint the standings. Note on the standings that this is

the corrected official standings.

9. Return to the current week and print the standings.

Everything is now current and correct.

Selecting team for draw teamsIf the league has an uneven number of teams, and the League Rules are configured so

that the Draw System is in effect, then when the BYE team is selected a list-box will

appear to select the team whose scores that have been drawn to oppose the

unopposed team. The team selected will only receive wins and losses against who they

actually bowled against. The selected team's scores and handicap will be used by the

BYE team to determine if the real team (Team 2 as shown on this example) wins or

loses a game or series. The team will not receive any additional wins or losses when

selected as the "draw team". Additional information on using the "draw" method can be

found in the USBC rulebook and the USBC league secretary's handbook.

Enter Make-Up and Pre-Bowl ScoresEntering make-up and pre-bowled games in BLS-2021 is very easy, it is done on one

screen. As scores are entered, BLS-2021 updates and calculates everything else for

you automatically. All you have to do is enter the pre-bowled or make-up scores at the

time the scores are bowled.

For example, if a bowler missed the first week of bowling and makes up games right

after week #4 (actual completion of 9 games). The average and handicap for the make-

up games for week #1 are based on the average and handicap of 9 games-not on what

would have been if those games were bowled during week #1.

USBC rules are very specific on when scores are to be entered. The rules state that

average and handicap are figured at the date/time the games are bowled. All games

bowled prior to the pre-bowl or post-bowl shall be included when calculating

averages/handicaps.

When to enter

If a team pre-bowled week #10 games after league in week #5, the average and

handicap used for those games will be the ones included in the league scores for up to

week #5. Handicap normally used for week #10 would not be used. This is why it is

important to make sure the make-up and pre-bowled scores are entered at the right

time.

If scores for week #5 are pre-bowled after the league bowls week #4 but before week #6

is bowled, enter them with the regular scores for week #5. This is because week #5’s

scores were bowled between weeks #4 and #6 and they were to be bowled in normal

sequence. The score over-ride option can be used to designate these games as pre or

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC176

post bowled. For more information on the score over-ride option, please see the section

discussing Overriding Points on Page .

If scores for week #5 were made-up after the league bowled week #5 but before week

#6 was bowled, these would be entered with the other scores for week #5. These

scores, too, were bowled in normal sequence of 4, 5 and 6.

Entering the Pre-Bowl & Make-up score

Click on Weekly > Process this week > Enter/Correct Current Score, then Scores >

PreBowl/MakeUp in the menu at the top of the Scores screen.

The following procedure details how to enter pre/post-bowl scores:

1. Ensure you are in the correct week. If the Pre-Bowl/Make-Up games are bowled prior

to League bowling, go back 1 week to enter scores. If the Pre-Bowl/Make-Up games

are bowled after the current week's League bowling, open the score entry screen.

2. Enter the bowler’s ID# number.

3. Enter the week that the scores are for.

4. Enter the scores.

Upon entering the bowler number, the average and handicap for the scores about to be

entered will be displayed. Enter the score’s for the Pre-Bowl/Make-up. Absentee,

Vacancy or Dummy scores can be used.

Should a player bowl more than one week of pre-bowl or make-up games, enter them in

the order bowled.

Finalizing the Pre-Bowl scores

If these are pre-bowled games, there is nothing else to do after entering scores. BLS-

2021 automatically posts the pre-bowled scores in the appropriate week. Scores can not

be changed in that week. To make any changes in pre-bowled scores, go back to the

week that the games were actually bowled and make the changes on the pre-bowl and

make-up screen. Because scores affect the bowler’s average in the intervening weeks,

changing a score could result in a change of average. This could result in a change of

handicap that could change results for future weeks.

Example:

In week #4, a bowler’s pre-bowled scores for week #8 was entered. When reaching

week #8, the scores already entered on the Weekly > Process this week >

Enter/Correct Current Scores screen will be shown. These scores cannot be changed.

If a mistake is made in entering scores, go back to week #4 and make the changes

there. This is because those pre-bowled scores were added into the bowler’s pins and

games for figuring the average for weeks # 5, 6 and 7 as required by the Rule Book.

Finalizing the Make-Up scores

If the scores are for make-up games, there is one more step to take to make the

program calculate the points correctly. For any make-up games, enter all the scores then

exit the Pre-bowl / Make-Up screen and exit the score entry screen. Select Go to any

week and select the week that the make-up week was for. Go into Weekly > Process

this week > Enter/Correct Current Scores and verify the results of the team. If OK, exit

and select Go to any week and proceed to the current week. If not OK, return to the week

174

Weekly Menu 177

that the make-up scores were entered and recheck the scores entered. Repeat the

steps. It could be that your bowlers computed the wrong averages.

Note: If a substitute were used, the player may not appear in the Scores screen for the

week that was made up. Add the bowler like you would a sub. The scores should then

appear with the bowler.

On the Standing Sheet

Note that when a pre-bowl or a make-up is executed, the average used to determine the

handicap is shown on the standing sheet as it was when the games were bowled.

Entering scores for a team that will make-up later

Do not enter scores in a week a bowler or team misses. If a team missed week #2 and

the team is allowed to make-up the games later in the season, leave that team’s score

blank in week #2. When the make-up scores are bowled, enter them as a make-up

game in the week bowled. Then go back to week #2 to ensure that the scores are

posted and the points will be recalculated.

Until the team does bowl, you should leave the scores blank and consider the games

forfeited with the points awarded according to your league rules. This is because you

don’t know that the games will be made up until the team actually bowls them.

To remove a bowler from the Pre-Bowl / Make-Up screen, select the bowler and press

F4. Failing to do so will prevent you from entering actual scores for the bowler on the

week indicated.

Bowling twice for a week

USBC rules prohibit a player from bowling more than once for each league week.

For example, Joe Glean bowled a series as a sub for Team #5 during Week #8. Joe

Glean also bowled a series with Team #1 as a pre-bowl in Week #4 for Week #8. Joe

Glean’s scores for Team #5 would become disqualified, since his scores for Team #1

were bowled first.

A bowler can however, bowl a partial series with multiple teams. As long as each game

for the series is not bowled with more than one team, it is legal.

Notice to see secretaryTo make an indication on the standing sheet for a bowler to see the secretary, place the

cursor on the specific bowler and click the ! button. If the standing sheet printing option of

"Indicate bowlers with pending notes" is enabled, then the standing sheet will place a

couple stars next to their name indicating that they should see the secretary.

Awards Enter Non-Detectable Awards BLS-2021 can automatically detect awards for USBC and CTF for the 2020/2021

bowling season as well as awards configured in the local awards and bowling center

awards section of the program that are able to be detected based on score. However,

there are awards that the program can not automatically detect, such as Clean Games,

7-10 splits, Dutch 200's, etc.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC178

To award a non-detectable award to a bowler:

1. Select the team the bowler participated with

2. Select the player

3. Select the award group that the award is part of

4. Select the award

5. Click Assign the Award

6. Indicate which game the award counts towards or click Game Doesn't Matter.

High Scores, Stats, Standings, BirthdaysFrom Weekly > Process this Week, select High Scores, Stats, Standings, or Birthdays

to view the results of all the data entered this week. The results are grouped into the

following:

· Team Results: Display team standings, Season High Scores or Weekly High Scores

using the tabs at the bottom of the page.

· Bowler Results: Displays Season High Scores, Weekly High Scores and Match

Points (when applicable). Also provides options to view results by gender for mixed

leagues.

· Birthday list: List the birthdays for all bowlers in the league. Bowlers with birthdays in

the next week will be highlighted so they can quickly be identified.

· Stats: Various league statistics and charts can be printed with these options.

Weekly Menu 179

Weekly and Season High Scores

If the league limits the number of league awards that the team and/or bowler can

receive, the Team and Bowler result tabs in the High Scores, Stats, Standings,

Birthdays screen can help determine why bowlers are not appearing on the standing

sheet as having earned awards.

The screen will display bowlers or teams in blue if they qualify for the award and gray if

they do not qualify for the award. For Teams/Bowlers listed in gray, there will be an

associated symbol indicating why the score is ineligible. These symbols are defined in

the section above the list of teams/bowlers and can be used to determine which league

rule is preventing the team or bowler from being displayed on the standing Sheet.

Enhanced Team Results

When a tie exists at the end of the season or at the end of any segment of a split

season, USBC rules require a playoff to determine the league champions or the team to

be considered the winner of the split season segment. This playoff will consist of at

least 1 complete game. This presents a challenge with regards to how to track the

results of the playoff and display the winner on the Standing Sheet.

BLS-2021 does not have a separate data entry page to enter scores for a playoff. Since

the playoff will typically only consist of 2-3 teams, we do not recommend adding a week

to facilitate tracking scores.

Instead, we suggest adding a message box to the standing sheet to display the results

of the playoff. In addition, BLS-2021 has the ability to re-arrange the team standings.

This can be done by going to Weekly > Process this Week > High Scores and select

New Team Results. Toggle the switch from Calculated Standings to Manually

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC180

Assigned, select the team that won the league championship and use the Move Up

control to place them in first. If a mistake is made or you want to put the standings back

to the original order, simply click the Reset control or toggle the switch back to

Calculated Standings.

Statistical Graphs1) League Ave. Week by Week: The cream colored bars represent the average for all

bowlers in the league each week. The blue bar represents the amount of pins above or

below the league average for all the bowlers that bowled that night. The red lines show

the league average for that night. The green line represents the average of all the Men's

scores and the orange line is the average of Women's scores for the week. Finally, the

aqua colored bar represents the number of pins above or below the Men's average for

the night versus the Men's average coming into the give week. Similarly, the yellow bar

reflects the same thing for women. Unfortunately, these Men's and Women's average

statistics do not include Youth Boys and Girls. The overall league average does.

2) Team Ave. vs. Ave of Scores: This graph will display the team averages going into the

current week in comparison to the scores bowled on the given pair of lanes. The orange

bar will reflect the team average for both teams on the lane pair coming into the current

week. The red square reflects the average of scores bowled on the pair of lanes by both

teams.

3) Ave of Score for Each Game: This graph will display the average for both teams on a

pair of lanes. Each line will reflect the average of all the scores for each individual game.

4) Amount Over/Under Team Average: This graph will compare the combined team

average for each game with the entering average for the give pair of lanes.

Assoc. & Local Awards Earned This WeekThe screen is divided into tabs based on each specific award group. For example, the

USBC awards are found in the USBC tab, CTF in the CTF tab, etc. The All Award Groups

tab will include all bowlers qualifying for awards.

Bowlers highlighted in orange have been identified as not being certified in the

Association from which the award was earned. These bowlers will need to be

configured as certified by going to Sanction/Certify Your Bowlers explained on page .

Displaying specific award groups

To narrow the list of award recipients based on a certain award group, click the specific

group in the Awards Group list. To display every group, click All Groups.

Displaying specific bowlers

To display a certain award recipient, select the intended bowler in the Specific Bowler

list. To display all awards, click All Bowlers.

Printing the awards list

To preview an awards report containing the list of displayed bowlers, click List Awards.

From this preview the report can be sent to the printer by clicking Print. The previewed

report can also be exported to web or a file.

160

Weekly Menu 181

Printing the awards form

To preview the award forms, select the specific award tab to display currently earned

awards. Click Print Forms.

The awards earned can be printed to be submitted to the association. Blank award

forms can also be printed.

Emailing the award form(s)

BLS Pro and AS versions only, allows emailing the award forms.

Notes:

· Because there are no standards for awards other than at the national level, there is a

generic form available for local and bowling center awards.

· To earn a national award, the league and bowlers must be certified by the national

association. To ensure both the league and bowler are certified by going to Certify on

page .

· To print Men and Women on separate forms, ensure BLS-2021 is configured as "Not

Merged" by going to Certify > Association > Default fees on page . Under the USBC

Options, there is a toggle switch for Merged or Not Merged.

· BLS-2021 utilizes PDF files to print awards. This type of file is most commonly

opened by the Adobe Reader or Adobe Acrobat programs. Ensure one of these

programs are installed and that it is the most current version available for the version

of Windows on the computer.

· If the Association Name and Number are not filled in the association has to be linked

to the league. This can be done by going to Certify on page .

· If award forms are viewable in Adobe Reader, but do not print completed information,

the following procedure may work:

1. Generate the award forms in BLS-2021 which will open Adobe Reader to view the

forms.

2. Select File > Print to bring up the print dialog.

3. Click Advanced.

4. Check the box Print as image.

5. Click OK.

6. Click OK to Print.

Printing TNBA Award Forms

Similar to National awards previously discussed, bowlers certified with TNBA need to be

configured in BLS-2021. For more information on please see the chapter on

Certification on page .

Blank Award Forms

This feature allows the generation of blank award forms for the local association awards

secretary. All forms are accepted by the USBC or CTF and do not require special paper.

156

156

156

156

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC182

Blank awards forms are printed by clicking Blank Forms. On the BLS-2021 Forms

Library, select the desired form and click Preview Selected Form. National Awards

forms are in PDF file format and require a program, such as Adobe Reader or Adobe

Acrobat, to open and print.

Youth Pepsi Cola Tournament QualificationsThis function is discussed in detail in Maintaining USBC Youth Leagues on page .

Preview & Print weekly standing sheetStandings sheets can be previewed on the screen before printing. One or more copies

can be printed.

BLS-2021 is equipped with predefined report styles. The default styles can be used or

be customized. The program defaults to the most commonly used style for the report to

be printed. To modify or change the Standing Sheet, click the Change Layout button. For

help customizing the standing sheet, refer to Set Up Your Standing Sheet on page .

Weekly and Season High Scores: Occasionally, a bowler or team may not be displayed

in these sections, even though their scores would qualify. This is occurs when a league

rule is configured that causes the score to be ineligible. To troubleshoot, BLS-2021 will

identify the rule that causes the score to be ineligible on the Results screen previously

discussed on page .

Standing SheetsStanding Sheets are the most important report to be generated in BLS-2021. The

Standing Sheet can be configured by selecting the following option:

Setup > Reports > Standings

Additionally, when previewing the standing sheet, clicking on the Print > Change Layout

will open the Setup the Standing Sheet screen so that it can be configured.

The standing sheet is composed of several segments called Items. Items displayed can

be rearranged or removed.

The two most important aspects of this screen are the three buttons at the top for the

three configured versions of the standing sheet and the layout of the six tabs for

adjusting the basic aspects of a standing sheet’s design.

Printed version, Web Upload or Press Sheet

There are three unique standing sheets that can be configured using this screen.

Printed Version is the standing sheet configuration for printed standing sheets to be

handed out to teams and posted at the center. Web Version is the standing sheet setup

for the standing sheet uploaded to the web. Press Sheet is simply that, a press sheet. It

may be that the Press Sheet should only contain minimal information, whereas, the

Web Version of the standing sheet could have every bit of possible data, and the Printed

Version should be somewhere in between. Use the Select/Edit menu to choose the

version of the report to define.

Designing the Standing Sheet

272

182

178

Weekly Menu 183

The Standing Sheet setup is laid out with tabs to control various aspects of the report’s

presentation. Through these various screens everything about the standing sheet may

be customized. The following is a brief description of these tabs and their features.

Items

The Items tab is intended to simply designate what data will be on the report, and in

what order, and using which style. This section can be configured differently for each

type of Standing Sheet, Printed Version, Web Version or Press Sheet.

Adding items

There are two lists of items that can appear on the standing sheets. The first is labeled

These are NOT on your Standing Sheet, which is simply a list of available items that can

be placed on the Standing Sheet, but currently are not printed or included.

The second is labeled Order of Items on the Standing Sheet, which contains the items

that will appear on the standing sheet and the order in which they are displayed.

To add an item to the standing sheet, click the item in the These are NOT on your

Standing Sheet list and click Add Item to Standing Sheet. The added item will be placed

at the bottom of the list on the Order of Items on the Standing Sheet

Changing the order of items

The standing sheet will print each item in order as identified in the Order of Items on the

Standing Sheet list. To change the order of what is printed, click the item in the Order of

Items on the Standing Sheet list and click Move up or Move down.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC184

Removing items

To remove an item from the standings, simply click the item in the Order of Items on the

Standing Sheet list and click Remove Item from Standing Sheet.

Changing item options

The next step is to configure the options for each item used in the standing sheet. These

options are used to change how each of the items will be displayed on the Standing

Sheet. Click on the item to be configure in the Order of Items on the Standing Sheet list.

Each item will have its own specific options that can be modified. However, each item

will have page break options to Force this item to start on a new page or AFTER this

item, start a new page...

Select or change any available options listed on the right side as needed.

TIP: A common setting changed on this screen is to enable/disable displaying the

results from last week's bowling. For the Team Standings data item, there is an option to

display a "brief recap of last week's results".

Changing the Style

If the Change Style button appears as an option, the style can be changed to reflect

information presented. Clicking will display a list of different styles that can be used to

change appearance of the data. On this screen, a sample be displayed in a preview

screen as different styles are selected. Once the desired style is selected, click the Use

This.

Some styles can further be refined with regards to the data they contain by clicking the To

hide this panel so you can change this style button when available. For more

information, see the Setup Reports and Custom Reports > Report Styles section on

page .

Typical Standing Sheet Styles

The most common items on the standing sheet where Styles are changed for

customization would be Team Standings and Team Rosters. As such, BLS-2021 offers

a wide variety of styles that can be used to display different data for these categories.

LayoutThis tab is divided into 4 sections:

Web Upload Options

This section provides settings that apply to the Web Version of the Standing Sheet. The

first option is to omit phone numbers and other personal information on the Standing

Sheet. This section can be configure BLS-2021 to use either the Printed Version or

Web Version for the Standing Sheet that is uploaded to the web.

Printing Options

This section provides the option to print the date at the top of the Standing Sheet as the

current date or the date bowled. There is also an option to identify bowlers with pending

notes.

Additional Items to Print

206

Weekly Menu 185

This section provides an option to include land graph page and to include score

statistics based on selected criteria.

Page Layout

Provides options to add extra space between all areas, print in color or black, select

paper length and use simple page headings for pages after Page 1. In addition, a new

feature introduced with BLS-2021 is the ability to change Left, Top and/or Bottom

margins. If the Standing Sheet prints slightly off-center, then this section may be able to

compensate by changing these Indent values.

Messages BLS-2021 allows for 3 separate messages to be setup for the standing sheet. This tab

is used to configure each one. Simply click on the message to modify and enter the

desired message. To include any messages in the standing sheet, click on the Layout

tab and move the desired message to the column for items on the standing sheet.

In the PRO and A/S Editions of BLS-2021, an additional option for a global message box

is available to all leagues managed by the program. This allows a single message that

will be applied to all leagues with the Common Message Box data item on the Standing

Sheet.

Graphics can be added to either side of the message box or both. In addition, the same

graphic file can be used on both sides and they can be flipped horizontally to create a

mirror image.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC186

Styling

This tab allows to and/or modify Logos, Watermarks and Fonts to be used on the

Standing Sheet. For each category, there is an option to use Global Settings (for all

leagues managed In BLS-2021) or League Settings (for this league only). To add or

modify any of these settings, click on the associated button to select or examine the

specific settings.

For more information on Watermarks, Logos and Fonts, please refer to Custom Reports

on page . .

GraphicsThis tab is used to place and adjust the pictures on the Standing Sheet.

Change the Image Location to the drive and directory where the graphic images are

located. Use images from anywhere on the computer, the current version of BLS or

previous versions of BLS. Use the folder selection under Currently Selected Drive and

Folder to locate the image file. Select the image located in List of available Images. A

preview of the image will appear in the Image Preview area.

When the ClipArt included with BLS-2021 is installed, it will copy the graphic files to the

following location:

For Windows 10, 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008: C:

\Users\Public\Documents\BowlingArt

A "shortcut" to the Documents folder is listed under My Computer as Shared

Documents.

209

Weekly Menu 187

Graphic groups

There are currently three groups of graphics that are used for reports. They are:

· First page

· Middle pages

· Last page

Each group can designate up to four graphic images.

Selecting the group

In the Graphics Layout screen, select the appropriate image group to modify or add

images. The report preview will change to reflect the settings for that group.

Adding images

Click Add new Graphic to bring up the Image Selector utility. For more information on

adding graphics and applying effects, see Changing Report Graphics on page .

Moving images

Once an image has been added, the image can be moved by clicking the image and

then dragging to the new location.

Removing images

To remove an image, select the image and click Delete Graphic.

Resizing images

Select the image to be resized. The selected image will be outlined with resizing

controls. Click the appropriate side or corner and drag to resize the image. Clicking the

controls to the sides of the image will enlarge or shrink the image without re-

proportioning the image. Clicking the corner controls to enlarge or shrink the image

proportionally, unless proportional sizing is turned off.

211

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC188

Graphic Layers

As images are added, they are layered in the order they were added. If the images do not

overlap, the images will completely show. However, if images overlap, the image that is

to the front will overlap images towards the back. To bring an image to the front or back,

select the image and click Bring to front or Send to back.

Graphic Properties

To change the effect of the image, select the image and click Graphic Properties. For

more information on adding graphics and applying effects, see Changing Report

Graphics on page .

Additional options

right-clicking on the image file provides the option to Restore original dimensions, Half-

size & Double-size, Proportional sizing or adjust Properties.

TemplatesStanding sheet templates can save the appearance and settings of a standing sheet for

use with other leagues.

To save the standings as a new template, enter the name of the template and click save.

The template file will be saved, with the preface of b2018_

To load a template, select a template from the list and click on the standings report to

load the template for.

Recap Sheets

211

Weekly Menu 189

As the league bowls each week, scores are recorded onto recap sheets. Each week,

team captains record the team lineup, write the averages and calculate the handicap for

individuals and teams.

BLS-2021 simplifies the process by pre-recording each team’s information on the

recaps using pre-printed forms for plain paper.

Printing Recaps

Click Weekly > Prepare > Print Recaps to display the recap printing options.

The recaps screen: Click the Print control to print the recaps. If scores have not been

entered in the current week, the program will print recaps this week. Otherwise the

recaps will be printed for the following week.

Changing the Fonts: In the Printing menu, click on Font Setup. Highlight the item to

change. Use the Font Name and Style section to make the changes. To save the style,

click File Actions. Click Save Font.

Selecting a Logo: On any of the plain paper recaps, an option will appear; Use Custom

Logo, check the option. Click on the Select Logo menu, select the image to be used.

This image will replace the pins graphic.

Selecting which lanes to print: Click Print All Lanes to generate recaps for the entire set

of lanes. To only print a partial set of recaps, clear this option and select the lanes to be

printed by clicking on the pairs to be printed.

Adjusting margins: Pre-printed recaps may not properly align with the printer. Under

Margins, use the sliders to adjust margins to fix the alignment of the recaps.

Selecting Recap Options: There are several options that can be used when printing

recaps. Check the options that apply.

Copies: Indicate the number of copies (up to 4) to print. For each copy, instructions for

turning the copies in can be modified by changing the text. Typical settings for most

leagues are listed as default.

Previewing Recaps: BLS-2021 Pro and BLS-2021 A/S versions have the ability to

Preview the recap sheets before printing them. Click the Preview button to preview the

recaps for the selected lanes.

Types of Recap FormsRecap sheets may be printed using dot matrix, inkjet or laser printers. BRS-4 is the only

compatible pre-printed form that can be used with an inkjet or laser printer.

The following forms are available:

Plain Paper: The program can print on either 8.5” x 5.5” or 8.5” x 11” plain paper. Up to 4

copies can be printed when using plain paper.

BRS-1: This form is 5.5" high and has the two teams side by side.

BRS-3: This form is 11" high, but prints the two teams side by side like BRS-1 and puts

the team statistics on the bottom half.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC190

The team rosters can be printed in any of the bowler report formats. Indicate whether the

bowler names are to be printed on the top half. Match point leagues often do not want

the player names on top, as the order may change each week.

BRS-4: This form is 11" high and is designed as a multipart recap form for laser printers.

This exclusive design is available only for CDE customers.

The margins can be set to a negative value (-0.05) inches to help align the form. The

maximum amount of negative margin is (-0.10) inches.

Blank Recaps: Any of the above forms can be printed without bowler or team

information. When opening the screen to print recaps, simply uncheck the Print

bowlers' names and Print team names options. Additional team related data such as

Average and Handicap can also be unchecked.

Purchasing Recap FormsRecap sheets can be purchased on our website at http://recaps.cdesoftware.com.

Phone numbers are also available at that site, or contact Databar at 800-878-4919.

Changing Lineup for RecapsTo place the bowlers in a different lineup on the recap sheets, do not change the order in

the current week. Changing the order will result in a different outcome in the match

points. Here is how to do this properly:

1. Advance to the week the recaps will be printed for.

2. Change the lineup in team rosters

3. Print the recap sheets

Auto-Scoring: Send League to Front DeskThe option is specific to BLS-2021 Automatic Scoring Edition. For more information,

please see Automatic Scoring > Exporting Leagues

Update Kiosks BLS-2021 Pro or A/S editions in a bowling centers that have installed a CDE Software’s

Bowling Kiosk product, the kiosks can be updated with the current information present in

the league.

Web UploadsThis option is to manually upload the weekly league information to specified websites

weekly. For more information, please see the chapter on Web Uploads on page .

Backup this LeagueThis provides a convenient link that will allow a backup of league to be created. For more

information, please see the chapter on Backup/Restore and Transporting Leagues on

page .

280

255

262

Weekly Menu 191

SituationsAs the league progresses during the season, there are circumstances that may call for

the adding, removing or re-ordering of teams. BLS-2021 provides utilities to make this

simple to accomplish.

Override Next Week's PairingsThis screen is very similar to the Re-Order Teams screen. However, changes made on

this screen will adjust which teams bowl against each other, but leave the team

numbers unchanged. Also, changes made here will be affective for the next week's

bowling only. The rest of the schedule remains unchanged. This can be useful during a

position and/or playoff night of bowling.

To manually set team pairings for Next Week:

1. Select the team that will bowl on a different lane than what they were originally

scheduled for.

2. Use the Move Up or Move Down to change to the lane they will actually be bowling

on next week.

3. Repeat these steps as necessary for each team that will be bowling on a different

lane.

Teams Bowled on Wrong LanesThis is the same as Next Week: manually set team pairings screen with the exception

that team pairing will be set for This Week. Similarly, the rest of the schedule remains

unchanged.

192 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC192

Brackets Menu

Brackets Menu

Chapter

20

193

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC194

Brackets Menu BLS-2021 Pro and BLS-2021 A/S feature a built-in bracket module to manage brackets

for the league. This module makes it easy to run bowler and team brackets during

league play.

Do not confuse the Tbrac line of products with the built-in brackets module. While BLS-

2021 Pro and BLS-2021 A/S feature similar technology, Tbrac is a separate product

than BLS-2021 and is available as a separate purchase.

What are Brackets?Over the past years brackets have become a very popular addition to league play.

Brackets have provided added variety to side pots that are typically found in many

leagues. Because of this popularity, CDE Software created a program called TBrac-2018

to handle side pots and brackets as well as small singles tournaments, which has

evolved to the current Tbrac-2018 (as of this printing).

An increased need of running brackets within leagues while keeping things simple was

discovered. Because of this need, CDE Software developed a special module included

into BLS-2021 Pro and BLS-2021 A/S.

Just what are brackets?

Brackets are a single elimination system based on scores bowled in a session. Single

elimination systems are found in sports such as tennis.

Imagine a professional tennis tournament such as Wimbledon. Imagine that it is the

quarterfinals. There are 8 players in four matches played to determine four winners.

Then a semifinal match is played between those four winners to determine the finalists.

The last match between the two players determines the champion.

Back in the bowling world, a typical bracket is eight randomly picked and placed bowlers

set up in a quarter final setting using the first game bowled as a basis to see who

advances to the semi-finals. Those who do advance use the second game bowled to

determine who advances to the finals. The third game bowled determines the bracket

winner. Like the tennis scenario, a bit of luck on where the bowler is placed in the

bracket can determine the bowlers’ fate or fortune.

Bowlers can enter as many brackets as they are willing to pay for as long as there are

enough multiple participants. If there are not enough bowlers to fill a bracket, money is

refunded to those bowlers placed in that bracket.

In one example, a tournament has nine bowlers entering brackets, with seven bowlers

entering two brackets and two bowlers entering one. This scenario sets up two brackets

where one of the single bracket entrants will be in the first bracket and the other in the

second bracket. The remaining seven bowlers are in both. Bowlers in every bracket are

randomly positioned.

In another illustration, take the above example except that two of the seven bowlers

wanted to be in three brackets. Since there aren’t enough separate bowlers to fill the

third bracket, those bowlers would get a refund.

Brackets Menu 195

Why Should I Offer Brackets?Brackets are a great way to add some extra interest each week. Because of the nature in

how brackets operate, it provides more opportunities for lower average bowlers to win,

where high game pots tend to be paid mostly to higher average players.

A great way to introduce brackets to the league bowlers is to sign up each player to one

or two brackets during the first or second week of bowling and offer a free beverage to

the winners ( a free game card, beer, etc.). They will soon see how things work and can

quickly become hooked.

Do I have to Charge for Brackets?Absolutely not! If you simply want to manage brackets free of charge, go right ahead.

Typically, the person operating the brackets would keep one fraction of the bracket in

order to offset costs of the software, but that isn't required. For example, if an 8 person, 3

game bracket is offered for $1.00 each, then the person running the brackets would

keep $1.00 per bracket filled, give $6.00 to the first place winner and $1.00 to the second

place winner.

There are some centers that have taken the opportunity to help their Youth Bowling

program by donating that fraction for each bracket to the center's youth program.

Fundraisers for charities is another great idea.

Set up BracketsTo configure brackets for the tournament, click Brackets > Setup > Bracket Setup which

opens the Design-A-Bracket screen. This screen is divided into 5 tabs starting with the

Bracket Definition. BLS-2021 supports a variety of bracket formats including, but not

limited to, Monster Brackets, Reverse Brackets, Eliminator Brackets, Double and Team

brackets. Each of these formats can be defined using Bracket Sets.

What is a bracket set?

A bracket set is simply a group of brackets with the same definition, options and

financial setup. For example, Individual Scratch and Handicap brackets would be 2

bracket sets. Adding a reverse brackets or a Team Bracket would require additional

Bracket Sets to be enabled. BLS-2021 supports up to 12 bracket sets.

Enabling/Disabling Bracket Set

Toggle the switch for This bracket set is ---> to Enabled or Disabled accordingly.

Once a bracket set has been enabled, to define a bracket set, select a bracket set to

work with and change the following options:

· How many games are bowled in this bracket - Indicate the number of games that

scores are used for this bracket set.

· How many bowlers compete in each bracket - Indicate the maximum number of

bowlers that are allowed in each bracket.

· Bracket Levels - Indicate the number of bowlers that are to advance to the next game.

· Using the buttons at the bottom of the page, Indicate Standard Style or Eliminator

Type

· Using the green buttons at the bottom of the page, indicate if the bracket set will be

Singles or Team

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC196

Click the Next button to proceed to the Bracket Options section.

Bracket OptionsAfter configuring the structure of the bracket, options can be set for the style of bracket.

What is the title of this bracket set: Change the title of the Bracket Set to better describe

the type of bracket.

What games are used in this bracket: Indicate which games are used for this bracket

set and the order they will be used. With this option, "reverse" brackets can be

configured by starting with Game 3 and ending with Game 1.

Scratch or handicap brackets: Select which scores are used to determine the winners

in each bracket.

Tie breaking rule: Select what happens if a tie. See the HELP file for information on over-

riding this option.

Limiting brackets: Brackets for each set can be limited to a specific number of brackets

offered as well as the number that a bowler can enter. Set the values appropriately.

Byes: Byes occur when there are not enough bowlers to fill a complete bracket. If byes

are allowed, indicate this here.

Additional qualification options: Brackets can be configured for a minimum/maximum

age as well as minimum/maximum average. This configuration extends to allowing

Adults only, Kids only or both as well as being able to separate by gender. Finally, the

bracket can be restricted to a single division if bowler divisions are configured.

Brackets Menu 197

Click Next to proceed to the Bracket Financial Setup tab.

Bracket Financial SetupWhen money is charged for brackets and paid out, prices and payouts must be indicated

to create proper payout reports.

Indicate how many places paid and the amount charged to enter this bracket set. The

Total Take In will be listed in the lower row of the table.

Next, complete the table, covering scenario when there are No Byes, 1 Bye, 2 Byes, 3

Byes or 4 Byes. If charging to run brackets, enter the house profit charged to run the

bracket. Enter 1st Place Payout and 2nd Place Payout

If this financial setup will be common, click the Save the current setup as a standard

payout method.

Bracket HandicapsThis screen can be used to configure handicaps for teams, doubles and singles which

may be different than handicaps configured in the League Rules.

Running Brackets for Youth LeaguesUSBC Youth members may participate in bracket side pots, however the fees can't be

charged to run brackets and all payouts must go towards the winner's USBC Youth

scholarship fund account.

Print Bracket Signup SheetsSignup sheets are used at the center for bowlers to write down their names, indicate

which lane they are on and the number of brackets to enter for each bracket set.

The signup sheet also allows for the secretary to indicate if the brackets have been

entered into the program as well as if the bowler has paid for the brackets entered.

Bracket Registration ScreenAfter brackets have been set up and bowlers have indicated how many brackets for each

set to enter, it’s now time to register them into brackets.

The first step is to ensure bowlers are entered first into the team rosters screen or

Bowler Maintenance screen.

Next is to indicate the number of brackets that each bowler is participating in for each

bracket set and enter the Amount Paid IN by the bowlers. For example, if Fred Ziffell is

entering into the first bracket set 8 times, an 8 would be entered into the Bwlr -1- column

for that bowler. Repeat the entering of brackets for each bowler that is participating. If a

bowler is not participating in brackets, simply ignore their entry.

Once bracket registration is complete, go into the Bracket Results to perform the initial

shuffling of the bowlers.

Filling brackets

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC198

The brackets status screen displays current information about the number of brackets

filled, partially filled and available.

As the cursor is moved from one bracket set to another, the status will change for that

bracket set.

When entering bowlers into brackets, take note of the number of full brackets and the

number to fill one more bracket. Optimally, it is best to sign up enough bowlers to fill one

or more brackets and needing zero bowlers to fill one more bracket. This eliminate

BYES from brackets.

To fill an incomplete bracket, try to bring in bowlers who normally do not participate in

brackets.

Print Score SheetsScore sheets are used to write scratch scores down for the bowlers to keep track of

bracket scores bowled. In addition, this report can be used to print the scores that have

been entered into score entry. Scores can be also entered from Recaps.

Click Brackets > Manage > Score Sheets to view a preview of the report. The report can

then be printed.

Enter ScoresThis option allows entering the scores for the bowlers for the bowlers. Scores entered

on this screen will also be stored for when you Enter / Correct Current Scores in your

Weekly Duties. Similarly, scores entered on the Enter / Correct Current Scores screen

will be used for brackets as well.

To reduce the number of displayed bowlers, select the option to Show only those

entered.

Brackets Menu 199

Bracket ResultsGo to Brackets > Finish > Results to display the bracket results and match-ups. When

entering Bracket Results for the first time, or until the brackets are assigned, BLS-

2021 Pro and A/S Editions opens a message that brackets need to be be shuffled,

simply click the Shuffle Brackets Now button.

Preparing to ShuffleShuffle Preparation

Before shuffling bowlers, a couple steps need to be done.

The Shuffle Preparation screen displays the number of full brackets and the number of

people needed to fill another bracket. Use this information to register enough bowlers to

be able to fill all brackets of this type set.

After completing the registration, indicate how Bye’s are used. There following options

are:

· No BYEs Allowed - Click to not use byes. If a bracket is not full, then refunds are given

for the bowlers in the incomplete bracket.

· Include BYEs to fill one extra bracket - Click to use a bye for the one incomplete

bracket.

· Fill __ brackets. Add BYEs as needed - Click and specify the number of brackets and

the total number of brackets to run. Byes are added with registered bowlers to

complete brackets.

Click Assign Bowlers to Brackets to begin shuffling. BLS-2021 Pro and A/S programs

use the S.S.F.L. shuffle system to reduce the number of times multiple entrants compete

against the same bowler.

Opponent ViewThe opponent view is a quick way to select a bowler and display that bowler’s

opponents. Displayed will be the number of pending bracket wins/losses as well as the

number of existing wins or losses

Bracket PayoutsThe brackets payout screen displays the amount of money to disperse to the bowlers.

Displayed is the amount of money to refund the bowler due in case more brackets were

paid for than offered. Also displayed is the amount of money earned for winning brackets

as well as the total amount to return to the bowler.

Bracket ReportsThe bracket reports screen generates reports based on payouts, refunds or bracket

diagrams.

1. Under Select a Report, click and select the report to be generated.

2. Select the appropriate report options.

3. Click Preview to generate a viewable report on screen.

4. Click Print to generate a hard copy of the report.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC200

Forced Bracket Losses BLS-2021 Pro or A/S will allows forcing a bowler to lose a any game within the brackets.

This can be useful if a different tie-breaking rule needs to be enforced, bowler had to

leave early, etc... Do the following to force a loss:

1. Select Bracket Set

2. Select Which Bracket

3. Select Which Game to Lose

4. Select Which Bowler in that Bracket

5. Click Force a LOSS in the selected game

6. To remove a forced loss, click Remove Forced Loss

Jackpot Tickets and Mystery ScoreThis menu option has additional features available in the Professional and Auto-Scoring

Editions of BLS-2021.

Mystery Scores

This feature is designed to randomly generate a score that is kept secret. Then, during

league play, if a bowler matches this score, they would be declared the winner.

Configure the minimum and maximum score values and click Generate a Score. The

score can be used for the Overall Bowling Center or for an individual League.

Jackpot Tickets

This option is designed to generate a random number between a range of values based

on the number of tickets sold. Once the all the tickets have been sold, configure the Low

Number (number on 1st ticket) the indicate the number of tickets sold. Click on the Start

Spinning button, and click on Pick a Number to stop the "spinning" and display the

selected number. This number can be kept or thrown back. Multiple numbers can be

generated.

Reports Menu

Reports Menu

Chapter

21

201

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC202

Reports MenuReports represent a major aspect of BLS-2021 to present the data to the bowlers in the

league. Generally, the most important report will be the Standing Sheet as it provides the

results for the season and the previous week of bowling. Additional reports can be found

at various locations in the program. However, BLS-2021 provides a section specifically

for creating and generating reports:

Email and Labels

Setup

· Customize Advanced Reports

These reports are accessed by selecting the appropriate report from the Reports

Menu. Most of these reports are self-explanatory. However, we will be discussing

Email, Labels & Coupons and Set-Up Reports & Custom Reports later in this

chapter. Once the report appears, some helpful preview controls are located at the

top.

WeeklyIn this menu, the following items are listed in the sub menu that are available to be

printed each week.

Financials, Lane Statistics, National Awards, Press Sheet, Standings Past and Present,

Team Captains.

CommonThe following items are listed in the sub menu; Bowlers - Alphabetical, Most Improved,

Reprint Scores, Substitutes.

LabelsThe following items are listed in the sub menu; Bowler Names, Address Labels

Mailing LabelsThis option allows labels to be printed for all bowlers. For information on sending Email,

please see the section on Email on page .

Labels

Reports > Mailing Labels

Use the Drop-down list to select the label type: 3x10, 2x10 or 1 Up Continuous labels.

These settings will work with most labels available on the market. Use the Margins to

make adjustments to where the names and addresses are printed on the label.

View and Print More ReportsThis item will open the entire list of more reports.

204

258

Reports Menu 203

SetupThe following items are listed in the sub menu; Customized Advance Reports, Data and

Custom Exports

Mid Season-End of SeasonThe following items are listed in the sub menu; Email Final Average Report, Final

Averages, Financial Histories, Team & Bowler Histories

All Awards Earned: AlphabeticalThis report will generate all awards earned by every bowler in the league, both local (if

configured) and national. The report is sorted in alphabetical order. .

All Awards Earned: Week-by-WeekThis report will generate all awards earned by every bowler in the league, both local (if

configured) and national. The report will list the awards earned on a week-by-week

basis.

Team and Indiv idual Score Histories

Financial HistoriesThis will print the Weekly Financial Summary report through the week the report is being

generated. The report is divided into 4 sections, Weekly Pay Envelope Summary for each

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC204

team, Weekly Cash Receipts, League Funds Summary (distribution of funds) and

individual bowler financial information.

Final AveragesClick Average Report to bring up a preview of the final average report. A copy of the final

averages should be turned in to the local association as well as the bowling center.

Check with the local association on the cutoff date for the final average report.

Note: The final averages should be printed after entering the last scores bowled before

January 1. Give a copy to the local association and the bowling center. Certain

tournaments require averages as of January 1.

Depending on how the league is certified, it can contain up to 3 different sections for

Merged leagues, USBC-Adult, USBC-Youth and Non-Certified Bowler. For NOT Merged

leagues, there can be up to 4 different sections, USBC-BA Certified Bowlers, USBC-WBA

Certified Bowlers, USBC-Youth Certified Bowlers and Non-Sanctioned Bowlers. For

more information and configuration of Merged and NOT Merged leagues, please see

Certify > Association > Default Fees

Note: If there are a significant number of bowlers listed in the Non-Sanctioned Bowlers

section, ensure the bowler are correctly certified. For Bowler Certification, please see

Certification > Certify Your Bowlers

Setup Reports & Custom Reports

157

160

Reports Menu 205

To customize the reports click Reports >View Print More Reports. This screen provides

the following functionality and are explained in the next several sections.

· Edit Reports Layout

· Change Styles of existing reports

· Change Fonts of existing reports

· Develop customized reports.

Edit Report Layout

Choosing a report to edit or preview: Highlight the report to edit or preview in the Select

a special league report here column. There are several reports that are predefined as

well as several user defined reports. Depending on the type of report, different options

will be listed. In addition, for the predefined reports, some of the options cannot be

changed.

To change these, create a User Defined Report.

Style used for report: The report style number can be changed to use another style that

reflects the information to be displayed in the report. See “Define Report Styles” for

information on setting up and defining report styles.

Filtering the information: Each report can be adjusted to include bowlers that meet the

criteria wanted. For example, set up a report printing only male subs in division two in

alphabetical order. .

Using font classifications for reports: When printing reports, to use a different

font/graphic set other than the Standing Sheet or default font/graphic set. Select the

report classification using the drop-down list box for Which Font? To change the

fonts/graphics for a report classification, click Fonts & Graphics. See “Edit Report Fonts

and Graphics” on page 157 for information on changing a report classification.

Report Headers

Reports can be customized with different headers. Depending on the Type of Report, the

information displayed in the heading may be different. The following list are some of the

more common headers:

Official Report: Shows date of report, contact info, dates score are included, and league

information.

Misc. Report: Shows date of report and league information.

Standing Sheet: Same as Misc. Report but uses the date bowled.

Report Preview FunctionsThe preview controls for these reports will help in displaying the information on the

monitor. The following features are available:

Zoom Out: Click Zoom > Zoom Out to

compress the report to allow more of the

report to be viewed on the screen.

Page Dn: Click to display the next page in

the report.

Zoom In: Click Zoom > Zoom In to expand

the report to aid in viewing the report

information.

Print: Print the contents of the report.

Page Up: Click to display the previous page

in the report.

Export: Exports the report into different

formats

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC206

Note that by clicking on the Print > Change Layout button at the top of the screen the

Custom Reports and Report Setup screen comes up. (See the next section)

The defaults for all of these reports can be changed. For example, the fonts, styles, and

layouts can be changed by using the Custom Reports and Report Setup functions.

Report StylesWhat’s a style?

Styles are pieces of information put together in a group. BLS-2021

will use these groups to format each report to reflect the information

needed.

An Example:

Let’s take something simple like a birthday list. There are three

important things needed; The name, birthdate and age of each

bowler. These items are just three of a long list of available items

called style elements. When these items are put together in a group,

it becomes a report style such as a birthday list.

If this still doesn’t quite make sense, compare a report style to a

sandwich. Not only can you choose what goes into the sandwich,

but the order it is assembled. This same concept applies to report

styles. A birthday list report style, including the name, birthday and

age of the bowler, could be re-arranged to the order of age, name

and birthday.

Report styles are common everywhere

BLS-2021 offers many bowler and team styles that can be customized based on the

report information needed. Styles in BLS-2021 are shared among all leagues and

reports. This allows many leagues to share the similar look.

Important note about report styles: It is important to note that since BLS-2021 shares the

same styles among leagues, if a style is changed, it affects all reports in all the leagues

that use that style. For example, if the team roster style #41 is modified to reflect a

league’s needs, every report in every league that uses that style number will be

changed.

The Styles screen

Clicking the Change Styles button will bring up the Styles screen. Choose a style to view

or edit.

Each style will have a number. Change the style by clicking the Style Group, then clicking

the style name from the Style List list box. A preview of how the style will appear will

display in the Style Preview area.

There are 3 sets of Styles available for reports:

Reports Menu 207

· 1 - 80: Your Bowler Styles These styles are designed for bowler stats or lists and can

be modified individually.

· 120-200: Team Styles These styles are designed for team stats and/or lists.

· 201-240: Fixed Styles These styles are also provided for bowler statistics and/or

lists. However modifications to these styles is limited to spacing and font size.

Using the suggested style

Some reports have suggested styles. If the report being modified has a suggested style

the Suggested Style button will light up. Clicking this button will choose the suggested

style for the report.

Using the displayed style

When changing style numbers for a report, click Use This to finalize your choice.

(Clicking the green check mark will save the changes made to the style without changing

the style number used for the report.)

Modifying a StyleModifying Styles

To modify a style, select the specific style to be modified, then click the button: To hide

this panel so you can change this style...

NOTE: Changing styles is a global setting to the program and will change every report in

every league that uses the style being modified.

The following options are customizable for every style in BLS-2021:

· Spacing: This option will slightly decrease/increase the spacing between the data

items making up the selected style. When the selected style has fewer data items,

toggling this option to Wide will spread the data items out so they take up more on the

width of the page. Conversely, when the selected style contains several data items,

toggling this option to Narrow will reduce the spacing between fields allowing more

data printed before BLS-2021 resizes the font to fit between the left and right

margins.

· Headings: This option will slightly decrease/increase the size of the data heading. By

default, the switch will be toggled to Small. If the heading information is difficult to

read, toggle this switch to Large to slightly increase the font size without affecting the

headings for any of the other styles.

· Data Size: This option will slightly decrease/increase the size of the actual data. By

default, the switch will be toggled to Small. If the data information is difficult to read,

toggle this switch to Large to slightly increase the font size without affecting the data

for any of the other styles.

· Set to Default: Clicking on this button will reset the current style to the factory default.

This is convenient if the style is changed to a point where it may be difficult to recover.

As noted in the previous section, BLS-2021 provides two types of styles, fixed and

customizable. In addition to the above options, customizable styles can further be

modified as follows:

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC208

Adding elements to a style: Data items can be added to the displayed style in several

ways. Locate and select the item to add from the Data Items Available to use and do

one of the following to add to the list of Data Items in Current Style:

· Double-click to add to the end of the list.

· Click Add Item to add to the end of the list.

· Drag-and-drop to the desired position in the list.

The preview of how the style will appear in the Style Preview area, will be updated.

Removing elements from a style: Data items can be removed from the displayed style

two ways. Locate and select the item to remove from the Data Items in Current Style

and either:

· Double-click to remove from the list.

· Click Remove Item to remove from the list.

The style preview will change to reflect the modifications.

Re-ordering the elements in a style: To re-arrange the order of items used in the style,

simply drag and drop the items in the Data Items in Current Style list with your mouse to

the new order. As an alternative, you can select the data item and use the Move Item UP

and/or Move DOWN buttons.

Multiple Columns

Set the number of columns that the shown style will use. If you use multiple columns,

you may need to use fewer items in the style for a readable report.

Reports Menu 209

Copying a StyleThere are times when a particular style includes everything except for an item or two.

View the style that will be copied and click Copy Paste Style > Copy button. Next, view the

style that will use the copied style and click Copy Paste Style > Paste button. Make

changes as needed and be sure to rename the style.

Predefined StylesTo make your choices easier, we have already defined some styles for you and BLS-

2021 will associate the most common styles with the reports you are working on. There

are over 40 styles possible! This means you can skip this section entirely (return to this

later after you become more familiar with BLS-2021).

Printing List of StylesClick Preview to view the complete library of predefined styles available to you and print

it.

Report Fonts, Watermarks and Logos BLS-2021 has added new features to give reports a snazzy custom look. Any font

installed in Windows can be used for headings, sections or data in the report. Special

text effects, along with the font size and color, can be applied. BLS-2021 also adds the

ability to bring in your own graphics for report logos or watermarks.

Everything is predefined, so you can skip this until you are more familiar with BLS-2021.

To bring up the Fonts and Graphics setup screen, click on Reports > Customize

Advanced Reports > Utilities then select Fonts & Images.

This will bring up the Select Fonts, Logos and Watermarks screen.

Each of these sections can use Custom settings specific to the league being worked on

or Global settings which will be applied to all leagues.

Font SetsClick Examine and Change League's Font Set

Changing Font Settings: Click the font class, under Select Font here to see a preview of

the font used.

Changing Fonts: Under the Font group, click the Name list and select from the list of

available fonts. After selecting the font, a sample will appear reflecting the changes

made.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC210

Changing Font Size: The font size can be changed by clicking the Size list, under the

Font Name and Style then select the font size. The font sample above will reflect the

changes made.

NOTE: The size of the font printed on the report may not increase to the desired size as

configured in this section. This will occur if the configured font size forces the information

for the selected style to not fit on a single line. In order to prevent overlap of data, BLS-

2021 will always attempt to reduce the font size so all the information used in the

selected style will fit on one line.

For the Data: names, scores, averages and Column Headings fonts, it is suggested

that you consider modifying the style to change data size as explained in the Modifying a

Style section on page .

Changing Font Color: To change the color of the item, click Color box, under the Font

Name and Style and choose from the displayed colors or define your own color.

Using Gradient Font Effects: To place a gradient effect on the font, click the Gradient

style list under the Gradient group and select the gradient method.

Select the colors for the gradients by clicking the Color boxes under the Gradient group

and choose from the displayed colors or define your own color.

Using Shadow Effects: The program has a variety of shadow effects to enhance the item

being edited. Click the Shadow list, under the Shadow Effects group, and select the

effect.

The effect can be adjusted by using the Shadow Depth slider control.

After selecting the effect, adjust the shadow colors.

Effects and Printers: Unfortunately, not all printers display the same results when using

effects. Because printers and drivers vary, effects used may appear correct on the

preview, but not on the printed report. Some printers omit the special effects.

If your printer is not compatible with the applied effects, simply remove them.

Font Management:

Managing the fonts used in BLS-2021 is quite easy. A font set can be saved to be used

for specific reports. Fonts are classified into the many categories that may appear on the

various reports in BLS-2021, such as "Main Heading", or "Section Headings", these

fonts define the look and feel of all the reports. Using the Font Management tab, save a

set of fonts to be used. This can be particularly useful if the standing sheet should look

one way and the bowler/team histories should look another.

After making changes to the Fonts, it is suggested to save the settings so they can be

used for future reports. To do this, provide a new Name of Font Set and click the Save

button.

To return to this Font Set click the Load button.

207

Reports Menu 211

Logos and WatermarksChange Watermarks, logos and icons

Printing a report logo: Click Print logo at top/left of heading to include a logo on your

report. Click the image preview to select the image to use.

Printing a watermark: Click Print watermark on each page to include a background

watermark on your report. Click the image preview to select the image to use.

Printing a message icon: Click Print icon to Left of messages to include an image to the

left of the Messages section of the standings. Options to include a mirror image to the

right and to flip the image are available. Click the image preview to select the image to

use.

Changing Report GraphicsTo change images, click the image preview to bring up the Image Selector utility.

CDE Software has three clipart collections dedicated to bowling.

Change the Image Location to the drive and directory where your graphic images are

located. Select the image located in List of available Images. A preview of the image will

appear in the Image Preview area.

Image Effects

Effects can be added to the selected image. The following effects are available:

Lightening

Adjust the slider to fade or bring out the image. By using a faded image, the information

in the report becomes easier to view.

De-Colorize

Adjust the slider to change the color information of the image from the original color to

gray scale. Images with bright colors can now be muted down so the information in the

report becomes easier to view.

Colorize

Colorize works the same as De-Colorize except a designated color can be chosen

instead of gray.

Remove Effects

Effects are removed by clicking Remove Effects.

Graphics Layout

Another unique feature with BLS-2021 is the ability to import additional graphics into

reports and position and resize the graphics as needed. This flexibility gives your

standings and reports an extra touch of class.

Graphic groups

There are currently three groups of graphics that are used for reports: the FIRST page,

all of the MIDDLE pages and the LAST page.

Each group can designate up to four graphic images.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC212

Selecting the group

In the Graphics Layout screen, select the appropriate image group to modify or add

images. The report preview will change to reflect the settings for that group.

Adding images

Click Add new Graphic to bring up the Image Selector utility.

Moving images

Once an image has been added, the image can be moved by clicking the image and

then dragging to the new location.

Removing images

To remove an image, select the image and click Delete Graphic.

Resizing images

Select the image to be resized. The selected image will be outlined with resizing

controls. Click the appropriate side or corner and drag to resize the image. Clicking the

controls to the sides of the image will enlarge or shrink the image without re

proportioning the image. Clicking the corner controls to enlarge or shrink the image

proportionally, unless proportional sizing is turned off.

Graphic Layers

As you add the images, they are layered in the order they were added. If the images do

not overlap, the images will complete show. However, if images overlap, the image that

is to the front will overlap images towards the back. To bring an image to the front or

back, select the image and click Bring to front or Send to back.

Graphic Properties

To change the effect of the image, select the image and click Graphic Properties.

Additional options

By right-clicking on the image, the following options are available:

· Restore original dimensions - Select option to revert the image back to original sizing

and proportions.

· Half-size & Double-size - Enlarges or shrinks the image by a factor of two.

· Proportional sizing - Click to change the corner resizing controls to act proportionally

or not.

Properties - change the image or image effects.

Tasks Menu

Tasks Menu

Chapter

22

213

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC214

Tasks MenuTasks contain features used at the middle of the bowling season and end of the bowling

season for BLS-2021.

Average Report: Click Average Report to bring up a preview of the final average report. A

copy of the final averages should be turned in to the local association as well as the

bowling center. Check with the local association on the cutoff date for the final average

report.

Note: The final averages should be printed after entering the last scores bowled before

January 1. Give a copy to the local association and the bowling center. Certain

tournaments require averages as of January 1.

Team and Individual Score Histories: This option is provided to print summary of the

season for teams and all the bowlers of the league

Season Summary of All Awards: Options to print all awards for the bowlers, either

alphabetical or Week by Week.

Financial Histories: Display and print financial history reports

End of Season Duties

Determine Prize Fund

Assign Winners to Prize Fund

Restarting Your League for Next Season

Copy and Restart League for Next Season

Print Returning Bowler Sign-Up Sheets

Other

Print Returning Bowler Sign-Up Sheets

Internet

Email BowlersTasks > Other > Email Bowlers

Selecting this option will bring up the Email Bowlers screen.

Note: Be sure to set up Internet Settings with regards to email servers. For moreinformation on Internet Settings, please see Internet Setup topic.

This screen is similar to common emailing programs. To send an email to one or more

persons do the following:

1. Select which bowlers to email (use check boxes)

2. Type in email address the receiver can reply to

3. Type in a title in the text box labeled "Subject"

Tasks Menu 215

4. Type a Message in the large message box

5. Attach file (if needed) by selecting YES using the toggle switch and the at the bottom

of the screen, click Select File and the follow instructions to attach file

6. Click Send Email

Note: Email addresses must be entered in for bowlers in the Bowler Maintenance

screen in order to be able to send email to those bowlers.

Sending the standing sheet via Email

BLS-2021 features the option to attach the current weeks standing sheet to email to

selected bowlers. To email the standings:

1. Follow steps 1-4 from above.

2. Click Attach PDF of Standing Sheet.

3. Click Send Email.

Upload LeagueUpload league to Leaguesecretary.com, Bowl.com and personal websites.

Email Press SheetEmail Press Sheet to local newspapers.

Email Final Average ReportEmail Final Average Report to local association.

End of Season Financials

Determine Prize FundThis provides a convenient link that will open the Prize Setup screen on the Setup. This

is the same section that was used when setting up the Prize Fund for the first time. For

more information, please see the section on Setup > Awards > League Awards and

Prize Fund on Page

Assign Winners to Prize FundThis provides a convenient link that will open the Prize Setup screen on the Details tab.

This is the same section that was used when setting up the Prize Fund for the first time.

For more information, please see the section on Setup > Awards > League Awards and

Prize Fund on Page

Prep for Next SeasonThe following should be done when ready to prepare a new season's league after the

past season has completed.

Make Final BackupCreate a final backup of the league for the season.

249

249

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC216

Print Returning Bowler Sign-Up SheetsThis report provides pre-filled sign-up sheets for existing bowlers. It can be used at the

end of the season for bowlers to indicate if they will be returning the next season.

Restart League for Next SeasonWhile it appears to accomplish the same thing, restarting the league is not as simple as

going back to week 1. BLS-2021 provides a special utility to clear the past season and

prepare the league for the next season.

Use the following steps to restart the league for the next season:

1. Open the league from last season, go to the last week scores counted toward

averages.

2. Go to Tasks > Prep for Next Season > Restart League for Next Season.

3. Select the Options for Restarting for the League. The most common Options are

selected by Default. See Restart Options below for more information.

4. Enter a new league description. This has to be a unique description. We typically

suggest adding the bowling season year at the end. For example, add the season

year at the end of the league name to indicate it is for the new season.

5. There will be a prompt to enter a new League Title. This name is what is printed on

the Standing Sheets and other reports generated in the program. This does not have

to be unique.

6. Read and acknowledge the dialog screens that come up next, but essentially click

OK on these.

7. Assign a New Filename for the league and click Ok. Note - do not change the default

directory.

8. Select a new Starting Date. Initially, the Starting Data from last season listed. Click

the double arrow to the right to advance to the current year, then select the correct

Start Date.

9. Click the double checkmark in the lower right.

10. The schedule for the new season will open to remove any dates the league will not

be bowling and to verify position rounds.

11. The league for the New season will now be reset and open to week one. It is now

ready to make any additional changes for the new season.

Restart options

· Copy old league to new file name - This option copies the existing league to a new

league file. This option is automatically selected and cannot be modified.

· Erase old book averages - This will remove the book averages from every bowler in

the league.

· If > 21 games, copy current ave. to book ave. - This will set the book averages for

next season if a bowler has 21 games or more.

· Clear sanction payments & assoc awards - This removes all the awards and

sanction payments.

· Remove people designate " Quit the League" - Bowlers marked as Quit the League

will be deleted from the database.

Tasks Menu 217

· Take all bowlers off of the teams - Clears the team rosters so bowlers can be re-

assigned to new teams next season. Existing personal information for the bowlers

remains in the new league file.

· Re-Order teams 1st place to last place - Changes the team numbers of the teams in

order of the standings.

· Clear league planner - Erases the league planner.

· Copy current average to Entering Average - Set Entering Average for next season.

This is only necessary when the league uses an alternate average at the beginning of

the season.

By copying the league to a new league file, the old league file remains untouched and is

available to research anything from the previous season.

218 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC218

Util i ties Menu

Utilities Menu

Chapter

23

219

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC220

Utilities MenuThe section of the main menu provide some powerful and useful functions to maintain

league files.

· Bowling Calculator

· Forms Library

· Backup The League

· Backup League to DropBox

· Drive & Directory Listing

· Delete Future Weeks Data

· Erase This Weeks Scores

· Erase All Data & Start Over

· Clear League Planner

· Reset Bowling Shifts

· Reorder Teams

· Add Teams

· Remove Teams

· Clear Team Rosters

· Reset To Prior week's Reordering

· Delete Quitters & Unused Vacants

· Erase All Association and Local Awards

Earned

· Recalculate Sanction Payments

· Reset Treasurer & Erase All Financials

· Unlock Treasurer Information

This section is divided into categories Support Functions, Sometimes Useful Functions

and Aids in Repairing Corrupt Data.

Support Functions

Item 1: Email League to Tech Support

This option allows sending an email, with or without league files, to Technical Support.

For more information, please see Email League to Tech Support discussed on

page .

Item 2: Backup This League

This provides a convenient link that will backup the league. For more information, please

see the chapter on Protecting and Transporting League Data on page

General UtilitiesThe following general utilities available are:

Bowling Calculator

Forms Library

Bowling CalculatorThe Bowling Calculator that is included with BLS-2021 is a simple calculator with

additional options to assist in calculating handicap.

To calculate a handicap, enter the handicap %, Base and bowler's average.

League UtilitiesLeague specific utilities found to assist in managing the league.

259

262

Util i ties Menu 221

Delete Future Weeks DataThe Delete Future Weeks Data can be used during the season to remove all weeks later

than the week the league file is in. This is normally only used in situations where

removing and re-entering information is easier than correcting problems. This is

especially useful for problems related to changing team rosters or reordering teams.

Do not use this function to restart the league for each season, use the Restart League

feature.

If the league is not correct, do not immediately create a brand new league and re-enter

all the information. Go to the last correct week where everything is correct, i.e. standings,

etc., and use this utility. If it is only one week or two, it is easier to just re-enter those

weeks information than restarting all over. Note - Creating the league again from the

beginning is usually the last ditch effort.

Erase This Weeks ScoresUsing this option will clear all scores entered for this week. Be sure to have the original

recap sheets available for re-entering scores.

Erase All Data and Start OverWhen the league season has completed and it’s time to get ready for the next season,

use this function

It may be smart to do this when starting a new season as opposed to creating a new

league, so have to re-typing all of the names and addresses again is not required. When

restarting the league, copy the rules and bowlers to a new league file. This allows

makes it possible to keep the previous seasons league file for reference.

There are many options, so be sure to select the options correctly. If unsure about

selecting the right options, make a backup BEFORE resetting the league to week #1. If a

selection is made incorrectly, it may be better to re-do the Restart League for New

Season, selecting the additional options, even after resetting to week #1. After resetting

to week #1, it may be necessary to re-order the teams or change the number of teams.

Clear League PlannerClicking this option will clear the league planner/calendar and erase all entries and data

in it.

Team UtilitiesTeam specific utilities found to assist in managing the league.

Reorder TeamsThe re-ordering of teams is typically done in preparation for removing teams. However

there may be other scenarios that may require the teams to be re-ordered. This will

change the team numbers for all teams affected by the re-order. Use the following

procedure to re-order the teams:

1. Be sure the league is in the week the teams need to be re-ordered. If the changes

take affect next week, advance to that week before re-ordering the teams

2. Select the team that is going to change the order

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC222

3. Use the Move Up or Move Down arrows to move the team to the new order.

4. Teams changing position will appear in red with their old team order in brackets after

the name.

Add Teams

The adding of teams must be done in even pairs and is done in the following manner:

1. Ensure the league is in the week where the teams are to be added. If the addition is

to take place next week, advance to that week before making changes.

2. On the first screen, select up to 4 teams to be added. As previously noted, teams are

added in pairs. As such, either 2 or 4 teams will be added, including a BYE team if

necessary.

3. The next screen will configure what week the teams should be added. Since Step 1

recommended going to the week the teams are to be added, keeping this at the

default "Add teams starting this week" should be used. However, we do provide

Util i ties Menu 223

options to start with Week 1 or start with the week following a split (if configured for

split-season). For any weeks that already have scores entered, the program will

configure the new teams to bowl each other until the week there are no scores

entered.

NOTE: If the league is going to allow the new teams to make-up previous weeks, it is

extremely important that to select the option to add teams for the prior weeks so that

the make-up scores can be applied.

4. Please read carefully and continue the confirmation and informational dialog

messages that appear.

Remove Teams BLS-2021 has made removing teams and re-ordering the the remaining teams much

simpler this year. When clicking on Utilities > Removing Teams, a message will appear

asking; you want to use the Remove Team Wizard?. This message will only appear if

there are no scores entered for the week. Click on Yes. Another screen appears and

just click the box or boxes of the teams to be remove. It will automatically put the bottom

teams in the place of the removed team, leaving all the other teams with the original

team numbers. The only teams that will change team numbers are the bottom teams

that were moved to the removed team(s). Click the Finish button, and the program will go

to the new order of teams. Verify they are correct and click the Make Changes button at

the top.

The removal of teams must be done in even pairs. If only one team is being dropped,

simply rename that team to BYE and drop the bowlers from the team

Important Note: Ensure the league is in the week that the teams will be removed and

that no scores are entered for that week.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC224

To minimize the number of Team Numbers affected by the reduction of teams, it is

important to re-order the teams. When reducing the number of teams, BLS-2021 will

bring up the re-order teams screen after the teams have been deleted. However, it may

be clearer to re-order the teams prior to deleting them, the choice is up to the individual

Secretary running the program.

For more information on re-ordering teams, please see the We Want to Re-Order the

Teams section later in this chapter.

Note: Do not attempt to re-order teams by dropping and adding bowlers to different

teams from the Adjust Team Rosters screen.

To remove teams, use the following instructions.

1. Go to Utilities > Teams > Remove Teams

2. Under Indicate Teams to Remove, select the last team and click Delete Team. Then,

select the next to last team and click Delete Team.

3. Click the Make Changes menu.

4. There will be a confirmation dialog box that appears with one last chance to abort the

team removal.

5. This is followed by Informational Dialogs that reveal the schedule and lane

assignments have been a changed and offer a chance to re-order the teams.

6. As previously noted, re-ordering of teams is done to minimize the number of team

that will have the Team Number changed. The objective it to move the last team

remaining in the league to the team number of the first team to be deleted. For

example, in a 12 team league where teams 2 and 5 are deleted, move team 12 to

team 2 and move team 11 to team 5 on the re-order teams screen.

Alternatively, if re-order before deleting, replace the teams that are being removed

with the last team numbers of teams that will remain with the league. For example in

a 12 team league where Teams 2 and 5 are dropping, move Team 12 up into Team

2's spot and move Team 2 down to Team12. Then move Team 11 up to Team 5's

spot and move Team 5 down to Team 11.

7. Click the green check mark to save the changes.

8. Verify Position Rounds and other Schedule Information.

Printing Recap Sheets for next week: Once the number of teams has been reduced,

print the recap sheets while in the week that the teams were removed. This will work fine

as long as no scores are entered.

Standing Sheet for next week: After reducing the number of teams, go back to the

previous week to print the Standing Sheets, otherwise the Team Losses will not be

correct due the fact that scores have not been entered yet. The Team Standings and

Team Rosters will still reflect the original teams and team numbers, including the teams

that dropped. However, the lane assignments will reflect the new schedule based on the

new number of teams, with the two teams that dropped at the end (based on the new

team numbers). Make sure the bowlers are aware of the fact that lane assignments on

the Standing Sheet reflect the NEW team numbers.

Util i ties Menu 225

Clear Team RostersUsing this option will remove all bowlers from the teams. The teams will need to be

reassigned by using the Team Rosters screen. This utility is useful at the beginning of a

season if wanting to re-assign new teams with new rosters.

Bowler UtilitiesBowler specific utilities found to assist in managing the league.

Deleting QuittersAfter a bowler has been marked as quitting the league (done in the Bowler Maintenance

screen), their information can be removed from the league by using this option. This

allows for the Bowler IDs used by these bowlers to be reused.

Erase All Association And Local Awards EarnedThis utility will scan each bowler and clear the records for any awards earned.

This utility is useful when changes were made to the Awards setup and need to clear

any awards that may have been improperly detected.

Treasurer UtilitiesFinancial specific utilities found to assist in managing the league.

Recalculate Sanction PaymentsThis option is rarely needed. Should the financial reports not indicate the expected

amounts of sanction money, this option may be used to recalculate the leagues

sanction fund. This may be needed if sanction payments have been edited and

removed.

Erase All Financial DataThis resets all portions of the treasurer to the defaults and erases all treasurer data.

When selected, an option to reset or keep sanctioning information will be presented.

Resetting Sanction payments will not remove National ID numbers, but will mark all

bowlers unpaid.

226 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC226

Treasurer Duties

Treasurer Duties

Chapter

24

227

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC228

Treasurer DutiesThis chapter describes the financial portion of the program. If you do not handle the

treasurer duties or wish to process the financial information manually, skip this chapter.

League finances are just as important as the tracking the scores and league standings.

BLS-2021 provides a treasurer module that can be accessed as a stand alone utility

that can be utilized by a league treasurer, without the need to enter scores. Additionally,

the treasure module can be integrated with the weekly duties of the league secretaries

that also perform treasurer duties. Once configured, the amount of additional time to

enter weekly fees for a secretary is minimal.

There are four primary sections in BLS-2021 to successfully utilize treasure functions of

the program:

1. Defining Weekly Fees: Configure how much a bowler will pay each week, final

week's payment and additional fees. Additional treasurer configurations:

2. Enter Weekly Bowling Fees: Provides an interface to enter the weekly funds

3. Certification Membership Fees: BLS-2021 can be used to track bowler

membership fees to be paid when submitting the application. Due to the importance

of league and bowler certification, this function is discussed on page .

4. Prize Fund: Configure the prize fund and assign winners.

Fees: Define the Weekly League FeesFinancial Setup:

To begin setting up the league’s finances click on Setup > Fees > Weekly Fees.

Managing the Finances of Multiple Leagues

If using BLS-2021 to manage multiple leagues with the same financial setup, or just for

the sake of consistency, the financial setup can be saved as a file that can be loaded at

a later time. This will save all the settings in the financial setup, including the Regular

Fees, Discounts, and One Time Fees. To do this select the Save Weekly Fees button

and select a name and location to save the information. To restore a saved fee settings

file, select the Load Weekly Fees button in the top menu bar.

The financial setup is organized with the tabs that are arranged in a logical sequence

and are listed below:

Regular FeesEach week, a bowler pays a regular fee that is divided into specific funds, such as

Lineage, Secretary Fee, Prize Fund, etc. Fees in the white cells can be changed or

removed. Enter the amounts in the columns under Regular Fee, Absent Fee, Vacant Fee

and Substitute fee as appropriate for the league.

In addition, four individual User Fees can be configured for different categories a league

may collect money for on a weekly basis. These additional fee categories do not need to

be part of the weekly fees, but by renaming the user fee on this screen, these additional

funds can be itemized in a financial report.

156

Treasurer Duties 229

Note: The General Funds line item is a category used by BLS-2021 to hold pre-

payments and to account for arrears. It is not recommended to allocate any of the Total

Weekly Fees to this line item.

There are multiple fee categories based on the type of overall weekly fee paid. For

example, centers may require the league to pay reduced lineage for vacant positions. By

setting up a vacancy fee category, there would be one category for regular league

members and one for vacant bowlers. If the league requires subs to pay for lineage, but

not the prize fund, another fee category is used.

As the individual fees are entered, the total fee is calculated for the corresponding fee

type. BLS-2021 provides four fee types including regular dues, absent dues, vacant

dues, and substitute dues.

Automatically Fill Payments For: These switches are provided to expedite the process if

entering fees. When toggled to Yes, the program will automatically enter the fees as

being paid in full, including any arrears. If the bowler does not pay, or is absent, the

amount paid can be removed.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC230

Discounts

BLS-2021 has the ability to setup discounts. This may be helpful if not all of the bowlers

in the league pay the same regular fee. For example, if running an adult/youth mixed

league where the younger bowlers pay different fees than the adults, a child discount

can be created that would be applied to specified bowlers. To do this, simply enter the

amount discounted from each individual fee in the Child column and the overall discount

is automatically totaled at the top of the column.

Once a discount is setup, the table at the bottom of the page shows amount due for

each fee type when discounts are applied.

When using discounts, use the first letter or the number of the discount type. The valid

codes will be S (Senior), C (Child), E (Employee), 1 (Custom Discount 1), and 2 (Custom

Discount 2) corresponding to the discount type.

Treasurer Duties 231

One Time FeesThese screens are used to define one time fees. It is simple to use and allows for:

· One time team fees: Team Sponsor Fee and up to 3 user-defined fees

· One time bowler fees: Last Two Weeks and up to 3 user-defined fees

To set up a one time bowler or team fee, do the following:

1. Change the description to something meaningful to the league

2. Indicate the amount

3. Configure when the fee is due

4. Whether payment is required by all bowlers

5. Identify which fund the monies should be deposited into

If a fee was due by the end of the season, then leave the due date column blank. If there

was no destination fund specified for the fee it will be placed into General Funds.

Several leagues require the final couple weeks of bowling to be prepaid when a bowler

begins the season. Indicate how many weeks must be prepaid and when it must be

prepaid by. If this is not enforced for all bowlers, simply indicate that this is optional.

Each bowler can then be marked as having to prepay. Setting up a team sponsor fee is

very similar, just indicate the amount, when it is due, whether the payment is required,

and what fund the team sponsor fee will be deposited into.

Last Week OptionsThis tab provides the option for the last week(s) of the league.

If the league is having a Roll Off the last week of the league and the center is not

charging for it, then set this option to Yes. This can be used to set limit the actual

number of weeks that will require payment.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC232

More InformationThis screen allows for some additional settings.

If the league has a grace period before it begins charging for vacancies on teams, it can

be set here. Bowlers paying the vacant fee type will not be charged for the first number of

weeks that is entered here. For example, the bowling center does not charge the league

for the first 2 weeks for vacancies on teams. Entering the number 2 here sets this

appropriately. If a vacancy or a bowler is charged the vacant fee in the first 2 weeks of the

league, there will be no amount due. In the third week if a bowler or vacancy is charged

the vacant fee the amount due will be whatever is defined for the vacant fee in the

Regular Fees screen of the Weekly Fees and Discounts Setup.

Weekly payments will be recorded:

This section provides 3 options for how weekly fees will be tracked:

As a team only: This option can be used to track team payments without having to track

individual bowler's payments.

As individuals on a team: This option is configured by default since it is the most

common method used by league secretaries and treasurers. It allows individual bowler

payments to be tracked, which, in turn, provides the overall payment made by the team.

As Individuals Only: This option can be used to track payments made by individuals

without concern for team payment. This feature is only available in the Pro and A/S

Editions of BLS-2021.

Estimated BudgetThis screen displays the estimated budget broken down by the amounts estimated to be

collected for each fund. The estimation is purely a calculation of the expected income

based on: one time bowler fees, one time team fees, the number of weeks, number of

Treasurer Duties 233

teams, the number of bowlers per team and the cost of the Regular Fee type. Once the

fees have been set these estimations are derived. The adjusted budget column can be

used to adjust the estimated numbers as needed.

In addition, if the league has a BYE team, the Number of Teams can be modified to take

this into consideration and adjust the Estimated Budget accordingly.

Note: Numbers on the screen are an estimate and will not take into account variances

caused by bowlers with discounts or paying anything but the regular fee type determined

in the Regular Fees screen. If the number of teams, number of bowlers per team, or the

number of weeks changes, so will the estimated budget values. General Funds are the

monies not assigned to any specific fund.

The Prize Fund Setup button will open the screen where the prize fund breakdown is

determined. More information on this screen is provided in the Awards: League Awards

& Prize Fund section on page .

Enter Weekly Bowling FeesWeekly > Process This Week > Bowling Fees

When entering this section for the first time, the Weekly Fees Display Options dialog will

appear. The Drop-down list provides an additional method for configuring which fees

are to be tracked, Team, Individual or Both. These options were previously defined in the

section on Defining The Weekly Fees on page .

It is very important to decide which method to use when setting up the treasure for the

first time.

When tracking As Individuals on a Team or As Individuals Only, additional options can

be configured to change how bowler names are displayed on the primary Weekly Fee

screen.

249

232

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC234

To begin entering paid fees, select the Weekly > Process This Week > Enter Weekly

Bowling Fees menu option. There are 7 tabs used to navigate through the required

screens to manage the duties of the treasurer.

Weekly Fees TabSelect the Weekly Fees tab. In this screen there are buttons which will vary the

information displayed. Using these buttons a detailed weekly bowler payment record

can be displayed or an overall year to date bowler payment summary can be viewed.

There is also a button to change the view between regular fees and other fees such as

fines and one time fees.

Note: Only use letter codes that correspond to payment types. These letters are R

(Regular), A (Absent), V (Vacant), and S (Substitute) to signify the first letter of each fee

type.

After entering the fee information for a team, use the Drop-Down List to select the next

team or use the keyboard keys "Page Down" to more to the next team or move back with

the "Page Up" key.

The columns displayed by the table in the Detail view will represent the settings

indicated in the Financial Setup.

To begin entering payments navigate to the correct week using the Drop-down list box

for selecting the week, and then navigate to the first team and begin transcribing the

team envelope payments into BLS-2021.

Note: Data can only be entered one week in advance. Example: If the league file is

currently in week 2, BLS-2021 will only allow entering treasurer data for up to week 3.

Treasurer Duties 235

QuickPayIt is common for everyone on a team to pay in full each night. The QuickPay option was

created to expedite entering the bowler payments. The quickpay button is found on the

top button bar. The screen shows each team and a checkbox. When a check is indicated

in the box, all arrears for normal weekly bowling fees and, and the current weekly bowler

fees will be marked as paid. For those teams that pay in full each week the quickpay

eliminates some extra work by indicating all automatically that the teams have been

charged and paid in full.

Only bowlers with scores will be charged. If bowlers have no scores entered or the team

has not enough scores entered then the program will go from top to bottom in the pay

envelope list until as many bowlers as the playing strength have been charged.

Weekly Fee Discount CodesDiscounts can be entered for a bowler by entering in a discount code under the discount

type column Disc. Type. Entering one of the discount codes from the following table will

set that bowler to be considered for that discount until such time as the discount type for

that bowler is changed. Example: In a youth/adult league a child pays the child

discounted regular fee. A letter C would be entered into the Disc. Type and the letter R

would be entered into the fee column labeled Code. The Child discount type would be

carried through the season for every week as the season progressed until the discount

code is changed or removed.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC236

Code Feature Code Feature

S Senior discount type. 1 User defined #1 discount type.

C Child discount type. 2 User defined #2 discount type.

E Employee discount type.

Weekly Fee Payment CodesUnder the Code column, enter the appropriate fee letter code for each bowler on the

team to indicate the amount owed. Then enter the amount paid if it is different than the

amount shown.

If only tracking payments by team and not by individual bowler, indicate what the team

has paid by entering the number of bowlers payments under the column of the

appropriate payment type.

Note: Entering a fee code will show the amount outstanding plus the amount owed for

that night of bowling as paid. If the amount paid is different it must be adjusted to reflect

this or the results will be incorrect. The amount paid is filled automatically unless set

otherwise in Weekly Fees.

The following table shows the available fee codes:

Code Feature Code Feature

T Each bowler (for the playing

strength of the team) has paid

in full, including outstanding

balances. This inputs only for

bowlers with scores input that

week, or who are marked as

Absent or Vacant if these

codes have a fee to pay.

Substitutes will be charged

either as regulars or

substitutes.

A Bowler marked as paid for the absent

bowler fee.

S Bowler marked as paid for the

substitute bowler fee.

R This bowler paid. This will

include unpaid balances.

V Bowler marked as paid for the vacancy

bowler fee.

A help window is provided on the screen to provides hints. If a mistake was made

entering the fees, then correct it and all financial totals will be recalculated.

Payments MadeAfter the fee code has been entered, enter the amount of money paid by that bowler that

will be used toward weekly fees in the Amt Paid column. If the bowler prepaid for

additional weeks of bowling or for week’s owed, simply enter the entire amount of the

weekly fees being paid. BLS-2021 will appropriately credit the bowler’s account.

Leave the Amt Paid column blank when bowlers do not paying because of previous

credit balance or other reason.

Treasurer Duties 237

In the Pmt Meth column a method of payment can be set. There are four codes for

methods of payment: C, CC, CH, and O. These stand for cash, credit card, check, and

other respectively. The default payment type is cash, which will be displayed until

another type of payment is specified. If the payment type is set to CH a column will open

up to allow for a check number to be recorded.

Prepayment for Last Weeks of Bowling BLS-2021 correctly handles final week’s prepayments. If the league requires the final

weeks to be prepaid and this has been set in the Weekly Fees and Discounts Setup >

One Time Fees, a column will be visible in the Detail and Summary views for the Weekly

Fees view. This column will be called Final n Weeks where "n" is the number of weeks

designated in Weekly Fees and Discounts Setup. To indicate a bowler has paid some

money towards this fee, insert amount paid by the bowler into the respective field.

If the final 2 weeks must be pre-paid by week 6, then a bowler has until week 6 to pay

that amount. When week 6 is reached, any player who has not fully paid the final 2

weeks will show an arrearage. A credit on weekly fees will not be applied to the final

week’s pre-payments. Also, a bowler does not have to pay the amount all at once. Partial

payments may be made in any week.

Other Fees

Special Financial SituationsHere are some special situations and what to do:

Absent Bowlers

If a bowler is absent, still indicate the fee that the bowler is responsible for paying. If this

is not done, the totals for bowler fees will be wrong. Indicate the proper fee code and

leave the Amt Paid column blank (unless an arrangement was made to place the

player’s money in the envelope that week).

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC238

Absent bowler and substitute paid

If a substitute paid for a regular member, but will not be credited for the money paid, the

fee must be applied to the regular bowler. The sub and the regular member can work it

out between themselves. If the sub receives credit for the payment, the fee must be

applied to the substitute.

If both bowlers are indicated as owing fees for that week, it will cause one bowler to have

arrears and the other to have a credit.

Subs pay lineage, absent member pays rest

If the league allows this, two separate fee categories must be established aside from

the regular weekly fee. One category is set up with only the lineage. This will be the

sub’s fee code. The other fee category is set up with the remaining fees. This code is

used for the regular member when absent (with a sub).

When applying codes and fees, indicate sub fee code for the substitute and the amount

paid. Enter absentee (with a sub) fee code and leave amount paid as blank (unless an

arrangement was made to place player’s money in the envelope that week).

Treasurer Duties 239

A bowler quits who has a credit

If a bowler quits and has a credit, remove the credit simply by entering a negative

amount for any of the fees for which the bowler has a credit: weekly fees, final weeks

pre-payments, special fees, banquet fees, etc. The pay envelope for that team might

actually show a negative total - which is OK.

A bowler quits who has arrears

It must be decided to whether those fees are to be paid. If they are to be paid, leave that

player on the team until they are paid. If the bowler had a week or two of arrears but had

already paid the final 2 weeks of bowling, put a negative amount in the final weeks’ pre-

payments (to erase that credit) then enter the amount of weekly fees required to clear the

arrears. Anything left over needs to be given back to the bowler.

Fines Tab BLS-2021 has the ability to track fines. Use this screen to fine a bowler or a team.

1. Select a team

2. Select to fine that team or a bowler on that team

3. Select the week of the fine

4. Select the Add New Fine button and a list of reasons for the fine will pop up

5. Select a reason then type in the amount of the fine

6. Select Add Fine to add the fine.

Note: A bowler can be warned by assigning him/her a $0.00 fine.

At the bottom of the screen is a window labeled Fine Record. A description of fines for a

bowler or team is displayed, including the date of the fine, the week of bowling, the

reason, and the amount. This makes it easy to see whether or not a bowler/team has

been fined and the reason. Selecting the team and the bowler in the list of team

members will display a bowlers fines.

Fines can be edited or removed as well:

1. Select the fine to be edited or removed by selecting the team and bowler in question

2. Select the particular fine from the list below

3. Select Edit Fine or Remove Fine

Editing a fine is very similar to adding a fine, just follow the same procedure in the Edit

Fine button. Removing a fine will refund any money paid

Team Payment Summary TabView to see a summary of payments made by each team for each fee. The summary can

be viewed by Team or by Week.

League Funds TabLeague Funds

The League Funds tab is very comprehensive. Here is a list of things that can be done

within this tab:

· Gives a rundown of money collected for

the week and for the year to date

· Displays the quantity and type of fee

codes entered in the active week

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC240

· Displays the adjusted budget and the

current bank balance.

· Displays the quantity of the various types

of discounts given during the active week.

There are buttons that accommodate deposits, withdrawal, transfer, bank adjustments

and lineage payments.

Money in General Funds reflects extra payments made by bowlers or money not paid. If

all bowlers paid exactly the amount owed each week, this balance in General Funds

would be $0.00.

DepositsThis function is used to make a deposit into a fund for money that is not accounted in the

payments made in weekly fees. To use this screen do the following:

1. Select a fund to deposit to.

2. Enter an amount to deposit.

3. Select the date the transaction took place.

4. Click Accept button: a note appears in the box to show what has been done. Multiple

deposits can be entered.

5. Select the close button and the deposits will be saved.

6. View the Transaction Summary screen to verify the deposits that have been made.

WithdrawalThis function is used to make a withdrawal from a fund for money. To use this screen do

the following:

1. Select a fund to withdrawal from.

2. Entered an amount to withdrawal.

3. Select the date the transaction took place.

Treasurer Duties 241

4. Click Accept button: a note appears in the box to show what has been done. Multiple

withdrawals can be made.

5. Select the close button and the withdrawal will be saved.

6. View the Transaction Summary screen to verify the withdrawals that have been

made.

TransferThis screen is similar to both the Deposit and Withdrawal screens but is used to

transfer money between funds. To make a transfer do the following:

1. Select a fund to transfer from by selecting a checkbox

2. Enter the amount to be transferred

3. Select a checkbox for the fund to transfer to

Note: While this screen, unlike the Deposit and Withdrawal screens, can only make one

transfer, it is possible to make a transfer from multiple funds to a single fund. Example:

A transfer can be made from lineage and from the secretary fund to the treasurer fund.

Adjust BankThis screen is used to make adjustments to the various funds as necessary.

1. Select the fund to adjust then type in an amount.

2. To decrease a particular fund, put a minus sign (-) in front of the amount of the

adjustment.

Pay LineageThis button will deduct lineage from the lineage fund for the amount of lineage to be paid

to the center that week. This value is calculated based on the total of bowlers with fee

codes entered less their discounts, if any.

This screen will also show how much lineage has been paid during the current week as

well as how much has been paid for the whole season.

If there appears to be a discrepancy between the calculated amount and the amount

actually paid to the house, debit only the actual amount paid to the house.

Note: It is best to wait until all bowlers' payments have been entered before using this

function to adjust the lineage fund.

Bank Ledger TabThe Bank Ledger is a summary of all transactions made. There are various Sort Options

buttons as well as a Drop-down list that can be used to display only transactions for a

specific week, date or type depending on the Sort method selected.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC242

On this screen are the buttons:

· Deposit

· Withdrawal

· Pay Certifications

· Transfer

· Adjust Bank

· Delete

There is also a window which displays any notes attached to a specified transaction. For

example, a deposit would have a line note describing the deposit by amount and

destination of the deposit.

Deleting itemsIf a mistake is made, delete transactions is used. Deposits, withdrawals, transfers,

adjustments made from League Funds or Bank Ledger sections can be deleted. In

addition, Lineage Fees and Certification Payments may be deleted.

Items that cannot be deleted include Weekly Fees and Certification Collected

transactions is sources of Income. To remove or modify these items, go to the section

where the Income was entered and make the changes from there.

To delete a transaction, simply highlight the specific record of the transaction and select

the Delete button.

Certification PaymentsSelecting the Pay Certifications button will bring up the screen to pay out from the

certification fees fund.

To use this screen do the following:

1. Type in the amount that has been paid if the amount shown is not correct

Treasurer Duties 243

2. Select the Pay or the Pay and Close button (if finished entering payments.)

Treasurer Reports TabAfter team rosters are verified, bowling scores entered, and treasurer details complete,

this screen prints necessary treasury reports.

To print financial reports, select the list and any appropriate options displayed, then click

on the Print Selected Report button.

This Week’s Worksheet

Selecting this option will generate a report for all bowlers listed by teams. After the

treasury data for the week has been entered use this function to view an overall

summary of what was collected from bowlers, and what is outstanding.

Next Week’s Worksheet

This worksheet is helpful for next week's bowling. It is intended to provide an organized

form to log money received from bowlers.

Print Treasurer’s Report

The treasurer’s report is the comprehensive report of what transpired with the league’s

finances for the specified bowling week.

Print Team Pay Envelope

Team pay envelope report prints separate pages for each team showing what was paid

and owed for each bowler for that week.

Print Bowlers Arrears - Teams

Printing the bowler’s arrears will show who owes, how much, and is separated by what

team they are on.

Print Team Arrears

Printing team arrears will display which teams have bowlers in arrears and how much

the team owes in arrears.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC244

Treasurer Utilities TabThis screen allows for the recalculation of league funds if they appear incorrect or there

have been changes to the fees.

Recalculate League Funds

Every time Weekly Fees are changed for any given week, by adding, removing or

modifying payment information, a new transaction is added to the Bank Ledger. To

consolidate these multiple transactions into a single one, use the Recalculate League

Funds option. If there is a discrepancy in bowlers counted for purposes of lineage or

perhaps amount of money collected based on number of fee codes entered, this button

will tabulate all bowler payment records for the week selected.

Reset Fees Information

This section provides a method to reset the treasurer information for the entire season

or for future weeks based on the week selected in the upper right corner of the screen.

Additional Treasurer FunctionsThe following represents additional utilities or functions available for the treasurer:

· Setup > Fees > Bank Account Information: This option opens to the Important

Contacts page on the Bowler Maintenance screen so that the Bank Information can

be entered.

· Reports > Weekly > Finances: Generates a weekly financial report.

· Utilities > Treasurer > Erase ALL Financial Data: Allows treasurer to completely

erase fees entered so data can be re-entered.

· Setup > Passwords > Treasurer: This feature is only available in BLS-2021 Pro and

A/S Editions. For privacy, this function can be important when exchanging data with the

center or other people running BLS.

· Utilities > Treasurer > Unlock Treasurer Information: This options is provided for

customers running BLS-2021 Standard Edition that need access to password

protected treasury information.

Note: When a password is entered to access the treasurer information, it will not need to

be re-entered until the league file is closed.

Awards

Awards

Chapter

25

245

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC246

AwardsA major part of bowling are the improvements of a bowler’s skill and average. In order to

reward bowlers for reaching these goals, national, state and local associations as well

as bowling centers offer award recognition programs. Awards are based on game and

series achievements, as well as special occurrences, such as split conversions, clean

games, etc.

In addition, most leagues offer League Awards for Individual and/or Team high score

achievements, high average as well as prizes for team place and championship and

point money. After all, these achievements are what the Prize Fund is for.

Awards: Local & bowling center awardsLocal, State and Bowling Center awards can be configured by going to Setup > Awards

> Local & Center.

BLS-2021 contains a powerful and customizable awards system used to detect

national, state and local awards as well as items that should be included in press

releases.

National association awards from USBC, CTF and TNBA are pre-programmed,

eliminating the need to set up national awards. These awards are printed using built-in

forms provided by USBC. CTF: Canadian Tenpin and TNBA awards are also pre-

programmed.

Note: USBC, USBC Sport, CTF and TNBA awards can not be modified, nor can they be

extended for additional awards. If the league is not using the award from USBC, they will

need to be processed manually or setup using one of the customizable options.

Awards 247

BLS-2021 provides several user defined award groups if the league belongs to a

different national association or has state, local association or in-center awards. These

award groups can also be used if the bowling center offers its own awards program.

Viewing available awards: Click Setup > Awards > Local Awards.

Each association is designated to a specific award group and each award group has a

tab with its name on it. There are five tabs dedicated to the National Certification

Organizations, USBC, USBC Sport, CTF: Canadian Tenpin, USBC Team and TNBA.

These awards are defined by the National Organizations and cannot be modified.

In addition, there are four tabs available to configure custom awards. These tabs are

initially labeled Bowling Center Awards, Local Assoc. Awards, State Assoc. Awards

and Other Awards.

To view awards that are available for a specific award group, simply click that award

group's tab. Awards that have been set up for this award group will be displayed in the

Awards in This Group list box. To view a definition of a specific award in this group, click

the award name in the Awards in This Group list box.

Note: The Other Association tab is a special tab to be used for leagues that are

sanctioned/certified through an organization other than USBC or CTF. These awards are

only available when Other Organization is configured under Setup > League > Rules >

League Features > Will be sanctioned in...

Adding an award

There are several methods to add an award(s).

Adding an award manually: Click the award group that the new award will belong to and

click Add Award. A new award will appear in the Awards in This Group list box names

Undefined Award. The first step is to enter the description of the award.

1. Defining an award: Once the award has been added, the next step would be to

define the parameters of the award. Each award has some basic definitions to

determine who qualifies for the award, the type of award and the frequency that it can

be earned. Awards should be defined in the following order:

a. Association required: From the Drop-down list, select the association that is

required to qualify for this award.

b. Award applies to: Select the genders that qualify for award.

c. Type of Award: Select the type of award from the Drop-down list.

d. Frequency: Select the frequency that the award can be earned.

e. Finally set up the rules required to qualify for this award. The rules will vary based

on the type of award.

2. Miscellaneous award type: This is used when an award cannot be detected by a

specific game or series score. Splits and clean game awards, for example, cannot

be detected. In the Award Category list, select the appropriate description for this

award. If the award category is a split or spare, a pin display will be shown. Click the

pins to highlight which pins are needed.

3. Game or series award types: This type is used when an award is based on a score.

From the Award is based on list, select from:

a. Single exact score - Score must meet or exceed the specified score.

b. Score between a range - Score must fall between the specified scores.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC248

c. Pins over average - Score must be the specified range of pins higher than the

bowler’s average.

d. Next, specify which scores the award applies to. (This option is not available for

single exact scores). Enter any requirements for age, average and games bowled

to qualify for this award. Finally enter the score(s) or range of pins needed to

qualify for this award.

4. Triplicate or Stepladder award type: This award type is used when a bowler's

scores are the same for each game, or the scores fall in a stepladder pattern of

equal increments.

a. Enter any requirements for age, average and games bowled to qualify for this

award.

· For the Triplicate Award, the Minimum and Maximum Increments must remain at

zero (0).

5. For the Stepladder Award, change the Minimum and Maximum Increments to

indicate the values for which the award will be earned. For example, setting the

Minimum Increment to 1 and the Maximum increment to 10 will detect any scores

that progress by one pin (e.g. 200, 201, 202) up to scores progressing by 10 pins

(e.g. 200, 210, 220) including all values in between. For reverse stepladder awards

(202, 201, 200), set the Minimum Increment to a negative number.

a. Enter minimum score needed to qualify for the award. If a step ladder award,

enter increments the scores must follow.

Progressive award type: Used when an award is based on a bowler’s score falling

within an average class. For example, a progress award is given for a 600 series when

an average is l50 or less, 650 series when an average is l65 or less, etc.

a. Enter any requirements for age and games bowled to qualify for this award.

Finally enter the pairings of award score and maximum average allowed to earn

the award.

Note: Setting age restrictions for any award will require that birthdays are entered for

each bowler. Bowlers that do not have birthdays configured will not be eligible for these

awards.

To automatically add the USBC Awards, Obsolete Awards, Old USBC Youth Awards

click the Local Association tab, then click the Utilities menu. Select which awards to add.

Answer the warning message accordingly.

Modifying an award

To modify an award, click the award group and select the award in the Awards in This

Group list box. The settings or name for this award can now be changed.

Removing an award

To remove an award, click the award group that the award belongs to and select the

award in the Awards in This Group list box. Click Remove Award. The award will then

be deleted from this group.

Previously Earned Awards BLS-2021 can flag awards previously earned, whether from a summer league extended

beyond Aug 1, or from a different league. To configure an previously earned award, go to

Setup > Awards > Previously Earned.

Awards 249

To assign previously earned awards, select the team the bowler is on, the bowler's

name, the Award Group, then finally "Assign this award to Selected Bowler".

Awards: League Awards & Prize FundThe Prize Fund Setup feature can be opened from several locations. The Prize Fund can

be configured by clicking Setup > Awards > League and Prize Fund.

The Prize Fund Setup is where the budget for each trophy and cash prize is established.

The number of prizes the league distributes or the amount per prize may be unknown

until your prize fund committee meets. Once the league prizes have been determined,

return to this screen and enter that information. This screen will show the details of the

total amount budgeted for trophies and cash prizes.

NOTE: The League Awards & Prize Fund feature can be used for the league even if BLS

is not being used for treasurer duties.

The Prize Setup is used to indicate prizes awarded for high game, series and/or bonus

point monies. This section is divided into 3 tabs, Setup, Details and Winners.

League Prizes setupThis screen establishes how many places to assign different league awards.

Adding a prize: To add a prize, such as a High Scratch Game, click I Want A New Prize.

From the Prize is for: Drop-down list, select the predefined prize or Custom Prize. The

list of league awards listed in the Drop-down list is based on which prizes or

recognition are configured in the Rules. If an award is not listed (high game, high series,

etc...), verify the league is configured to recognize these awards by going to the rules

listed under Setup > League > Rules > Special Recognition described on page .

After selecting the prize to be configured, enter the number of places paid and then

indicate if the award is a season or split award. If the league is configured for bowler or

team divisions, use the Division Drop-down list to identify the division for the award. In

addition, for Mixed Leagues, use the Sex Drop-down to identify if the award is for Men,

Women or Anyone. Click Add Prize to add the award to the list of prizes.

Note: The Add Prize button will be unavailable until all the options have been configured.

Deleting a prize: Place the cursor in the prize to be removed and click Delete Selected

Prize.

138

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC250

Modifying and existing prize: Once a prize has been created, the only fields that can be

modified are the amount of money allocated to the Trophy and Cash payout.

League Prizes detailThis screen assigns payout amounts and winners to each award.

Prize and Trophy Funds Total: This section will display the amount of money allocated

to the Prize Fund and Trophy Fund. The Estimated funds are based on the original

budget created when Weekly Fees were originally configured. The value represents the

Number of Weeks X Number of Teams X Bowlers on Team X Weekly Prize Fund per

bowler. The Actual funds represent the true amount of money received for the Prize

Fund; up to the current date. If not tracking finances, these fields will be blank. However,

the Estimated Prize Fund and Trophy Fund values can be modified. As such, even when

not using the Treasurer module in BLS-2021, the Prize Fund can be configured.

Assigning Prize Amounts: Enter the amount of money in the Cash Prize Amt column to

allocate to the first prize on the list, and enter Trophy Budget (if any). If awarding

trophies, enter Y under S, T and/or B to identify the trophies to be awarded to the

Sponsor, Team and/or Bowler, respectively. If the prize amounts are not known, leave

this section blank and return at a later date.

Assigning Winners to Prizes: Click the Assign Prizes button to have BLS-2021 detect

and assign the prizes. This will need to be done after the last week where scores count

is bowled.

Awards 251

Assigning Point Money:

After the individual and team prizes have been defined and all other fees have been

deducted, then the point money can be calculated

Most leagues give money per point, won at the end of the season. BLS-2021 has a

Point Money Calculator to generate some calculated numbers based on total un-

allotted prize fund, teams and weeks in the league, and points won in a night.

Point money is defined as an additional prize for each place. So if a team gets bonus

money for 1st place, then there would be a prize for 1st place and then a second prize

assigned to the team for Team Points.

These numbers are just guidelines. Input the numbers that reflect the correct values to

calculate the point money.

This should be done at the end of a season or split when point money is awarded.

Click on Utilities at the top of the screen, select the Point Money Calculator option. This

can be used as a starting point to divide the remaining prize fund and the number of

teams based on number of points earned.

Click on View Team Winners to view the calculated earnings for point money. To assign

the point money as prizes, click Assign.

Money denominations: Use the scroll bar at the bottom of the screen to view the

denomination breakdown of how many specific bills ($100.00s, $50.00s, $20.00s, etc...)

are required for the prize payout. For Team Awards, BLS divides the Prize Amount by

team playing strength to determine money denominations. Use the 2nd Printer icon to

print the Money Denomination Report.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC252

League Prize winnersPrize Winner List

To view a list of winners, select the Winners tab. The list of individuals and teams will be

shown along with the monies due. A report can then be printed for distribution purposes.

Internet and Email

Internet and Email

Chapter

26

253

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC254

Internet and EmailUsers with Internet connection can upload league standing sheets to a variety of web

sites, including LeagueSecretary.com, Bowl.com and SportBowling.com. BLS-2021\

provides the option to configure uploading to 2 separate personal web sites as well as

personal web page on AOL. Finally, the Auto Scoring edition of BLS-2021 allows BPAA

member bowling centers to upload standing sheets to the BPAA hosted website.

In addition, BLS-2021 provides email options to send email to any or all bowlers in the

league that have email addresses entered.

Internet Upload and E-Mail SettingsThis section is used to configure the Internet settings. If not using the Internet features,

then leave this screen at the default settings. Outgoing email to the bowlers requires that

you have an email account on a server that accepts email via SMTP.

If you are not sure about your email settings, please contact your Internet Service

Provider or Network Administrator. While CDE Software can assist in entering the proper

information, we do not have access to the information needed to be entered.

This screen can be accessed by going to File > Program Preferences then click

Change Internet Upload & E-Mail Settings button. Additionally, this screen can be

accessed from the Web Uploads and Email & Labels screen discussed later in this

chapter.

Your Identity

Provide your First Name, Last Name and Email Address.

Your Email Server

This section is used to configure your E-mail settings. Email server settings are required

to utilize the E-mail features of the program, whether you are sending email to your

bowlers.

SMTP Server: This is the name of your Outgoing Email server. Contact your Internet

Service Provider for this Server Name.

User Name: The username used to login to your email account.

Password: The associated password to for your email account.

Login using User Name and Password: If your email server requires you log in with the

user name and password, select Yes.

Send Test Email: Click to have the program send a test email. If you do not receive an

email in the next few minutes, please check the settings and try again. Adjust some of

the Advanced Settings:

Advanced Settings

Use advanced settings to set SMTP Server Port: If the email server does not use the

default port of 25, then select YES and enter the port number of your SMTP server.

Internet and Email 255

Use SSL for sending email: Toggle this switch to Yes if the email server requires

Secure Socket Layer (SSL).

Use SMTP STARTTLS: Toggle this switch to Yes if your email server requires Transport

Layer Security (TLS).

Use advanced settings to set HTTP/FTP? If you are behind a proxy server, select yes

and enter the information provided by your network administrator. Normally this should

be set to No.

HTTP Proxy Server: Enter the name of the Proxy Server used to access most Internet

sites. This name will be provided by your network administrator.

FTP Proxy Server: Enter the name of the Proxy Server used to access FTP servers on

the Internet. Again, this name will be provided by your network administrator.

FTP using passive transfer mode: Sometimes uploading files may fail unless passive

transfer is used. Leave settings at default values unless instructed to change by your

network administrator.

Web UploadsSetup > Internet > Web Uploads

If the Web Uploads menu option is not available from the main screen, it is possible that

Internet features have been disabled for the league. Go to the Setup > League > Rules >

General Rules > League Features (page ) section and verify the option to take

advantage of the Internet is Enabled.

Enabling upload web sites

When opening the Internet Uploads and Settings screen for the first time, the web site

configuration tabs at the bottom of the screen will be grayed out. To enable web uploads

to any given site, simply toggle the switch next to the name of the web site to Yes. This

will activate the associated TAB at the bottom of the screen so the upload settings for the

site can be configured.

Twitter: This feature is only available in the PRO and A/S Editions of BLS-2021. This

option allows the program to send a tweet message when the league has been

uploaded. To enable this feature, simply check Post to my Twitter Feed. When the

league is uploaded, a prompt will appear to log into Twitter to give permission for the

program to post to Twitter.

Note: CDE Software cannot guarantee the functionality of third party services like

Facebook and Twitter. At times, these services may make changes to their programing

which can affect the functionality of applications and websites that link to their services.

Configure web site upload settings

To configure the settings to successfully upload to the web site, click the appropriate

TAB at the bottom of the screen. This will open a screen similar to the following:

NOTE: Configuration screens will vary depending on the web site being configured.

Use Proxy Settings: Select this option of the computer running BLS-2021 is on a

corporate style network with proxy servers for Internet access. When uploading through a

120 120

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC256

proxy server, the proxy server will need to be configured in BLS. For more information,

see Internet Upload and Email Settings on page .

The Internet Uploads and Settings screen has a TAB providing brief instructions for

uploading to the various web sites. The following pages provide more details for

configuring each specific site.

LeagueSecretary.comLeagueSecretary.com is the premier site for bowlers to view their standing sheets

online. Not only do they see a copy of the official standings, they have access to

interactive standings, bowler histories, statistics and other great features.

Another great benefit of using LeagueSecretary.com is that the last 2 weeks work of

league data is backed up on LeagueSecretary.com, so if a computer disaster happens

and have not been maintaining proper physical backups, there is a place to retrieve the

league data as far back as 2 weeks.

LeagueSecretary.com is available for both Certified USBC, CTF and TNBA leagues as

well as leagues that are either not certified or affiliated with other organizations.

To use LeagueSecretary.com is free and only requires that you have Internet access.

To set up the free LeagueSecretary.com account and register the league, do the

following:

1. Select Weekly > Web Uploads. From the Upload Tab, click Signup/Register League

with LeagueSecretary.com link in the LeagueSecretary.com tab.

2. If you do not have an existing account, click on Register at the top of the web page.

Follow the instructions. Once registered, click on League administration and register

the league.

3. Complete the information.

4. Your account and league will be ready to use now with BLS.

5. If you are managing multiple leagues, then repeat the steps for each league you

manage.

6. Open the BLS-2021 league and click Setup > Internet > Web Uploads.

The league now configured to use LeagueSecretary.com. Follow the instructions on

Uploading Standings to send the league to LeagueSecretary.com each week.

LeagueSecretary.com Mobile Application

LeagueSecretary.com is the ONLY website that provides game by game analysis

information to bowlers when leagues are uploaded with BLS-2021.

LeagueSecretary.com features a mobile app that can be used to view standings and

bowler information.

Bowl.comBowl.com is the official site of USBC and provides the ability to view official standings on

their website.

254

Internet and Email 257

Note: If your league was uploaded to Bowl.com for the past season, USBC requires you

to update your league registration at the Bowl.com website in order to view this season's

standings. See Bowl.com's Leagues tab for detailed instructions.

Bowl.com is only available to USBC and USBC Sport leagues and requires that you have

your league certification number before signing your league up for this service.

Bowl.com is free, but requires that you have Internet access.

Because of the feature limitations of Bowl.com, you must sign up also for a free

LeagueSecretary.com account, so that your league backups can be maintained for

protection and that your bowlers can view interactive standings on LeagueSecretary.com

and then view static official standings on Bowl.com.

1. If the league is not already registered on Bowl.com, visit http://www.bowl.com and go

to Standings > League Standing Sheets.

2. Go to Leagues > Register Your League.

3. Complete the questionnaire to receive your Bowl.com Username and Password.

Please write these down in a safe place.

4. If managing multiple leagues, then repeat the previous two steps for each league

managed.

5. Open the BLS-2021 league and click Setup > Internet > Web Uploads.

6. Click YES for Bowl.com.

7. Click the Bowl.com TAB at the bottom of the page.

8. Enter the unique LeagueID number assigned to that league.

9. Enter your Bowl.com Password.

10. Click Save Settings.

The league is now configured to use Bowl.com.

Personal Website 1, 2 and 3The official standing sheets can be transmitted to a personal or company website

providing that you have FTP access to upload the standings. Contact the Internet Service

Provider or Web Hosting company for the following information:

1. Host Name to know what site to access for FTP. (Example - Host Name:

www.mysite.com)

2. User Name for the user account to sign in as.

3. Password to authenticate during sign in.

4. Path to upload the standings to. (Example - Upload Path: /webdocs/images) Note:

The use of the forward slash ( / ) in this example is necessary when the Web host is

a Unix based server. If the server hosting the web site is Windows based, use the

back slash ( \ ) instead.

5. Open the BLS-2021 league and click Setup > Internet > Web Uploads.

6. For Personal Website 1 and/or Personal Website 2 and/or Personal Website 3,

toggle the switch to Yes.

7. Select the Personal Website 1 (or 2 or 3) tab at the bottom of the screen.

8. Enter the FTP User name and Password assigned to you.

9. Enter the FTP Host Name.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC258

10. Enter, if needed, the path to upload the standings.

11. Click Save Settings.

Follow the instructions on Uploading Standings to send the league to the site each

week.

BPAA Hosted WebsiteThis feature is only available in the Automatic Scoring and Professional editions of BLS-

2021. Bowling Centers who are members of the BPAA (Bowling Proprietors' Association

of America) have the option to upload league standings to a web site hosted by the

BPAA. Centers can contact the BPAA about memberships and/or their Web Hosting

options at http://www.bpaa.com.

For BPAA member centers that have subscribed to the web hosting, configuring BLS-

2021 is pretty straight forward:

1. Open the BLS-2021 league and click Setup > Internet > Web Uploads

2. Click YES for BPAA Hosted Website.

3. Click the BPAA Hosted Site TAB at the bottom of the page.

4. Enter a unique file name for the league in the Custom League File Name field.

5. Enter the User Name and Password under Access Settings.

Changing Web Standings ViewTo change the appearance of the standings sheets that appear online, simply make the

same adjustments like customizing the printed standing sheet, except select Web

Standings in the Standing Sheet Setup screen.

For further information on how to adjust the standings see Setup Your Standing Sheet

on page .

Uploading StandingsAfter configuring the sites that the standings will be sent to, either click UPLOAD for the

specific site or click UPLOAD ALL to send to all the sites selected for upload.

EmailTasks > Other > Email Bowlers

Selecting this option will bring up the Emails, Labels & Coupons interface.

Note: Be sure to set up Internet Settings with regards to email servers. For more

information on Internet Settings, please see Internet Setup topic.

This screen is similar to common emailing programs. To send an email to one or more

persons do the following:

1. Select which bowlers to email (use check boxes)

2. Type in email address the receiver can reply to

3. Type in a title in the text box labeled "Subject"

4. Type a Message in the large message box

182

Internet and Email 259

5. Attach file (if needed) by selecting YES using the toggle switch and the at the bottom

of the screen, click Select File and the follow instructions to attach file

6. Click Send Email

Note: Email addresses must be entered in for bowlers in the Bowler Maintenance

screen in order to be able to send email to those bowlers.

Sending the standing sheet via Email

BLS-2021 features the option to attach the current weeks standing sheet to email to

selected bowlers. To email the standings:

1. Follow steps 1-4 from above.

2. Click Attach PDF of Standing Sheet.

3. Click Send Email.

Email Tech SupportHelp > Support > Email Tech Support

If having questions on BLS-2021 or require the support staff to examine a league, select

this option to bring up a built-in support email form.

Using the wizard, click Next to continue.

Step 1: Enter your customer information so our support staff can locate your customer

information to respond to your request.

Step 2: Answer all the questions in this section. The more details provided, the better

chance CDE Software, LLC has an opportunity to resolve the problem in a timely

fashion.

Step 3: Enter the support question. Please see Getting Good Software Support on

page on how to make a good question to send our support staff.

Step 4: If sending a league file to support, click the Select League button. This will

perform a quick backup of the tournament.

Step 5: Click Here to Send Email to CDE. This final selection will generate the email and

send it to CDE Staff.

After the email has been transmitted, an automated message with a case number

assigned to your inquiry will be sent. CDE Software, LLC makes every effort to respond

to your support inquiry in a very timely manner. During peak season (August and

September), please allow for additional time to respond to your inquiry as many also

request support at that time.

296

260 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC260

Backup/Restore and Transporting League Data

Backup/Restore and

Transporting League

Data

Chapter

27

261

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC262

Backup/Restore and Transporting League DataThis chapter discusses protecting league data and making it available for transport to

another computer.

Depending on the size, creating a league in BLS-2021 can be very time consuming and

can be very frustrating having to re-enter data. Backing up the league files after each

week is strongly recommended which is why it is included with the Weekly League

Duties. Additionally, BLS-2021 provides the ability to create several custom reports,

custom styles and different font sets. However, these items do not require frequent

backups, only when they are changed. Sometimes things go wrong, through no fault of

the computer operator, and data can be lost. We know from years of customer service

experience that taking a few minutes to backup the data can prevent a whole lot of

headaches later.

In addition, backup files are very useful for transporting leagues between computers. In

fact, backups are the only supported method of accomplishing this task. This feature

allows for a league secretary to create a league and perform league maintenance on

their own copy of BLS-2021, then bring the league to the bowling center with BLS-2021

A/S for the importing of scores on the day(s) of the league. More information on this

process later in this chapter.

Traditionally, backups have been performed by writing data to floppy disks for the added

security of keeping the data separate from the computer running the program. While

BLS-2021 does support this backup media, floppy drives are becoming obsolete

technology and most new computers do not even have them. Instead, it is

recommended backing up to alternative removable media such as USB memory sticks,

thumb drives, travel drives or various other memory cards (SD, Flash, etc.). There are

many inexpensive options for storing data away from the initial computer.

Even if removable media is not available, it is still very important to have a backup of the

league. At the very least, BLS-2021 be configured to backup to the local hard drive. A

backup on the local drive is still better than no backup at all.

BLS-2021 uses the ZIP compatible compression for backing up data. This allows for

viewing or extracting the files with a ZIP compatible utility, Windows Compressed files or

restored by BLS-2021.

Backup DataBacking up data is a very important process that should never be neglected. Should a

computer disaster ever happen, the chances of recovering from that disaster are greatly

improved when backups are readily available. Backing up data also provides a handy

method for transporting league and program data from one computer to another. This is

especially convenient when moving to a new computer.

A thorough backup consists of 4 separate sets of data as follows:

1. Leagues: Use this option to backup leagues(s). This is the most important backup

and should be done on a weekly basis.

2. System Files: This option will backup various system related files such as font set,

templates, customized styles and other program specific settings. This should

initially be performed after making program specific adjustments while setting up the

Backup/Restore and Transporting League Data 263

league. Subsequent backups should be made after making any changes that would

apply to any leagues managed by the program.

3. Local Awards: This option will backup prize configuration for local and bowling

center prizes. Perform this backup any time changes are made to the local and

bowling center awards.

4. Common Addresses: These are the addresses that are entered in Bowler

Maintenance under the 'Contacts, Centers, Bank, Associations' section. This backup

should be performed any time after changes have been made to contact names and

addresses that are globally available to all leagues managed by the program.

Splits and end of season backups: At the end of each split and at the end of each

season, make a backup of the league to a separate set of disks. Label each disk clearly

with the name of the league and which split the backup was made or if it is the final end

of season. Keep these backups in a different location. Following this extra step each

season will add an additional means of recovery.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC264

Using other methods of backing up: Using removable media (such as USB flash

drives, memory sticks, etc...), recordable CD-ROM or Dropbox.com, can provide an extra

safety margin in not only protecting the league files, but the program itself. When backing

up the leagues, it is still recommended to use the backup function of the program. This

will ensure that all needed files that are associated with each league are included in the

backup. Backing up the partial set of files associated with the league will result in a

damaged league and lost information.

Another convenient method of backing up league data is to upload the standings to

LeagueSecretary.com. In addition to the league standing sheets, BLS-2021 will also

upload a backup of the league. The LeagueSecretary.com site will maintain backups

from the 3 most recent uploads. As such, even if backups are not performed from the

program, you are still protected if you upload the league to LeagueSecretary.com.

Access to these backup files requires logging onto the LeagueSecretary.com site, so

they will only be available to the secretary uploading the league. For more information on

recovering the backup from LeagueSecretary.com, please see the section on restoring

leagues discussed later in this chapter.

For more information on uploading to LeagueSecretary.com, please see the section on

Web Uploads on page .

Automatic Backups: This feature can be configured under File > Preferences and

Program Setup > Program Operation Defaults tab. Change the Automatic backup

when a league is closed option from No to Backup.

Backup LeaguesMaking a league backup

To back up a league take the following steps:

1. From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance > Backup > Leagues. If the

Maintenance menu option is not available, it is due to the fact that a league file is

open. If the league is already open, see Backing up with a League Open.

2. Insert the backup memory stick, or an appropriate backup media, or specify a backup

folder on the local hard disk drive.

Note: Backing up directly to CDR, CDRW or DVD disks requires specific support

from Windows, the CD writing software and/or the installed CD drivers. Unless you

are entirely sure your Windows operating system supports this functionality, we

recommend that you backup to your local drive first, then burn to CD.

3. The Select League screen will appear displaying all leagues in the current directory.

If the league is not located in the current folder, change the drive or folder location in

the under the Currently selected drive and directory section.

4. Double-click on the league to backup or select the league and click Backup.

5. The Select Backup Directory dialog will open to the location of the Default Backup

Directory which is configured in the Options > Preferences > Program Preferences

section previously discussed on page . You can keep this location or select a new

location.

6. The default file name will be in the following format:

<LeagueName>_Data_thru_Wk_xx.zip, where <LeagueName> is the filename

identifying the league and xx = the week in which the backup was performed. Our

258

108

Backup/Restore and Transporting League Data 265

League Backup sets contain all the league data from Week 1 up to the week the

backup was performed. We recommend keeping the default file name.

7. Click Save to begin the backup operation.

8. Exit the Select League screen to return to the Opening Screen.

After backing up the league, the disk can be removed. Exit the League and File

Maintenance screen to return to the Opening Screen.

Backing up with a League open

If the league is already open, to initiate the backup click Weekly > Finalize this Week >

Backup this League

The Select Backup Directory dialog will directly appear since there is no need to select

a league. The rest of the procedure is the same as described in the previous section.

After backing up the league, the disk can be removed.

Upload league to LeagueSecretary.com site

When uploading the league(s) to the LeagueSecretary.com site, a backup of the league

will automatically be uploaded so that will be an off site backup. This backup is available

to the secretary who has administrative access to the league on the Web site.

Backup System FilesBacking up system files is important to be able to recover the program settings if

program re-installation is required.

Backing up your program system files

Backing up the BLS-2021 program files occasionally is strongly recommended. This

will help protect report styles and local award definitions.

To back up the program system files take the following steps:

1. Insert the USB Drive or appropriate backup media, or specify a backup folder on the

local hard disk drive.

2. From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance > Backup > System Files. If the

Maintenance menu option is not available, it is due to the fact that a league file is

open. If the league is already open, close it by going to Menu File > Close > Close

League first.

3. The Select Backup Directory dialog will open and will default to the removable drive.

If backing up to a different drive or folder, navigate to that drive and/or folder. When

the Backup Directory is selected, click Save. The file saved, by default, will be

BLS2018SYSTEMFILES.BLS2018SYS.

4. After backing up the System Files, the removable media can be removed.

Backup Local Awards BLS-2021 provides the ability to configure awards that may be earned through the local

bowling associations or even the bowling center itself. (For more information, please

see the section Setup > Awards > Local & Center on page .

Depending on the number of awards configured, the amount of data entry can be

substantial. BLS-2021 provides this method of backing up this data once the awards

246

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC266

have been configured. This will make the data available to be restored in the event that

BLS-2021 would need to be installed or to restore on another computer.

Backing up your program local awards files

To back up the program system files take the following steps:

1. Insert the appropriate backup media, or specify a backup folder on the local hard

disk drive.

2. From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance > Backup > Local Awards. If the

Maintenance menu option is not available, it is due to the fact that a league file is

open. If the league is already open, close it by going to Menu File > Close > Close

League first.

3. The Select Backup Directory dialog will open and will default to the floppy drive. If

backing up to a different drive or folder, navigate to that drive and/or folder. When the

Backup Directory is selected, click Save.

4. The default backup file name will be cde_user_defined_awards.zip.

5. After backing up the System Files, the removable media can be removed.

Backup Common CDE Data BLS-2021 provides a location where contacts and addresses and other common data

between CDE applications can be stored which would be available to any league that is

created and/or opened in the program. For example, bowling centers and

local/state/national associations would not be unique to any specific league, so this

information is made available to all leagues. As additional contacts are entered, the time

it would take to re-enter the data could be significant.

Backing up your Common Addresses

1. Insert an appropriate backup media, or specify a backup folder on the local hard disk

drive.

2. From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance > Backup > Common CDE Data. If the

Maintenance menu option is not available, it is due to the fact that a league file is

open. If the league is already open, close it by going to Menu File > Close > Close

League first.

3. The Select Backup Directory dialog will open and will default to the removable

media drive. If backing up to a different drive or folder, navigate to that drive and/or

folder. When the Backup Directory is selected, click Save.

4. The default backup file name will be CDEAPPCOMMONFILES.APPCMN.

5. After backing up the System Files, the removable media can be removed.

Restore DataRestoring data may be necessary if a league becomes corrupt, a computer disaster ever

occurs or if a league is being transported to a different location. This section provides a

method to restore backup data set previously created with the associated backup

functions.

Backup/Restore and Transporting League Data 267

Restore LeaguesRestoring a league has two different benefits. The main benefit is to bring back a backed

up league that has been damaged or lost on the computer. The other is to transport a

league between centers, or between home and the center.

1. To restore a league backup, do the following:

2. Insert the backup USB Drive, floppy or appropriate backup media that contains the

league to be restored.

3. From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance > Restore > Leagues. If the

Maintenance menu option is not available, it is due to the fact that a league file is

open. If the league is already open, close it by going to Menu File > Close > Close

League first.

4. In the Select File to Restore dialog box, locate and select the ZIP file for the league to

be restored.

5. In the Select Target Directory dialog box, select the location to restore the league

and click OK. The program will default to restoring the league into it's default league

folder.

6. After restoring the league, the appropriate backup media can be removed.

7. Exit the League and File Maintenance screen to return to the Opening Screen.

Recovering backup file from LeagueSecretary.com

If the standing sheets are uploaded to the LeagueSecretary.com site, a backup of the

league will also be uploaded and stored on that site. The following steps can be

performed to retrieve a backup file of the league to be restored using the previous

instructions.

1. From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance > Restore > Recover League from

LeagueSecretary.com.

2. Enter your LeagueSecretary.com username, password and LeagueID.

3. Save the backup to your desktop.

4. Use the normal Restore League feature using the backup recovered from

LeagueSecretary.com.

Note: This is a manual way to recover the league backup, which steps are subject to

change since the LeagueSecretary.com site is not maintained by CDE Software, LLC.

1. Connect to the Internet and go to http://www.leaguesecretary.com

2. In the upper right corner, log in to the site using your UserName and Password.

3. Scroll down the page to the League Administration (League Secretaries Only)

section on this page.

4. Follow the instructions to Administer the League.

5. Select the Backup Files link.

6. Follow the instructions to download the file.

7. SAVE the downloaded file and make note of where the file is saved so it can be used

when restoring the file.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC268

Restore System FilesTo restore the program system files, take the following steps:

1. Insert the backup USB drive or appropriate backup media.

2. From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance > Restore > System Files. If the

Maintenance menu option is not available, it is due to the fact that a league file is

open. If the league is already open, close it by going to Menu File > Close > Close

League first.

3. The Select System Files to Restore dialog will open and attempt to locate the

system file backup by first looking in the appropriate backup media, then the

program's installation directory. Locate the BLS-2021SYSTEMFILES.BLS2018SYS

file and click Open.

4. The system files will then be restored and will be returned to the Opening Screen.

Restore Local AwardsTo restore the local and bowling center awards, take the following steps:

1. Insert the appropriate backup media.

2. From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance > Restore > Local Awards. If the

Maintenance menu option is not available, it is due to the fact that a league file is

open. If the league is already open, close it by going to Menu File > Close > Close

League first.

3. The Select Local Awards to Restore dialog will open and attempt to locate the local

award backup by first looking in the appropriate backup media, then the program's

installation directory. Locate the cde_user_defined_awards.zip file and click Open.

4. The local award files will then be restored and will be returned to the Opening

Screen.

Restore Common CDE DataTo restore the common addresses, take the following steps:

1. Insert the appropriate backup media.

2. From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance > Restore > Common CDE Data. If the

Maintenance menu option is not available, it is due to the fact that a league file is

open. If the league is already open, close it by going to Menu File > Close > Close

League first.

3. The Select Common Addresses to Restore dialog will open and attempt to locate

the local award backup by first looking in the floppy drive, then the program's

installation directory. Locate the CDEAPPCOMMONFILES.APPCMN file and click

Open.

4. The local award files will then be restored and will be returned to the Opening

Screen.

Exchanging leagues between computersA very popular feature of BLS-2021 is the ability to transport a league between

computers. The most common application is the ability to take a backup of the league

Backup/Restore and Transporting League Data 269

from home into the bowling center for use with their automatic scoring version of BLS-

2021. The center uses the league to send out the team rosters for the league to the lane

consoles, then retrieves the scores after bowling.

The other important reason for the ability to exchange data between computers is when

switching to a new computer. After installing BLS-2021 on the new computer, the league

data that was backed up on the old computer can be restored on the new computer.

Transferring to new computer:

1. On the original computer, backup league data, system files, local awards and

common addresses.

· Open BLS-2021. If the league is already open, close it by going to Menu File > Close >

Close League first.

· From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance. If the Maintenance menu option is not

available, it is due to the fact that a league file is open.

· Backup Leagues: This option backs up the league files. This step is not necessary if

you have already backed up the league(s).

· Backup System Files: This option backs up various system settings such as custom

fonts, custom report and customs style settings.

· Backup Local Awards: This option backs up local and bowling center award

configurations. This only needs to be done if Local and/or bowling center awards have

been configured.

· Backup Common Addresses: This option backs up the Contact List that contains

contact information that is available to all leagues such as the bowling center, local

association addresses, bank information, etc.

2. On the new computer, restore league data, system files, local awards and common

addresses:

· Open BLS-2021. If the league is already open, close it by going to Menu File > Close >

Close League first.

· From the Opening Screen, click Maintenance. If the Maintenance menu option is not

available, it is due to the fact that a league file is open.

· Restore Leagues: This option restores the league files. Depending on the version of

Windows, you will need to use the navigation controls on the left side of the screen to

locate the drive these files were backed up to. Typically, you should be able to click on

"Computer", "This PC", or "My Computer" and the drive will be listed.

· Restore System Files: This option restores system settings such as custom fonts,

custom report and customs style settings.

· Restore Local Awards: This option restores local and bowling center award

configurations. This only needs to be done if Local and/or bowling center awards were

initially backed up.

· Restore Common Addresses: This option restores the Contact List that contains

contact information that is available to all leagues such as the bowling center, local

association addresses, bank information, etc.

Exchange data with bowling center:

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC270

1. Backup the league to a removable media and give it to the bowling center before

bowling.

2. The center uses their BLS-2021 program to restore the league.

3. If the center has an automatic scoring interface version of BLS-2021, they will then

send the league to the consoles at the lanes before bowling starts.

4. After league has finished bowling, the center imports the league scores back into

BLS-2021.

5. The center will then backup the league to the removable media and return it to the

League Secretary.

6. The League Secretary restores the league on the home computer.

Note: To prevent overwriting data between the two copies of the league, it is important to

avoid making changes to the league files while the league is bowling. Just as important,

the above process needs to be performed each week.

Maintaining USBC Youth Leagues

Maintaining USBC

Youth Leagues

Chapter

28

271

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC272

Maintaining USBC Youth Leagues BLS-2021 is designed to not only handle adult leagues, but also USBC Youth leagues.

BLS-2021 includes forms for USBC Youth achievement awards and will detect awards

earned by bowlers. BLS-2021 also includes the processing of USBC Youth’s Pepsi

tournament qualifying. Simply set up the qualifications and then designate which

bowlers it will accept to advance towards the finals. The USBC has made significant

changes to Youth leagues, specifically youth bowler divisions and age requirements.

· Youth ages for assignment into bowler divisions is no longer based on the August 1.

Instead, the bowler will be assigned to a division based on the age they turn during

the entire season (Aug 1, 2013 - July 31, 2014). For example, a bowler named Billy is

8 years old as of "August 1" and will turn 9 on August 5. Under the old rule, Billy would

still be in the "under 8" division (typically referred to as Bantam) Under the new rules,

Billy would be bowling in the 9 - 12 division.

· Pepsi Tournament is now all Scratch, there are no handicap divisions.

· Youth bowlers can participate in higher division with a waiver signed by the bowler's

parents or guardians.

League RulesThe setting up of league rules is the same as setting up the rules for adults. The main

difference is working with bowler divisions.

USBC Youth Leagues are now broken into the following divisions:

· 6 and Under

· 7-8

· 9-12

· 13-15

· 16-17

· 18-20

Age as of August 1: This date no longer applies when configuring Youth Divisions.

Alternatively, for additional separation of the bowlers and teams, the Youth Director can

create individual league files

Setting up USBC Youth Bowler Divisions

To designate the USBC Youth divisions for the league, go to the Setup > Rules >

General Rules and scroll down to League Features. Make sure that the switch for Bowler

Divisions is set to YES. Next, select the Divisions tab and specify the number of bowler

divisions. Next, using the drop-down list box, select the determining factor for the bowler

divisions.

Setting up USBC Youth Team Divisions

If the bowlers are intermixed among teams and the league does not have specific teams

for each divisions, or there is a separate league file for each team division, leave the

number of team divisions at 1.

If the league covers every team’s division, go to the Setup > Rules > General Rules and

scroll down to League Features. Make sure that the switch for Team Divisions is set to

YES. Next, select the Divisions tab and set the number of Team Divisions to the number

of USBC Youth divisions the league offers. Click Teams will only bowl teams in their own

divisions if junior teams will only play junior teams, bumper teams will only play bumper

teams, etc.

Maintaining USBC Youth Leagues 273

Finally, go to Adjust Team Rosters and designate which division each team is in.

Pepsi TournamentThe Pepsi Youth Bowling Championships is a special tournament for youth bowlers,

which is administered by the USBC Youth. BLS-2021 handles the league level

qualifications.

Birthdays: In order to properly detect which division a bowler will qualify for the Pepsi

tournament, the bowler’s birth date must be entered. This can be entered on the Adjust

Team Rosters or the Bowler Maintenance screens discussed in a previous chapter

(page ).. The bowlers age is based on how old the bowler will be when their birthday

arrives between August 1st, 2014 and July 31st, 2015. This is a change from previous

years, which determined a bowler's age by how old they were on August 1st.

148

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC274

Pepsi Setup

To configure the Pepsi Tournament league qualifying, go to the Weekly > Process This

Week > Youth Pepsi Cola Tournament Qualifications. Configure the Pepsi Tournament

Qualifying Rules as follows:

Qualifying Weeks: Indicate of the 1st and 2nd Period qualifying will consist of 1 or 2

Weeks using the toggle switch. Enter the week numbers for each qualifying period. Note:

If the league has advanced beyond the qualifying periods entered, go back to the first

week of the qualifying period to properly pick up the results.

Enter your advancement ratios and fees. Identify if the league/local tournament will

have "Under 6" Divisions by toggling the switch. Enter the Advancement ratio provided by

the local tournament director. When entering the ratio, just enter the ratio number.

Example: If the advancement ratio is 1:6 (one in every 6) then enter just the number 6.

Mail Pepsi Tournament Forms To: Click on the Reports for Awards and Pepsi

Tournament tab to identify where the Pepsi Tournament paperwork is to be mailed.

Usually this will be to a tournament director who is not at the same address as the local

or state association. Click Select Address which will open the Important Contacts

section of the Bowler Maintenance page.

Accepting or declining a qualifying bowler

Go to the Weekly League Duties menu and click Youth Pepsi Cola Tournament

Qualifications. Click the First Period Pepsi Tournament or Second Period Pepsi

Tournament tab depending on the qualifying period.

Indicate if the bowler will advance into the scratch or handicap division, by selecting the

bowler and clicking on the Scratch or Handicap buttons. Next click Advanced to indicate

that the bowler will be listed on the Pepsi report form.

If the bowler declines to advance, select the bowler and click Decline.

A worksheet can be printed to help indicate who will advance or decline by going to the

Reports for Awards and Pepsi Tournament tab and printing the Pepsi League

Worksheet. Take the worksheet when asking the bowlers if they wish to advance to the

next level, mark it on the form. Then enter the information into BLS-2021.

Printing the Report Form

Go to the Weekly > Youth Pepsi Cola Tournament Qualifications. Click the Reports for

Awards and Pepsi Tournament tab. Select the Pepsi League Worksheet form and click

Print.

This form is sent back to the Pepsi Tournament coordinator.

Automatic Scoring

Automatic Scoring

Chapter

29

275

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC276

Automatic ScoringWhen automatic scoring was first introduced to bowling centers, there was only a couple

of companies and models to choose from. As technology improved and costs were

lowered, other companies came out with competing systems. Color, graphics, speed

detection became better and faster.

While the equipment that worked at the lanes became better, so did the front desk

computers that controlled the lanes. Original systems used early forms of Unix or Xenix.

While the operating systems are still around in one form or another, Microsoft’s DOS

and Windows operating systems became the standard for most businesses. And newer

companies have developed front desk systems using Microsoft operating systems.

Each scoring system typically would have to develop their own software to manage

leagues and tournaments. The drawback was that this left out the majority of league

secretaries and centers that used BLS.

In 1993, Dacos and Heddon decided to provide compatibility with BLS-6. This allowed

the center to set up the rosters in BLS and export the names and handicaps to the lanes.

Once leagues were completed, BLS would read the scores bowled and enter them. The

center then would print the standings and the recaps.

Currently, there are several scoring systems that have followed suit and offer importing

and exporting capabilities to BLS.

In 1999, CDE Software developed a generic import and export method for scoring

companies to use, providing additional functionality to league and tournament programs

such as scoresheets and current score details.

What’s needed?

To use BLS-2021 A/S, the scoring system must be compatible and the scoring edition

of BLS-2021 must be purchased. BLS-2021 Standard and Professional Editions do not

feature automatic scoring compatibility.

Most league and tournament functions are handled by the back office computer that is

networked to the front desk computer. BLS-2021 A/S is compatible with most networks

and uses the network to import and export data. If the center uses one computer for the

front desk and does not have a separate back office computer, BLS-2021 A/S can be

installed on that machine.

Compatible Scoring SystemsAt the time of this writing, the following systems are available that are compatible with

BLS-2021 A/S.

Certi fied Scoring Systems

The following compatible scoring systems participate in CDE Software's Certified

Automatic Scoring program. Each system is continually tested by CDE's technical staff

for compatibility and inter-operational functionality.

QubicaAMF Worldwide

8100 AMF Drive

Brunswick Bowling & Billiards Corporation

525 Laketon Ave

Automatic Scoring 277

Mechanicsville, VA 23111

Phone: 804-730-4000 Fax: 804-559-8650

Front Desk/ Scoring: Conqueror Pro,

Conqueror and Conqueror Universal

A.K.Microsystems International Pty Ltd

Australia

Phone: 617 3201 1963 Fax: 617 3201 1963

** Front Desk/ Scoring: TouchDesk 3

USA

Phone: 248-375-2751

US Bowling

5480 Schaefer Ave

Chino, CA

Phone: 909-548-0644

Front Desk/Scoring: Pulse

Muskegon, Michigan, 49441-2697

Phone: 800-232-2369 or 231-725-3300

Front Desk/ Scoring: Sync

** Front Desk/ Scoring: Vector, Vector Plus,

Classic

Steltronic

4600 E Arrow Hwy

Montclair, CA 91763

Phone: 800-942-5939 / 909-971-6565

Front Desk/ Scoring: Focus, WINS

Non-Certi fied Scoring Systems

The following systems have interfaces available to CDE Software products but have not

undergone certification.

QubicaAMF Worldwide

8100 AMF Drive

Mechanicsville, VA 23111

Phone: 804-730-4000 Fax: 804-559-8650

Front Desk/ Scoring: Boss 9.0 and Boss 9.1

Brunswick Bowling & Billiards Corporation

525 Laketon Ave

Muskegon, Michigan, 49441-2697

Phone: 800-232-2369 or 231-725-3300

** Front Desk/ Scoring: CenterMaster 1.10 +

Bowling Electronic Services &

Technologies

5269 Briarwood Ave

Centennial, CO 80122 - USA

Phone: 720-251-6816

Front Desk/ Scoring:

ComputerScore/Ebonite/Vantage Matrix

Joystick Scoring

1621 McEwen Dr, Unit 40

Whitby -Ontario L1N 9A5 - Canada

Phone:888-569-7845 905-432-2832

Purrfect Score

28351 S Tamiami Trail

Bonita Springs, FL 34134

Phone: 800-922-9559, Fax: 239-947-6908

Front Desk/ Scoring: Purrfect Desk

Switch

Tekeli ITOB Organize Sanayi Bölgesi

Ekrem Demirtas caddesi No:44

35477 Menderes, Izmir

Turkey

Email: info@switchbowling.com

Front Desk/Scoring: Switch 2

Twelve Strike

2231 E Curry Street

Long Beach - California 90805 - USA

Phone: 562-984-6240 Fax: 562-428-8114

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC278

Front Desk/ Scoring: Central Desk Pro

(Windows) / Central Desk DOS

** These Front Desk/Scoring systems may require networked computer with compatible

scoring.

Configuration for automatic scoringAfter installing BLS-2021 A/S, the program must be configured to access the scoring

system.

It is assumed that the scoring system is currently set up for compatibility with BLS-2021

A/S. If there are any questions regarding the front desk setup or configuration, contact the

scoring company’s technical support team.

Unlocking the configuration screen

To prevent accidental tampering with settings, the screen is locked to prevent major

configuration changes.

To unlock the screen, click the lock box under Scoring System. Enter CDESOFTWARE

when prompted for a password (all as one word in upper case) and click the checkmark.

The lock should now appear as unlocked giving access to change settings.

Locating the Front Desk

In order to import and export leagues to the front desk, BLS-2021 A/S must be pointed to

where the front desk is located.

Next to the Location/Computer name of Front Desk text box, click the browse button and

locate the front desk computer’s main drive.

If BLS-2021 A/S is installed on a back office computer, it is important that the front desk

computer’s C: drive is mapped to a drive on the back office computer. This is normally

done during the computer installation. Consult your operating system manual or

Microsoft’s technical support for details on how to map a drive.

Setting the export directory

BLS-2021 A/S must be pointed to where the team roster files are exported in order for

the front desk to find them. These files, called export files, are used to put bowlers on the

lanes as well as to indicate the bowler handicaps. Each scoring system has its own

particular location. Contact your scoring company for exact locations.

To indicate the location of the export directory, click the browse button next to Export Drive

and Directory.

Setting the import directory

BLS-2021 A/S must be pointed to where score files are saved by the front desk in order

to find files for importing. These files, called import files, contain scores and results

during bowling.

To indicate the location of the import directory, click the browse button next to Import

Drive and Directory.

Software Revision

If new features come along, the revision of the software for support to the scoring system

may need to be incremented or gone back for legacy support.

Definition of and options for scoring system

Automatic Scoring 279

Each scoring interface has their own particular set of features. Some features are also

added in newer versions of the scoring system.

BLS-2021 A/S is designed to integrate these particular options into the export file.

It is important to remember that certain options may not be available on your particular

scoring system.

The options for the scoring system are fairly self-explanatory. However, a few do need

mentioning.

Lane Movement is supported

Certain scorers feature the ability to move lanes after each game of bowling. Enable this

option if your system supports this.

Scoresheet Available

Certain scorers provide the ability to report information on frame by frame scores.

Best PracticesWhen using the Autoscoring edition of this software, it is important to do things in the

appropriate order and week, in order to obtain the best results and minimize potential

issues.

The following is the best practice to follow week to week with the assumption week 1

was exported, games were bowled, but scores have not been imported:

1. Import scores for week 1 and note any issues mentioned in the import log.

2. Go to Weekly > Enter and Correct Scores and verify scores against the recaps.

Enter new bowlers that import log detected and manually enter those scores.

3. Print the standing sheet.

4. Upload standings to LeagueSecretary.com / Bowl.com , etc.

5. Indicate any nation/local awards earned that can not be automatically detected, such

as 7-10 split, clean game, etc.

6. Print any USBC/CTF/TNBA awards forms

7. Print the statistics for this week or any other reports (except recap sheets), as

desired

8. Backup the league to removable media, such as a USB Memory device, external

hard drive, network hard drive so that the league can be recovered in case of a

computer disaster that causes the data on the computer this software is installed on

to be lost or corrupted.

9. Advance to the next week (week 2).

10. Make any adjustments to the league if any teams have been added or dropped.

11. Make any adjustments to the rosters, if bowlers have moved in their lineups, moved

to a different team, known subs added to a team, etc.

12. Print the recap sheets.

13. Export the rosters to the front desk.

Repeat these steps each week.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC280

Exporting LeaguesTypically, rosters are exported, league is bowled, scores are imported, scores are

verified, standings and reports are printed, recaps are printed, and then rosters are

exported for the next week.

The following section gives more information on exporting features

Preparing to export

Exporting rosters to the scoring system is similar to how recaps work. Export to the Front

desk can either be in the last week that scores are entered or can be in the following

week that scores will be bowled. Either method exports the rosters for the next week. As

a reminder as to how our programs work, if scores are entered: export for the next week.

If no scores are entered: export for the current week. We recommend always advance to

the next week before exporting or printing recaps. This allows changes before exporting

or printing recaps. If scores for week 5 are entered, print the standing sheet and other

reports then advance to week 6, make any necessary roster changes, then export and

print recaps.

Reminder: The league must be in the week where scores are entered to print the

standing sheet for the following week.

To export rosters to the scorer, do the following:

1. Click Weekly > Prepare This Week > Auto-Scoring: Send League to Front Desk.

2. Select the particular Bowling Options.

3. Click Export to Front Desk.

That’s it. The rosters should be available at the front desk for sending to the lanes.

Changing rosters before exporting

If rosters need to be changed before sending to the lanes, simply advance to the week

that will be bowled. Scores should NOT be entered for this week.

Go to Team Rosters and change the lineups, then export the rosters as normal.

Note: Any changes to the rosters or scores after exporting to the front desk, will not be

reflected on the lanes unless the league is re-export and click Yes to overwrite the

existing file before sending the league out to the lanes.

Importing ScoresAfter scores have been completed for league, they must be imported to BLS-2021 A/S.

This eliminates most manual score entry and decreases the possibility of user error in

typing in scores. The following section gives more information on importing scores.

Importing scores

When league bowling has completed and the front desk has closed the league, the

scores will be available to be process by BLS-2021 A/S.

If the league is not in the week that scores are imported, change to that week.

Click Weekly > Process This Week > Auto-scoring: Import scores from Front Desk.

The Import Scores button indicates that scores are available to import.

Import Options

There are several options affecting the importing of scores. The following options are

available:

Automatic Scoring 281

*Based on scoring system features.

Re-order Team Rosters matching bowlers at lanes:

In order to provide lineup changes that match between BLS and the lanes, select this

option. The roster will be re-ordered to the lineup on the lanes. When advancing to the

next week, the lineup will be the new lineup.

Do not tag new bowlers as subs:

Select this option to import new bowlers on the team as regular members, instead of

subs. A bowler’s status can be changed to a sub at any time. This feature is simply used

to help automation.

Score Removal during import

The following options affect how scores are imported:

· Remove scores before importing: Selecting this option will erase scores currently

entered and import scores from the front desk.

· Don’t erase scores: Maintains scores currently entered and will replace scores found

from the front desk.

· Ask before overwriting: Same as above, but will prompt before replacing existing

scores.

· Keep existing scores: Selecting this option will keep existing scores entered and bring

in only the new scores.

Ignore ID numbers

Select to ignore the bowler ID#’s used during the import process and import scores

based on bowler’s name.

Error Log

After scores are imported, an error file is generated. This error file will show any

problems or issues that need attention before printing standings or advancing weeks.

Typically, scores will appear in the error log due to a bowler being added at the lanes

who does not currently belong to the league. This can either be a real bowler who is new

or a current member who has mistyped their name or entered the wrong ID#.

Also, appearing in the error log can be absentee scores that are incorrectly entered.

Use this report to manually entering or correcting scores.

Fetching scores for bracketsUsing the Brackets Module for automatic scoring edition of BLS-2021 A/S the program

can fetch the currently completed scores for bracket results.

Most scoring systems provide the current scores while league is bowling, without

closing the lanes.

To grab the latest scores, simply click the Fetch Scores icon in Bracket Results.

Scores can imported from the automatic scoring screen, too. Use the Import Scores

During Bowling button unless all bowlers have finished bowling and all lanes have been

closed.

282 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC282

Mid Season Startup

Mid Season Startup

Chapter

30

283

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC284

Mid Season StartupThis is commonly used when changing league software in the middle of the season and

not having to re-enter all the scores for previous weeks that were bowled, or if all the

data for the league was lost and there was no backup to restore.

There may be some situations where a league has already started and several weeks

have been bowled prior to any data being entered into BLS-2021. In this scenario, it is

recommended that scores be entered starting with Week 1. However, it may be prudent

and less time consuming to simply start the league from the current week as opposed

to entering data starting with week one. This is what is referred to as a Mid-Season

Startup.

Starting a league mid-season is identical to starting any new league with the exception

of having to enter year-to-date scoring information. A new league file would need to be

created, league rules would need to be configured, league bowler information would

need to entered and team rosters established. Once this initial information has been

entered, the mid-season startup is ready to be processed using the most current

standing sheet available for the league.

Mid-Season StartupThere may be some situations where a league has already started and several weeks

have been bowled prior to any data being entered into BLS-2021. In this scenario, it is

recommended that scores be entered starting with Week 1. However, it may be prudent

and less time consuming to simply start the league from the current week as opposed

to entering data starting with week one. This is what is referred to as a Mid-Season

Startup.

Starting a league mid-season is identical to starting any new league with the exception

of having to enter year-to-date scoring information. A new league file will need to be

created, league rules will need to be configured, league bowler information will need to

be entered and team rosters established. Once this initial information has been entered,

the mid-season startup is ready to be processed using the most current standing sheet

available for the league.

The recommended procedure for a Mid-Season Start-up would be to have the current

week's standing sheet.

When setting up the rules of the league, Setup > Rules > General Rules, after entering

the original start date for the league (when the league bowled the first session) and the

number of weeks the league is bowling, in the next section, enter the current week

number the league is bowling. Acknowledge the message that come up. Finish setting

up the rest of the rules according to the league rules/bylaws. The program will

automatically take the league to the current week of the league (the one entered in the

Mid-season option).

Once on the current week, go to Setup > Team Rosters and enter the team and bowler

information.

1. Click the Padlock in the lower left corner of the screen.

2. Using the Previous Week's Standing Sheet, enter Team information with

regards to Pins, Points Won/Lost, Games Won/Lost and team high 10/30

scores.

Mid Season Startup 285

3. For each bowler, enter Pins, Games, individual high 10/30 (High Game/High

Series) scores and Points Won/Lost (Match Point Leagues)

4. Repeat steps 2 & 3 for each team until all the information for each team and

bowler has been entered.

5. The league is now ready for scores to be entered for the current bowling

session.

Note – For leagues with multiple parts/splits, in order to have each split standings,

the league will need to be taken to the week of the split to enter the previous

weeks’ data from the last standing sheet prior to the split and manually put the

scores in for the week ending the split/part. All the scores will need to manually

enter for each week until current.

Important Notes:

· Scores cannot be entered for previous weeks. This includes make-up scores for

weeks prior to the mid-season startup or pre-bowl scores bowled prior to the

mid-season start up for weeks after the mid-season start up.

· Previously earned National or Local Association Awards will not be available.

· Bowler and Team Histories will be incomplete.

· Scores for League Awards or Prizes may be incomplete.

· Data that can be entered is limited to data listed on the Standing Sheet.

Method 2:

1. Create a new league, configure the rules, setup position rounds, enter bowlers

and assign team rosters.

2. From the main screen, click on Go to any week then select the last week

bowled.

3. Warning dialogs will be displayed as advancing each week since there are no

scores entered. Simply click OK on these warnings

4. Go to Setup > Rosters

5. Click the Padlock in the lower left corner of the screen.

6. Using the Previous Week's Standing Sheet, enter Team information with

regards to Pins, Points Won/Lost, Games Won/Lost and team high 10/30

scores.

7. For each bowler, enter Pins, Games, individual high 10/30 scores and Points

Won/Lost (Match Point Leagues).

8. Repeat steps 6 & 7 for each team until all the information for each team and

bowler has been entered.

9. Enter scores from Recap Sheets.

10. Print Standing Sheet. This should match the current Standing Sheet for the

league. If these standing sheets do not match, verify the pins and number of

games were entered correctly as well as ensuring the League Rules have

been configured correctly.

Method 3:

1. Create a new league, configure the rules, setup position rounds, enter bowlers

and assign team rosters.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC286

2. From the main screen, click on Go to any week then select the week that will be

bowled next.

3. Warning dialogs will be displayed as advancing each week since there are no

scores entered. Simply click OK on these warnings

4. Go to Weekly > Prepare this week > Adjust Team Rosters.

5. Click the Padlock in the lower left corner of the screen.

6. Using the Previous Week's Standing Sheet, enter Team information with

regards to Pins, Points Won/Lost, Games Won/Lost and team high 10/30

scores.

7. For each bowler, enter Pins, Games, individual high 10/30 scores and Points

Won/Lost (Match Point Leagues)

8. Repeat steps 6 & 7 for each team until all the information for each team and

bowler has been entered.

9. The league is now ready for scores to be entered for the current bowling

session.

Master Bowler Database

Master Bowler

Database

Chapter

31

287

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC288

Master Bowler DatabaseThe Master Bowler Database (MBD) is an add on program, designed as a central

location to store personal information for bowlers. Information stored includes, but is not

limited to, address, phone, email, as well as the National bowler ID. This allows any

bowler to added to any league managed by BLS-2021, either as a substitute or regular

team member, without having to re-enter the personal information. This program is only

available for the BLS-2021 Professional and Auto-Scoring Editions.

Installation of the MBDThe MBD-2021 can be installed from CD or downloaded from the Internet. It is not

included in the BLS-2021 installer, as not all customers use the MBD, so we provide a

separate installer.

NOTE: BLS-2021 Auto-Scoring or Professional Editions must be installed and activated

prior to installing the MBD.

Installing from CD ROM

To install the Master Bowler Database using a CDROM, follow the instructions below

1. If Windows is not currently logged in under a Windows account with

Administrator privileges, then log in as Administrator or as a user with

Administrative privileges.

2. Insert the CD-ROM. If Autoplay is enabled, the menu screen will appear. If

Autoplay is disabled, run the Menu by opening My Computer, double-click on

the CDROM drive, then double-clicking on the SETUP.EXE file.

3. From the screen that appears, select CDE Software Products.

4. Another screen will appear that lists several different products that are offered

by CDE Software. Each of these products will install when clicked on and will

run in DEMO mode.

5. Select BLS-2021

6. The next screen will list several different items that are associated with BLS-

2021. To install, click Install MBD-2021. This will run the InstallShield Wizard

which will walk through the installation process.

7. Follow on screen instructions to complete the MBD-2021 installation.

Note: When installing the MBD-2021 Manager on a remote machine that will

connect the database over the network, select Custom when prompted for

Setup Type so that MBD-2021 Server can be deselected for installation.

8. At the end of the installation, check the option "Start MBD-2021 Server" before

closing the installer unless it was not installed in the previous step.

9. Grant full permission by any firewall security prompts for the server to access or

be accessed by the network.

10. After the installation is complete, exit the CD-ROM installation menu.

Installing from the Internet

To install the MBD-2021 from the Internet, follow the instructions below

Master Bowler Database 289

1. If Windows is not currently logged in under a Windows account with

Administrator privileges, then log in as Administrator or as a user with

Administrative privileges.

2. Connect to the Internet and open a web browser to CDE Software's home page

at http://www.cdesoftware.com

3. From the home page, select Downloads tab.

4. Step 1: Click on Master Bowler Database. Step 2: Click on MBD-2021

Program. Scroll down to Step 3.

5. Select the yellow Download button and click on it.

6. Depending on the browser, an option to Run or Save should be presented. For

simplicity, select Run if this is the destination computer. However, using the

Save option, will facilitate keeping a copy of the installation program as a

backup or to transfer to another computer.

7. If the Run option is selected, the InstallShield Wizard will automatically start

when download is complete. If the Save option was selected, locate the

downloaded MBD-2021INSTALLER.EXE file and double-click to start the

installation.

8. Follow on screen instructions to complete the MBD-2021 installation.

Note: When installing the MBD Manager on a remote machine that will connect

the database over the network, select Custom when prompted for Setup Type

so that MBD-2021 Server can be configured to not be installed.

9. At the end of the installation, check the option "Start MBD-2021 Server" before

closing the installer unless it was not installed from the previous step.

10. Grant full permission by any firewall security prompts for the server to access or

be accessed by the network.

Installing the database:

After the MBD-2021 has been installed, the first step is to create a new database. This

task is performed from the MBD-2021 Manager application. This application can be

launched from the Start Menu in Programs > CDE Software MBD-2021. When running

MBD-2021 Manager for the first time, grant full permission by any firewall security

prompts for the manager to access or be accessed by the network.

From the MBD-2021 Manager screen, click on the Database Setup TAB.

From this page, click Install Database. If a database already exists, a prompt will appear

requesting permission to delete it first. Only do this if intending to clear and reset the

database from the beginning.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC290

Configuring BLS to use the MBD

Once the database has been installed, use the following steps to configure BLS-2021

to use the MBD-2021:

1. Launch BLS-2021.

2. Go to File > Program Preferences

3. Click on the Master Database tab

4. If the Bowler Database is located on the same machine running BLS-2021, skip to

step 7.

5. If the Bowler Database is located on a remote computer, the information will need to

be entered for BLS-2021 to utilize the database. Under MBD II Server Connection,

toggle the "Is the database server based on this machine", switch to No. Enter the IP

Address for the computer where the bowler database is located.

6. Enter the server port number that will be used to access the MBD-2021. By default,

this port number is configured for 16210. As such, unless a change was made on

the MBD-2021 Server, nothing else will be necessary on this screen.

7. Click Activate MBD License. Internet connection not required.

8. Change the switch under MBD Details to Enabled. The database is now ready for

use.

Upon exiting this screen, the Database Status monitor should read MBD Available. It

may be necessary to exit BLS-2021 and restart program. If the database still fails to

load, verify the configuration settings in the Program Setup and Preferences.

Linking League to DatabaseThe final step to interface BLS-2021 with the MBD-2021 is to link the league files.

When the league file is opened, there will be another section labeled MBD in the

Database tab. Click on the switch to change the option to YES, for ‘Will this league be

linked to the Master Bowler Database?’ This will add the league to the database and

copy all the bowler information.

Master Bowler Database 291

As an alternative, go to Setup > League > Rules > Special Options and link the league to

the database under the Master Bowler Database section.

When league file is linked to the database, all the bowlers in the league file are copied

into the database. If a bowler already exists in the database, a duplicate record will be

created.

1. Click Select Person To Remove and then locate the original person that will be

merged to a different person.

2. Click Select Person To Keep and locate the duplicate person that will remain in the

database.

3. Copy any information from the person being removed that is necessary and is

missing from the person that will remain. A shortcut to copying information is to click

in a field in the removed persons panel and then press SHIFT-CTRL-C.

4. Click Merge Now.

Adding bowlers from databaseNow that the league has been linked to the MBD-2021, the database can be used to

enter bowlers who are not currently on the league. This can be done from Weekly >

Prepare This Week > Adjust Team Rosters or Weekly > Process This Week >

Enter/Correct Current Scores. Depending on the nature of the new bowler, click on

Replace, Sub or Add and the following screen will appear to select the bowler:

To add a bowler from the MBD, simply click the Select from Master Bowler Database.

This will bring up a list of bowlers in the MBD from which the bowler name can be

selected, or a new bowler created if they do not exist in the database.

Locate the bowler to be added to the league then click Import Selected Person. If the

bowler does not exist, use the Add New Bowler to Database and add the bowler

information.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC292

Upon clicking the Save New Bowler to Database button, the name will be added to the

list of bowlers where it can be selected to Import into the league.

Master Database ManagerThe MBD-2021 Manager is a utility that is installed with the MBD-2021 used to print

reports and to do general database maintenance.

The Manager is only available for BLS-2021 Pro and BLS-2021 Autoscoring Edition

customers.

The Manager utility has its own help file where additional details and help can be found.

Master Database Manager ReportsThe MBD-2021 Manager offers several individual and league reports and labels. To print

a report, simply locate the report in the list and click on the report. A preview will appear

of the report, which can then be printed or exported into select formats.

Many of the reports can be further adjusted by changing the sort or report separation

options.

Editing Bowlers in the MBD ManagerTo change details for a person in the MBD-2021, simply click the Edit Bowlers button

located in the Bowlers tab. From here, edit the appropriate information, such as name,

address, email or phone numbers.

The changes will be saved when selecting a different person or clicking Close.

Bowler Trac and MBDThe MBD-2021 Manager supports exporting or importing bowlers from Bowler Trac, a

software product from the Bowling Proprietors of America.

ExportingTo export the persons listed in the MBD-2021, click Export to Bowler Trac found in the

Bowlers tab and select the location to save the file. This file then can be used to import

the people into Bowler Trac.

ImportingTo import people from Bowler Trac into MBD-2021, create an export file in BITS format

from Bowler Trac and then click Import from Bowler Trac found in the Bowlers tab to

select the BITS formatted file. Select the people to import.

Technical Support

Technical Support

Chapter

32

293

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC294

Technical SupportCDE Software’s goal is to provide low-cost software to the bowling industry. We have

chosen not to include technical support costs in the price of our software, since doing it

would penalize the majority of customers who do not use our services.

We believe this policy has advantages over the 'pay-for-support of time' - limited support

policies of other companies. Unlike many software companies, CDE Software provides

FREE program support to registered users of BLS-2021; however, you assume costs

for your own long distance phone charges, online charges, facsimiles or postage.

Please note that CDE Software experiences the highest volume of support and sales

inquiries during the peak months of August, September and January. The easiest

method to obtain support is via our discussion forums on our website or email. We

make every effort to respond to your support questions in a timely fashion.

There are several ways for you to get help:

Support & Updates Function

BLS-2021 includes the ability to use your Internet connection to check for updates to the

software and send our Support department your questions and league files.

Internet

Our website is at http://www.cdesoftware.com, featuring live online chat with staff during

normal business hours.

Electronic Mail

Our help desk can be reached at help@cdesoftware.com.

Please, always include your name, serial number, or customer number, in all Email

correspondence.

Important: If using a SPAM filter, white list, or other means of detecting email as SPAM,

add help@cdesoftware.com to your list of accepted email addresses BEFORE emailing

CDE, to ensure responses are received. Over time, we have received many calls from

upset customers not receiving responses, when it was their SPAM protection blocking

responses from CDE Software.

Automated systems requiring humans to enter special codes to allow emails to be

received (i.e. Earthlink's SpamBlocker), will block responses. Add our email addresses

to your list of acceptable emails to remove this requirement.

Phone

Phone support is limited to the current major versions of the software.

Customer Support hours are 10 AM - 4 PM Pacific time Monday-Friday, with extended

hours Mondays and Fridays until 5:30 pm. If residing in the Eastern Time Zone, subtract

3 hours from your clock.

· BLS-2021 Standard or Professional Editions

If you are an individual league secretary or bowling center with the BLS-2021 StandardEdition or BLS-2021 Pro Edition, which are considered consumer products, then

technical support can be reached at: (206) 937-8927

· BLS-2021 Auto-Scoring Edition

If you are a bowling center with the BLS-2021 A/S Edition (Automatic Scoring Edition that

imports and exports to the scoring front desk) then the Automatic Scoring Support

Division can be reached at: (877) 937-5744 or (206) 937-5744. Automatic Scoring

Technical Support 295

Support Division technicians will not answer questions about the Standard or Pro edition

products.

FAX 24 hours per day / (206) 937-6262

Before Contacting Technical SupportAlthough we've worked hard to make this program as easy-to-use as possible, the wide

range of computer hardware, software and operating systems available today can be

confusing. Please follow this brief checklist to help trouble-shoot the problem:

READ THE MANUAL

Solutions to 99% of questions and problems can be found within this manual and FAQ.

Our support department has compiled this list to help resolve some of the most

common questions asked by customers.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC296

CHECK ON-LINE HELP

It will provide specific information to the item you were working on. Click the Help button.

The online help is updated more frequently than the manual and may contain more

detailed information.

CHECK FOR PROGRAM UPDATES

Use the built-in update checker or visit our website to see if you have a current version of

this program. If a problem was discovered, such as a program bug, a fix may have been

made already.

ONLINE KNOWLEDGE BASE and FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Use your Internet connection to visit our web site at http://www.cdesoftware.com. From

the home page you can access CDE Software's online Frequently Asked Questions

which may answer the questions you have.

ONLINE DISCUSSION FORUMS

Visit our web site at http://support.cdesoftware.com and sign up for free to view posted

messages and interact with CDE staff and other fellow secretaries. Questions you have

may already been asked by other users and the solutions posted.

TRY DIFFERENT THINGS WITH A SAMPLE FILE

Do not be afraid to experiment, but always keep a backup of your file.

Some hints for getting quality technical support

Include Version and Serial Number Information

Many times we have already addressed an issue you may be experiencing, in the form of

an update. The only way we can determine if this is a new problem or if the problem was

already resolved, is for you to include the version number and serial number of the

software you have a question about. The serial number allows us to locate you in our

customer records.

Provide Specific Examples

Try to include specific examples to illustrate your question. If necessary, provide a step-

by-step description of exactly what you did, exactly what happened, and exactly what you

were expecting. Even if the problem is obvious, it is useful to include a specific example

so that we can be sure that we are looking at the same problem at which you are

looking.

Provide Complete Information about the Problem

Try to provide enough information to enable us to reproduce the problem. This may

require you to send a backup of the tournament or we may need detailed information

about your computer system, such as hardware specifications, or information about

other software on your computer. If you are not sure what information will be needed, just

send the information that you think is relevant, and we will contact you if we have

additional questions.

Technical Support 297

Try to Reproduce the Problem

Problems that can be reproduced in a simple, systematic way are much easier to fix

than intermittent problems or problems that come up only under loosely specified

conditions. In fact, unless a problem can be reproduced on our computers, it is usually

not possible to fix it. Problems not easily reproduced tend to get fixed when a

reproducible example shows up in other testing.

Separate the Problem from Background Information

Separate the description of the problem from a discussion of the situation, in which the

problem came up, and from speculation about possible causes of the problem. Your

speculations about a problem are often very helpful, and there are many problems for

which background information about the problem can be very valuable in coming up with

a solution. While we enjoy reading about unique things you do with our software or your

tournament, for the purpose of answering questions, it is useful to keep that information

separate from a description of the problem itself.

Describe the Problem in Generic Terms

Try to describe your question in language meaningful to someone, with a general

background in bowling and computers.

Check Your Work

Before reporting a problem, verify the problem is in BLS-2021 and not your own

configuration, or elsewhere on your computer system. Of course, some problems, are

obvious. If BLS-2021 gives a conspicuously wrong result or crashes for no apparent

reason, then we certainly want to know about it. If documentation leaves the intended

behavior unclear, we would like to know about that too. If the problem is not in BLS-2021,

then you may need to look to other resources for assistance.

Include Only One Topic in Each Message

For organizational purposes, include only one question in each message. It's easier to

send different questions to different experts and avoids confusion in keeping track of

which response goes with which part of your message.

Identify Your Questions Clearly

If your message involves a question or other remarks requiring a response, make sure

your questions are explicit.

Look to Other Experts

Although we have here at CDE Software are the world's experts on BLS-2021, we do not

have the world's experts on other aspects of running a tournament or your computer

system. If your question is not strictly confined to BLS-2021 but instead involves other

hardware or software (such as a printer or the operating system), then you may want to

look to other experts for help. Our online community is a great place to interact with other

users of BLS-2021 and may have more input or suggestions regarding your questions

with BLS-2021 or running a tournament.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC298

Going to Contact CDE via Internet?

If you have access to the Internet:

This is the most preferred method of communicating with us. After all, with new

technology at our fingertips, why should you be forced to put up with delayed deliveries

and damaged disks?

You can Email our technical support department. You will be answered promptly and

best of all, you can sign on at any time of the day, (not just restricted to when CDE's

offices are open).

The current updates to our software can be downloaded off the web, as well as product

information, frequently asked questions, and find other bowling related sites. The

website also features a bulletin board to interact with other users of CDE programs.

Other customers may have already posted and received answers to questions you may

have.

Sometimes the program is purchased by a bowling center. If that is your situation, the

program should be registered under the name of the organization along with the name

of the person in charge of using the program. Otherwise, the program will be licensed

for use by the individual named and only that person will be eligible for support.

Using BLS-2021’s built-in Internet features

This program includes features such as automatic updating and support requests.

Sending Email directly to CDE

The email address to send support questions to is help@cdesoftware.com

Be sure to include in EVERY email correspondence:

· Your real name. We do not know our customers by their nickname, AOL user name or

Email address.

· Your Email address. Always check to make sure you use your correct Email address.

· Program serial number.

· Exact installed program version. (Saying you have BLS-2021 is not what we need.

Looking in this manual for the version will not help you or us either. We need the exact

program version installed on your computer which is found when you start the

program and would be in the format of 26.xx.xx.).

· Your customer number (not required, but helps us locate your customer record).

· Computer system, model and operating system (Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows

7, Windows Vista, etc.).

· Describe the problem, include any reports which detail the problem. Include the exact

version (Shown in main screen).

Technical Support 299

Going to Contact CDE via Fax?If you fax, be sure to include in EVERY correspondence:

· Your real name. We do not know our customers by their nickname, AOL user name or

Email address.

· Your return fax number for us to reply. If your fax shares your voice line, advise us

when is the best time to fax back.

· Program serial number.

· Exact installed program version. (Saying you have BLS-2021 is not what we need.

Looking in this manual for the version will not help you or us either. We need the exact

program version installed on your computer which is found when you start the

program and would be in the format of 26.xx.xx.).

· Your customer number (not required, but helps us locate your customer record).

· Computer system, model and operating system (Windows 8.1, 7, Vista, etc.).

· Describe the problem, include any reports which detail the problem. Include the exact

version (Shown in main screen).

Note:

Please do not fax letters asking the technical support department to call you, or telling us

that our phone lines have been busy. While we realize that it may be difficult sometimes

to reach our technical support by voice during peak periods, remember that you are not

being charged by the phone company for a busy signal.

Going to Contact CDE via Phone?If you telephone us:

During the start of league season (August, September, January and May), the telephone

is the most difficult ways to reach our support staff. Consider the alternative methods

we've provided our customers to get assistance such as our online chat, community

forums or email.

Do not call CDE Software's orders or customer service phone lines line for technical

assistance as these operators are not trained to handle support questions. They will

instruct you to call our technical support department. Please also do not call these lines

asking why our support phone is busy. If the phone line is busy, it means our staff is

assisting other customers at the time you called.

Please read the following two paragraphs carefully! If you do not know which edition of

BLS-2021 that you have, then start BLS-2021 and click Help > About BLS-2021 . The

PRODUCT EDITION will display if you have the Standard, Professional or AutoScoring

edition.

BLS-2021 Standard Edition

If you have BLS-2021 Standard Edition, support is available by phone at: (206) 937-

8927.

BLS-2021 Professional Edition

If you have BLS-2021 Professional Edition, support is available by phone at: (206) 937-

8927.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC300

BLS-2021 Automatic Scoring Edition

Bowling center with the BLS-2021 A/S Edition (Automatic Scoring Edition that imports

and exports to the scoring front desk) then CDE Software has a dedicated Automatic

Scoring Support phone number at: (206) 937-5744. Automatic Scoring Support Division

technicians will not answer questions about the Standard or Pro edition products.

If the telephone is the only method available to you, please observe the following

guidelines:

· BE AT YOUR COMPUTER. Do not call us when you are not at the physical location of

the computer. The support department may not receive the needed information to help

diagnose the problem.

· Have your program serial number in front of you.

· Have exact installed program version in front of you. (Saying you have BLS-2021 is not

what we need. Looking in this manual for the version will not help you or us either. We

need the exact program version installed on your computer which is found when you

start the program and would be in the format of 26.xx.xx.)

· Have your customer number handy, because helps us locate your customer record.

· What is your computer brand, model and operating system (Windows 10, 8, 7, Vista,

etc.).

· Be able to tell the support staff the nature of the problem including the sequence of

steps and keystrokes which led to the problem or what you were trying to do and how

the results differed from what you expected.

Frequent Questions and Answers

Frequent Questions

and Answers

Chapter

33

301

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC302

Frequent Questions and AnswersThe following section addresses some common questions. Please also see the

Frequently Asked Questions section in our online help, as well as our Knowledge base

on our website, at http://support.cdesoftware.com

Changing Secretaries?Per the license agreement, in order to transfer ownership of this software, you must

send a transfer of ownership form to CDE Software. This form is installed with the

program or can be downloaded from the CDE Software website at

http://www.cdesoftware.com/transfer.pdf. This form must include the current licensee’s

(End-User) and the new licensee’s (new End-User) signatures, including both names,

addresses and phone numbers. The transfer will not be considered effective until the

new licensee receives a written confirmation letter.

There may be a nominal fee charged to the licensee for issuing a new key file reflecting

address or name changes.

When transferring the license, all previous licensees must transfer all materials, disks

and any archives of leagues and previous software versions to the new licensee and

remove the software from their computers.

It is best to take care of the transfer of ownership form as soon as you are aware you will

no longer be using the software and will be transferring the software to someone else.

Upgrade and Update PoliciesCDE Software, LLC has a simple upgrade and update policy. They are not the same

concept, so please read each policy carefully.

Upgrade PolicyCDE Software, LLC releases a new edition of BLS annually, adding new features,

options and improvements the program whenever possible. Each new editions also

supports USBC, CTF, TNBA and other certifying organizations for that season.

When CDE Software, LLC releases a major upgrade, registered End-Users an

announcement is made on our website as to costs and upgrade procedures.

Information may be sent in a newsletter or email. If you did not purchase your copy of the

program directly from CDE Software, LLC or have moved or transferred your license, it is

important that you notify CDE Software, LLC as to where update notifications should be

sent.

Pricing for upgrades are based on program currently licensed and is generally lower for

those with the most recent software.

Update PolicyCDE Software, LLC periodically will release updates to BLS-2021 to address program

issues or software bugs. There may also be feature enhancements released during the

product lifetime. Updates, however, are NOT designed to transition software to the next

MAJOR edition and will not add capabilities of future seasons for certifying organizations.

Frequent Questions and Answers 303

When CDE Software, LLC releases a minor update, the program update is made

available for download on our company website at http://www.cdesoftware.com. Updates

are available for free, providing the updates are downloaded from our website.

If you do not have Internet access there are two options available.

1) Downloading the update from our website does not require that Internet be available

on the BLS-2021 computer. Anyone from anywhere can visit our website, download the

update and transfer to removable media or device. This feature is particularly handy for

bowling centers that either do not have Internet access or have access on a different

computer. This option is FREE and helps ensure that you have the most recently made

update available.

2) Request a replacement CD-ROM with the latest available update made available.

Contact our customer service department or technical support department. There is a

nominal charge to send a CD-ROM to cover materials, shipping and handling. Please

note that CDE Software can not guarantee that the CD-ROM will reflect the most recent

update available on our website. CDE Software, LLC is not responsible for CD-ROM's

that are shipped and a newer update is made while your CD-ROM is in transit.

InstallationThe following are topics relating to the installation of the software.

My computer won't read the installation CD-ROMThis can happen in the following situations:

1. The CD-ROM drive may be too old. There have been several changes to the CD-ROM

format. While the CD’s are made to maintain as much legacy support as possible,

it’s possible your device may be too old.

Troubleshooting tips:

· First check to see if your device can read other CD-ROMS. If not, then service or

replace your device.

· Verify if the installation CD-ROM is readable on another CD-ROM device on your

system or another system

· Check your device manufacturer’s web site or technical support on the availability of

software to upgrade the device firmware(software that is programmed on the device

itself)

· Check for any updated Windows drivers from the device manufacturer or the operating

system maker

· Upgrade your CD-ROM device

2. The CD-ROM device may be mis-calibrated or have a dirty lens. Both problems can

cause improperly reading some or all CD-ROMS.

Troubleshooting tips:

· Use a recommended CD-ROM lens cleaner to clean the lens

· Service or replace your CD-ROM device

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC304

Installation program doesn't start or crashesWhen the installation CD-ROM is inserted, the device reads the CD and the Windows

will launch the autoplay program. The installation program is simply a helper and is not

required for installation of individual programs.

Troubleshooting tips:

1. Make sure autoplay is enabled for your CD-ROM device. Check your Windows guide

for details.

2. Double-Click on the Sampler.EXE in the root folder of the CD-ROM.

3. Manually install the program by using Windows Explorer and running the

BLS2021INSTALLER.EXE located in the BLS2021 folder.

I have Windows 10Yes. BLS-2021 has passed Compatible with Windows 10 certification tests by Microsoft.

I have Windows 8Yes. BLS-2021 has passed Compatible with Windows 8 certification tests by Microsoft.

I have Windows 7Yes. BLS-2021 will work with Microsoft Windows 7.

I have Windows VistaMicrosoft discontinued all support and security updates to Windows Vista in April 2017.

BLS-2021 is not compatible with Microsoft Windows Vista without Service Pack 1.

While installation on Windows Vista may work as intended, we are unable to guarantee

continued compatibility due to the discontinuation of Windows Vista. We are not doing

any internal testing for compatibly with Windows Vista.

I have Windows XPMicrosoft discontinued all support and security updates to Windows XP in April 2014.

BLS-2021 is not compatible with Microsoft Windows XP with Service Pack 2 or earlier.

While installation on Windows XP with Service Pack 3 may work as intended, we are

unable to guarantee continued compatibility due to the discontinuation of Windows XP.

To find out if your Windows XP has Service Pack 3 installed, right-click on the My

Computer icon on your Windows Desktop and select Properties.

We are not doing any internal testing for compatibly with Windows XP.

I have Windows 2012 ServerYes. BLS-2021 has passed Compatible with Windows 2012 Server certification tests by

Microsoft.

I have Windows 2008 ServerYes. BLS-2021 has passed Compatible with Windows 2008 Server certification tests by

Microsoft.

Frequent Questions and Answers 305

I have Windows 2003 ServerMicrosoft discontinued all support and security updates to Windows 2003 Server in July

2015.

While installation on Windows 2003 Server may work as intended, we are unable to

guarantee continued compatibility due to the discontinuation of Windows 2003 Server.

We are not doing any internal testing for compatibly with Windows 2003.

Do I need to uninstall older versions first?No. BLS-2021 will install all the files it needs, and does not care about the older files.

BLS-2021 installs into the BLS2021 folder.

Do I have to install my older BLS to install the new upgrade?No. Upgrades are full versions of software, discounted in price and do not require older

products to be previously installed.

Will my leagues get moved to this program?If you have BLS-2017, BLS-2016 or BLS-2015 then BLS-2021's installer will look for the

newest program available and copy all leagues as an option. If you said no to this step,

then leagues will need to manually be copied or restored.

Can I install AS Edition software at home or other computers?No. The Autoscoring Edition of BLS-2021 can be installed only at the bowling center on

one computer. Installation at home requires a Standard or Pro edition license. Installing

any of our software on multiple computers requires additional licenses for the software.

If installed from the web, do I reinstall from the CD-ROM?No. The installer from the website is the exact same installer as the CD-ROM, although

there is a possibility that the installer on the website is newer than what is on the CD-

ROM, which is desirable.

Is there a different installer for the different editions?No. They are one and the same installer. The registration for the software will

appropriately unlock specific features of the software depending on the edition

purchased.

Recovery when installed from web download?If you need to re-install on a new computer, new hard drive or other computer

malfunction, download and install the program from the website. All currently supported

products manufactured by CDE Software, LLC are available for download at any time.

These programs will install demonstration mode but will be unlocked upon entering the

registration information. Use the following steps to download BLS-2021:

1. Open your Internet connection.

2. Go to http://www.cdesoftware.com

3. Select Download Software then Program Demos

4. Select the BLS-2021 Program Installer

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC306

5. Read through the details and instructions, then click on Download Now

6. When prompted to Run or Save, select Save

7. Save program to your Desktop, or other location where you will be able to find it.

8. Once the download is complete, double-click the BLS2021INSTALLER.EXE file that

was downloaded.

What do I do when the program does not start?There may be times when you Launch BLS-2021 and the program will not start. In

addition, when you attempt to launch the program again, you may receive an error: "You

may only run 1 copy of BLS-2021 at a time"

This problem can occur under low memory conditions or when non-standard Windows

options are configured. The following suggestions can be used to resolve this issue:

· Reduce the Color quality from 32 bit to 16 bit

This can be done by right-clicking on the desktop and selecting 'Properties' to bring up

the Display Properties dialog. Click on the 'Settings' TAB and change the 'Color quality'

option. You may also want to check for updated video drivers from the manufacturers

web site.

· Ensure BLS-2021 is not configured to be run in any type of compatibility mode.

right-click the 'Launch BLS-2021' icon and go to Properties. Click on the 'Compatibility'

TAB and verify that nothing is selected for the Compatibility mode option.

· Verify a default printer driver is installed

Even if a printer is not attached to the system, at least one printer driver must be installed

and set as default. Open Control Panel, then Printers & Faxes to ensure there is a

default printer driver installed. If no printers are listed, add a new printer and select as

default.

· Clean up the Windows operating environment by removing unnecessary programs

and/or services.

Windows 7 and higher include a utility called System Configuration Utility (MSCONFIG)

which simplifies this process. To access this utility, click Start > Run then type

"MSCONFIG". This utility allows you to select different Startup options as well as the

ability to disable various Startup programs and/or services. For more information, please

consult your Windows documentation or help.

· Check settings for 'Data Execution Prevention' or DEP (Windows 7 and higher)

Windows Vista and higher includes a security feature for Data Execution Prevention or

DEP. To view these settings, right-click 'My Computer' and go to Properties. From the

System Properties, click the 'Advanced' TAB and select the 'Settings' option under the

Performance section. Click the 'Data Execution Prevention' tab and verify that it is set to

'Turn on DEP for essential Windows programs and services only'

If this section is set to 'Turn on DEP for all programs and services except those I select:',

add BLS2021.EXE to the list of programs.

The computer the software is installed does not have InternetThis is a common situation for bowling centers, where the software is installed on a

scoring system computer that is not connected to the Internet. The solution is to

Frequent Questions and Answers 307

download the software from a computer that does have Internet access and transfer the

installer to a removable media such as a Memory Stick, Thumb Drive or CD-ROM.

To install the BLS-2021 from the Internet, follow the instructions below

1. Have serial number and invoice with the product registration information. Be sure to

place all the product registration information in the front of the manual.

2. If Windows is not currently logged in under a Windows account with Administrator

privileges, then log in as Administrator or as a user with Administrative privileges.

3. Connect to the Internet, then go to http://www.cdesoftware.com then click Downloads.

4. Select the Program Installers and Demos link. All CDE Software, LLC programs

listed in this section are the complete programs designed to function in

demonstration mode until registration information is entered.

5. Next to BLS-2021 Program Installer, click the Download link.

6. Depending on your Web browser, you may be presented with an option to Run or

Save. Use the Save option, you will be able to keep a copy of the installation program

as a backup or to transfer to another computer.

7. Select the Desktop as the destination to save the program installer and click Save.

8. After the transfer has completed, locate the BLS2021INSTALLER.EXE file that was

downloaded and save to removable media.

9. Take the removable media to the computer that the software will be installed on.

10. Double-click on the BLS2021INSTALLER.EXE file to start the InstallShield Wizard.

11. Follow on screen instructions to complete BLS-2021 installation.

LeaguesThe following are common questions pertaining to leagues.

Will my leagues get moved to this program?If you have BLS-2018, BLS-2017 or BLS-2016, then BLS-2021's installer will look for the

newest program available and copy all leagues. Skipping this step will require leagues

to be manually copied or restored.

Can I convert my BLS-2015 or earlier leagues to the new BLS?No. Because of all the changes made to the league files, you will need to reenter your

leagues.

Does the AS Edition import leagues from other software?Importing leagues from other software, such as Brunswick or AMF's league record

service is not supported due to the extreme differences in the software. If you are coming

from Twelve Strike's BLS-6 software, you will also need to reenter your leagues as that

edition of BLS is too old and can not be converted.

Is there other software compatible with the BLS leagues?CDE Software, LLC currently does not support or endorse 3rd party companies that can

read, write or manipulate BLS-2021 data. It is a violation of the software license to

create 3rd party tools to read, write or manipulate the data files. CDE Software, LLC is

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC308

not responsible for data loss or damages to data files from the result of using 3rd party

software.

How do I change the file name for my league?There are typically two reasons you may want to change the file name for your league:

1. The Default file name initially assigned by BLS-2021 may be cryptic and you want to

assign a more descriptive file name.

2. BLS-2021 A/S Edition is used and initial file names are greater than 8 characters,

unsupported by some Front Desk software.

The recommended method for renaming the file name is to make a copy of the league

and create a new file name as follows:

1. Click on Maintenance > Copy > Copy BLS-2021 league to somewhere else

2. Select the league to duplicate, then click the Copy a League button.

3. Enter a unique name for the new league file, select a destination folder the click OK.

Be sure to limit the number of characters to 8 if the computer system or automatic

scoring system has this limitation.

4. Click Cancel to exit back to main screen.

5. Open the newly copied league and confirm all settings and scores.

6. Once the league data in new file name has been verified, delete the league stored

using the original file name.

How do I remove duplicate bowler records?Each bowler is assigned a unique ID# when added. Occasionally, a bowler can be

mistakenly entered more than once. The following solution resolves this problem:

1. Locate each duplicate bowler's bowler ID# and write it down.

2. Print a bowler history for each of these bowler ID#’s.

3. Examine the bowler histories. Select the bowler that has bowled the earliest in the

season. This will be called the "true" bowler.

4. Look at the other bowler's history and locate the first week that the scores were

entered.

5. Change the league to that week.

6. Go to Scores and locate the "non-true" bowler.

7. Remove the scores and the "non-true" bowler from the team roster.

8. Add the "true" bowler to the team and re-enter the scores.

9. Repeat until your league is caught up.

10. Re-print the bowler histories for the bowlers and make sure that only the "true"

bowler has scores.

11. Go to the Bowler Maintenance screen and locate the "non-true" bowler.

12. Change the "non-true" bowler’s name to VACANT and change the status of the

bowler to Quit the League.

Backup or Restore ErrorsIf you receive a backup or restore error in BLS-2021 or when uploading to

LeagueSecretary.com, please click on the FAQ button in BLS-2021 and look for FAQ

#214 or search for the word Backup or Restore. This question is frequently posed to our

Frequent Questions and Answers 309

support staff and we have a very simple solution to the problem documented in the FAQ

file.

General QuestionsThe following are general questions asked by our customers.

Another secretary is using a copy registered to someone elseIf you believe someone is using a pirated copy of the software or is distributing copies of

the software, please contact CDE Software with as much information as you can. You

can contact us via e-mail at piracy@cdesoftware.com or contact us at 206-937-8069.

Your name and information will be held in strict confidence.

Can I use a hacked version of BLS?Only license holders of BLS-2021 shown in our customer database are licensed to use

the software. Hacked versions of the software may contain viruses that will destroy your

data and/or operating system.

CDE Software, LLC is not responsible for damages to league data, computer operating

system or any other damages relating to hacked versions of our software.

In an effort to make sure that you are getting legitimate software from CDE Software,

LLC, installers and programs are digitally signed by Geotrust, Verisign or Comodo,

recognized signing agencies that authenticate software was signed by our company

computers.

If you have found any hacked copies of the software or feel you are using a hacked

edition of the software, please contact our technical support department.

Can the association give secretaries copies of the software?Providing each computer BLS-2021 is installed uses a unique BLS-2021 serial

number and registration purchased by the association, directly from CDE Software, yes.

Otherwise, No. This is software piracy and a federal crime punishable for up to $100,000

and 1 year in prison per violation.

For example, if the Greater Metro Association purchases 1 BLS-2021 license, then the

software can only be installed on one computer. If the association purchases 20 BLS-

2021 licenses (with each of the 20 being a different serial number), then the software

can be installed on 20 computers.

If you have an association or bowling center and wish to purchase additional copies of

the software, please contact our customer service department for details and discounts

available.

Can a secretary share their software?No. The software license for BLS-2021 is only for one computer and cannot be shared

among multiple secretaries.

Each installation of this software must have a unique serial number and registration

code that was purchased directly from CDE Software.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC310

This is software piracy and a federal crime punishable for up to $100,000 and 1 year in

prison per violation .

To purchase additional copies of the software, please contact our customer service

department for details and discounts available.

Transferring SoftwareThe following topics address transferring software to a different party.

How do I transfer the software to the next secretary?The transferring of BLS-2021 is a simple task, however there are a few guidelines:

1. Print the Transfer of Ownership form from within BLS-2021 or from our website at

http://www.cdesoftware.com. The form is in Adobe Acrobat Reader format and the

free Adobe Reader is available from http://www.adobe.com

2. The outgoing secretary must complete their portion.

3. The incoming secretary must complete their portion.

4. The completed form must be mailed or faxed to CDE Software.

5. BLS-2021 must then be uninstalled from the outgoing secretary's computer along

with any previous editions of BLS as all versions of BLS are transferred to the new

secretary.

6. CDE Software will make sure the form is complete and then revoke the license from

the previous secretary and issue a new license for the new secretary.

The nominal fee of $10.00 (Standard and Pro editions only) is waived providing the

league was originally named as part of the outgoing secretaries license.

Can I transfer the software when the previous owner is

unreachable?This depends upon how the software is currently registered at CDE Software.

If the software is shown with the league name as part of the registration, then the current

league president must countersign for the outgoing secretary along with a note reflecting

the situation.

If the software is shown as registered to an individual, then the software can not be

transferred until the form is signed and completed by the currently registered owner. The

only exception is if the league can prove that the software purchase was specifically

reimbursed by the league.

Is there a time limit to transfer the software? BLS-2021's license can be transferred as long as the product has not reached the end

of life as listed on our support website. After the software has reached end of life, only

the named license holder has the rights to use and install the software.

Please note that you can not transfer different versions of this product when it has been

upgraded or is an upgrade from a prior product, unless the whole product line is

transferred together.

For example:

Frequent Questions and Answers 311

If your are the named license holder for BLS-2015 Full version, BLS-2016 upgrade, BLS-

2017 upgrade and BLS-2021 upgrade, then you can not transfer BLS-2015, or BLS-

2016 or BLS-2017 or BLS-2021 without transferring all to the next secretary.

The registered license holder passed awayUnfortunately this has happened before. The process or transferring software from the

deceased secretary to the new one is simple.

If the league was named as part of the software license, then the current league

president must countersign for the outgoing secretary along with a note reflecting the

situation.

If the software is shown as registered to an individual, then the software transfer must

be signed by the spouse or executor of the estate and a note must be enclosed

regarding this situation.

Automatic ScoringThe following topics address automatic scoring products.

Technical SupportCustomers of the automatic scoring editions of BLS-2021 qualify to contact our

dedicated Automatic Scoring specialists at (206) 937-5744. This number is only

available to the automatic scoring interfaced editions of CDE Software products and is

not available for individuals using the Standard, Pro or any other non-interfaced editions

of our products.

Certified/Sanctioned Leagues and Bowling CentersWhile the majority of bowling centers will use the interfaced version of BLS-2021 to

manage the leagues, send rosters to the front desk so that names, averages and

handicaps are sent to the lanes as well as import scores from the lanes after league

has finished.

Because this program is focused on the individual league secretary, there are some

features that typically are not used, such as keeping track of the league financial's, who

has paid for their certification/sanction card, etc. While those responsibilities are done by

the secretary / treasurer, a center usually lets the league manage that on their own.

Awards, however, while the responsibility of the league secretary, are usually also kept

track by the bowling center as well. Over the years we have seen bowlers quit leagues

and/or no longer bowl leagues at a bowling center because the secretary fails to

properly track the awards for that year, leaving bowlers that would have qualified for the

award, be left out or ignored. While the problem lies within the league, many customers

feel that it is the center's fault.

BLS-2021 is designed to track the USBC/CTF/TNBA awards for the 2020/2021 bowling

season. In order for the program to properly track awards, the following is the minimum

that must be done for EACH league:

1. Indicate the certification/sanctioning organizations and enter, once available, the

league certification/sanction number. This is done in

Certification>Certification/Sanction Fees.

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC312

2. If the league is certified as being a Managed League, select YES to this option. The

majority of leagues are NOT managed. A managed league is where a league that is

completely managed (ran) by bowling center can now be certified, providing that

specific requirements are met as defined by USBC in order to qualify for bonding

purposes.

3. At this point, you need to make three choices based on what you would like to do:

a) Keep track of finances in terms of how bowlers paid for their certification card

(national, state, local dues, etc.)

b) Don't keep track of finances, but keep track bowlers that paid for their card

c) Don't keep track of finances and assume that every bowler in league is a paid

member (most common for bowling centers)

Tracking Financial's

Indicate YES to the option that financial's are tracked. Enter the appropriate fees for your

state and local associations after indicating if the association is a merged or non-

merged association. Go to Certification>Sanction/Certify your bowlers and for each

bowler indicate the appropriate membership options and if the bowler has paid those

fees. Bowlers that have not paid their fees will not qualify for certified awards, nor show

on any certified reports.

Tracking only paid/non-paid status

Indicate NO to the option that financial's are tracked and NO to the assumption that all

bowlers are certified. Go to Certification>Sanction/Certify your bowlers and for each

bowler indicate if the bowler has paid for their card or not. Bowlers that have not paid

their fees will not qualify for certified awards, nor show on any certified reports.

Assume all bowlers are members

Indicate NO to the option that financial's are tracked and YES to the assumption that all

bowlers are certified. All bowlers will now be assumed that they have paid for their cards

and will qualify for certified awards and show on any certified reports.

Access to the scoring system required error messageThe automatic scoring interfaced editions of CDE Software products require three

particular settings be specifically set based on the automatic scoring system and the

particular setup of the scoring system computers as well as where the CDE product is

installed.

If a message is displayed stating "Access to the scoring system required for full use of

this program" appears, then one of the following issues may be the cause:

· The location of the front desk, as defined in the Automatic Scoring Setup screen, is not

set to the appropriate location for your center's particular configuration with the scoring

system and front desk.

· The computer as defined by the location of the front desk, as defined in the Automatic

Scoring Setup screen, is either turned off or not available for access across the

network.

Frequent Questions and Answers 313

· License and serial number for BLS-2021 was used on multiple computers (each

installation requires a different serial number)

· Software was installed on a computer not connected to the scoring system, which is

required for full use of the program.

Because of the number of configurations available, please contact our automatic scoring

division support at (206) 937-5744

314 BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC314

Index 315

Index- 1 -

............................................................................................... 10 pin

............................................................................................... 120type of bowling

- 2 -............................................................................................... 1192+2 leagues

- 3 -............................................................................................... 1193+3 leagues

- A -............................................................................................... A4

............................................................................................... 108paper size

............................................................................................... 184standing sheet

............................................................................................... about

............................................................................................... 47program

............................................................................................... absent

............................................................................................... 237bowler fee

............................................................................................... 129earning match points

............................................................................................... 129pin drop rule

............................................................................................... 129score value

............................................................................................... 74Absentee Players

............................................................................................... Access Violation

............................................................................................... 308Backup League

............................................................................................... Activation

............................................................................................... 47program

............................................................................................... Add

............................................................................................... 222teams

............................................................................................... Adding

............................................................................................... 94Dates

............................................................................................... 94Removing

............................................................................................... 232additional payment

............................................................................................... 151address book

............................................................................................... addresses

............................................................................................... 108defaults

............................................................................................... adjust

............................................................................................... 241bank account

............................................................................................... 239adjusted budget

............................................................................................... Adjusting

............................................................................................... 166rosters

............................................................................................... 276AK Microsystems

............................................................................................... 124Alternative average

............................................................................................... 276AMF

............................................................................................... application

............................................................................................... 163certification

............................................................................................... 164membership

............................................................................................... 163sanction

............................................................................................... Application number

............................................................................................... 159CTF

............................................................................................... 159TNBA

............................................................................................... 159USBC

............................................................................................... arrears

............................................................................................... 237quitting bowlers

............................................................................................... assign

............................................................................................... 153league officers

............................................................................................... 215prize winners

............................................................................................... Association

............................................................................................... 163address

............................................................................................... 262backup

............................................................................................... 266restore

............................................................................................... association awards

............................................................................................... 140makeup

............................................................................................... 140post bowl

............................................................................................... 140prebowl

............................................................................................... 276automatic scoring

............................................................................................... 279Best Practices

............................................................................................... 276compatible systems

............................................................................................... 278configure

............................................................................................... 166error log

............................................................................................... 47, 278export directory

............................................................................................... 280export to

............................................................................................... 281fetching scores

............................................................................................... 47, 278front desk directory

............................................................................................... 47, 278import directory

............................................................................................... 280import from

............................................................................................... 166import log

............................................................................................... 47, 278lane movement

............................................................................................... 47, 278options

............................................................................................... 47, 278password

............................................................................................... 47, 278scoresheet

............................................................................................... 47, 278setup

............................................................................................... Average

............................................................................................... 127above base

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC316

............................................................................................... Average

............................................................................................... 124alternative

............................................................................................... 127base

............................................................................................... 124book

............................................................................................... 124cushioned

............................................................................................... 124entering

............................................................................................... 204report

............................................................................................... 90Roll Off

............................................................................................... 90USBC

............................................................................................... Average Cap

............................................................................................... 122forfeit

............................................................................................... 122scratch league

............................................................................................... 51Average Chart

............................................................................................... Averages

............................................................................................... 174override

............................................................................................... award

............................................................................................... 140most improved

............................................................................................... 142team priorities

............................................................................................... Awards

............................................................................................... 51Blank Forms

............................................................................................... 180bowling center

............................................................................................... 246center setup

............................................................................................... 180CTF

............................................................................................... 180earned this week

............................................................................................... 140eligibility for individual

............................................................................................... 144enable/disable local

............................................................................................... 138individual

............................................................................................... 180local association

............................................................................................... 246local setup

............................................................................................... 138most improved average

............................................................................................... 177non-detectable

............................................................................................... 138pins over series

............................................................................................... 248previously earned

............................................................................................... 180printing

............................................................................................... 138rules

............................................................................................... 203season report

............................................................................................... 138team

............................................................................................... 180TNBA

............................................................................................... 180USBC

- B -............................................................................................... Backup

............................................................................................... 262associations

............................................................................................... 262bowling center

............................................................................................... 262common addresses

............................................................................................... 105default directory

............................................................................................... 308Error: Access Violation

............................................................................................... 308Error: Class Not Registered

............................................................................................... 308Error: Interface Not Supported

............................................................................................... 308Error: Library not Registered

............................................................................................... 308Error: Unspecified Error

............................................................................................... 262leagues

............................................................................................... 262LeagueSecretary.com

............................................................................................... 262local awards

............................................................................................... 262process

............................................................................................... 266restore

............................................................................................... 262system settings

............................................................................................... 259to Tech Support

............................................................................................... 170baker score

............................................................................................... bank

............................................................................................... 241ledger

............................................................................................... bank account

............................................................................................... 241adjustments

............................................................................................... 239bank balance

............................................................................................... 178Birthdays

............................................................................................... Blank Work sheet

............................................................................................... 115Fees

............................................................................................... 115Prize fund

............................................................................................... Blind

............................................................................................... 130earning match points

............................................................................................... 130score value

............................................................................................... BLS

............................................................................................... 111Import names/addresses

............................................................................................... 111older version

............................................................................................... 124Book Average

............................................................................................... 148Entering

............................................................................................... bowl.com

............................................................................................... 256setting up

............................................................................................... Bowl101

............................................................................................... 110Import names/addresses

............................................................................................... bowler

............................................................................................... 149adding new bowler

............................................................................................... 151Delete from league

............................................................................................... 149different team

............................................................................................... 137division rules

............................................................................................... 150dropping from roster

Index 317

............................................................................................... bowler

............................................................................................... 149finding

............................................................................................... 239fines

............................................................................................... 150flagging

............................................................................................... 203history

............................................................................................... 178missing for league awards

............................................................................................... 149move

............................................................................................... 151Remove from league

............................................................................................... 243bowler arrear reports

............................................................................................... 82Bowler Divisions

............................................................................................... 151bowler list

............................................................................................... bowler maintenance

............................................................................................... 151Pending Notes

............................................................................................... 151Reminders

............................................................................................... Bowler Trac

............................................................................................... 112Export

............................................................................................... 110Import

............................................................................................... 292MBD

............................................................................................... bowlers

............................................................................................... 237absent fee

............................................................................................... 160certifying

............................................................................................... 120divisions

............................................................................................... 214, 258email

............................................................................................... 258labels

............................................................................................... 150loaning

............................................................................................... 151not on team

............................................................................................... 150quit the league

............................................................................................... 153Rerate

............................................................................................... Bowling

............................................................................................... 97Every Other Week

............................................................................................... 40Bowling center

............................................................................................... 180awards

............................................................................................... 262backup

............................................................................................... 266restore

............................................................................................... 119where bowled

............................................................................................... 51Bowling Forms

............................................................................................... 110BPAA

............................................................................................... 255upload

............................................................................................... Brackets

............................................................................................... 195disabling

............................................................................................... 120enable

............................................................................................... 195enabling

............................................................................................... 198entering scores

............................................................................................... 197fees

............................................................................................... 281fetch scores

............................................................................................... 200forced losses

............................................................................................... 196handicap

............................................................................................... 199opponent view

............................................................................................... 196options

............................................................................................... 199payout

............................................................................................... 197registration

............................................................................................... 199reports

............................................................................................... 199results

............................................................................................... 198score sheets

............................................................................................... 196scratch

............................................................................................... 195setup

............................................................................................... 199shuffle

............................................................................................... 197signup sheet

............................................................................................... 196ties

............................................................................................... 194what are they

............................................................................................... 276Brunswick

............................................................................................... budget

............................................................................................... 239adjusted

............................................................................................... 232BYE Team

............................................................................................... 232estimated

............................................................................................... 120Bumper

............................................................................................... Bye team

............................................................................................... 131earning match points

............................................................................................... 131rules bowling against

............................................................................................... 75Bye Teams

............................................................................................... Bylaws

............................................................................................... 56conflicts

- C -............................................................................................... 220Calculator

............................................................................................... Canadian 5 pin

............................................................................................... 120type of bowling

............................................................................................... Cancel

............................................................................................... 90due to weather

............................................................................................... Candle pin

............................................................................................... 120type of bowling

............................................................................................... Captains

............................................................................................... 116Report

............................................................................................... cards

............................................................................................... 164membership

............................................................................................... Center

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC318

............................................................................................... Center

............................................................................................... 180awards

............................................................................................... 119where bowled

............................................................................................... Center awards

............................................................................................... 246setup

............................................................................................... certification

............................................................................................... 163application

............................................................................................... 156application number

............................................................................................... 160bowlers

............................................................................................... 156, 159fees

............................................................................................... 242payments

............................................................................................... certified

............................................................................................... 164bowler report

............................................................................................... 172Change lineups

............................................................................................... 37Change User

............................................................................................... Changing

............................................................................................... 96Lane Numbers

............................................................................................... 302secretary

............................................................................................... 100weeks

............................................................................................... Chart

............................................................................................... 51average

............................................................................................... 51handicap

............................................................................................... Class Not Registered

............................................................................................... 308Backup

............................................................................................... 308Exit Program

............................................................................................... 308LeagueSecretary.com

............................................................................................... 308Restore

............................................................................................... clear

............................................................................................... 221league planner

............................................................................................... 225team rosters

............................................................................................... 221this weeks scores

............................................................................................... 186Clipart

............................................................................................... Code

............................................................................................... 47registration

............................................................................................... codes

............................................................................................... 235discount

............................................................................................... 236payment

............................................................................................... Common addresses

............................................................................................... 266restore

............................................................................................... 185Common Message Box

............................................................................................... Compatible

............................................................................................... 276scoring systems

............................................................................................... Configure

............................................................................................... 278automatic scoring

............................................................................................... Converting

............................................................................................... 307BLS 2011 and earlier

............................................................................................... 307Leagues

............................................................................................... copy

............................................................................................... 216league

............................................................................................... 49leagues

............................................................................................... 50older leagues

............................................................................................... Copy Obsolete Awards

............................................................................................... 246old Youth Awards

............................................................................................... 246USBC

............................................................................................... copying

............................................................................................... 209styles

............................................................................................... Counters

............................................................................................... 143game

............................................................................................... 143series

............................................................................................... 66Create

............................................................................................... 66File Name

............................................................................................... credit

............................................................................................... 237bowler fees

............................................................................................... CTF

............................................................................................... 159application number

............................................................................................... 180awards

............................................................................................... 159fees

............................................................................................... 159membership dues

............................................................................................... 124Cushioned average

............................................................................................... custom

............................................................................................... 204reports

............................................................................................... custom menu

............................................................................................... 53add

............................................................................................... 53clear

............................................................................................... 53manage

............................................................................................... 53reorder

............................................................................................... 47Customization

............................................................................................... 105program

- D -............................................................................................... data

............................................................................................... 221reset

............................................................................................... Database

............................................................................................... 101enable

............................................................................................... 101link

............................................................................................... 292Manager

Index 319

............................................................................................... Database

............................................................................................... 101skip

............................................................................................... date

............................................................................................... 109formats

............................................................................................... Dates

............................................................................................... 94Adding

............................................................................................... 94Removing

............................................................................................... Default

............................................................................................... 122roster

............................................................................................... defaults

............................................................................................... 108addresses

............................................................................................... 105backup directory

............................................................................................... 108new leagues

............................................................................................... 105operation defaults

............................................................................................... definition

............................................................................................... 194brackets

............................................................................................... delete

............................................................................................... 242financial items

............................................................................................... 221future weeks

............................................................................................... 49leagues

............................................................................................... 225quitters

............................................................................................... 47Registration

............................................................................................... 223teams

............................................................................................... 240deposits

............................................................................................... determine

............................................................................................... 215prize fund

............................................................................................... Difference of averages

............................................................................................... 135individual

............................................................................................... 127team

............................................................................................... Disable

............................................................................................... 144local & bowling center awds

............................................................................................... 144TNBA awards

............................................................................................... discounts

............................................................................................... 235codes

............................................................................................... 230lineage

............................................................................................... 230prize fund

............................................................................................... 230regular

............................................................................................... 230secretary

............................................................................................... 230treasurer

............................................................................................... display

............................................................................................... 206styles

............................................................................................... Divisions

............................................................................................... 137bowler rules

............................................................................................... 120bowlers

............................................................................................... 120enable

............................................................................................... 137team rules

............................................................................................... 120teams

............................................................................................... 175Draw team

............................................................................................... 131rules bowling against

............................................................................................... Drop

............................................................................................... 223teams

............................................................................................... 107Dropbox

............................................................................................... 262backups

............................................................................................... 86Drop-in Absentee

............................................................................................... 86Drop-in Legal Lineup

............................................................................................... 86Drop-in Team Handicap

............................................................................................... 87Drop-in Team Roster

............................................................................................... 86Drop-in Vacant Player

............................................................................................... Drop-In/substitute

............................................................................................... 120league

............................................................................................... Duck pin

............................................................................................... 120type of bowling

............................................................................................... Dummy

............................................................................................... 130earning match points

............................................................................................... 130score value

............................................................................................... 170dummy score

............................................................................................... Dummy team

............................................................................................... 131rules bowling against

............................................................................................... Duplicate

............................................................................................... 49league

............................................................................................... Duplicate Bowlers

............................................................................................... 290Merging

- E -............................................................................................... Editing Bowlers

............................................................................................... 292Master Bowler Database

............................................................................................... effects

............................................................................................... 211graphic

............................................................................................... eligibility

............................................................................................... 140individual awards

............................................................................................... Email

............................................................................................... 214, 258bowlers

............................................................................................... 254configure servers

............................................................................................... 259league

............................................................................................... 254setup

............................................................................................... 259support

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC320

............................................................................................... Empty team

............................................................................................... 131rules bowling against

............................................................................................... Enable

............................................................................................... 144local & bowling center awds

............................................................................................... 144TNBA awards

............................................................................................... 119End time

............................................................................................... 124Entering average

............................................................................................... erase

............................................................................................... 221all data

............................................................................................... 225all financials

............................................................................................... 221this weeks scores

............................................................................................... Error

............................................................................................... 308Backup League

............................................................................................... 308Backup: Access violation

............................................................................................... 308Backup: Class Not Registered

............................................................................................... 308Backup: Interface Not Supported

............................................................................................... 308Backup: Library not registered

............................................................................................... 308Backup: Unspecified Error

............................................................................................... 308Exit Program

............................................................................................... 308Restore League

............................................................................................... 308Restore: Access violation

............................................................................................... 308Restore: Class Not Registered

............................................................................................... 308Restore: Interface Not Supported

............................................................................................... 308Restore: Library not registered

............................................................................................... 308Restore: Unspecified Error

............................................................................................... 308Upload to LeagueSecretary

............................................................................................... Error log

............................................................................................... 166automatic scoring

............................................................................................... estimated

............................................................................................... 232budget

............................................................................................... Every Other Week

............................................................................................... 97Bowling

............................................................................................... 40Exchange

............................................................................................... Exit Program

............................................................................................... 308Error: Access Violation

............................................................................................... 308Error: Class Not Registered

............................................................................................... 308Error: Interface Not Supported

............................................................................................... 308Error: Library not Registered

............................................................................................... 308Error: Unspecified Error

............................................................................................... Expertise

............................................................................................... 105program level

............................................................................................... export

............................................................................................... 109kiosk

............................................................................................... 280to front desk

............................................................................................... 280to scoring system

............................................................................................... 112WinLABS

............................................................................................... Export directory

............................................................................................... 47, 278automatic scoring

- F -............................................................................................... factory

............................................................................................... 209styles

............................................................................................... FAQ

............................................................................................... 46accessing

............................................................................................... 228fees

............................................................................................... 237absent bowler

............................................................................................... 115blank work sheet

............................................................................................... 197brackets

............................................................................................... 159certification

............................................................................................... 237credit for bowlers

............................................................................................... 159CTF

............................................................................................... 228lineage

............................................................................................... 231, 237one time

............................................................................................... 237other

............................................................................................... 228prize fund

............................................................................................... 235quickpay

............................................................................................... 237quitting bowlers

............................................................................................... 228regular

............................................................................................... 159sanction

............................................................................................... 228secretary

............................................................................................... 237substitute

............................................................................................... 237team sponsor

............................................................................................... 159TNBA

............................................................................................... 228treasurer

............................................................................................... 159USBC

............................................................................................... 234weekly

............................................................................................... 236weekly payment codes

............................................................................................... File Name

............................................................................................... 66Create

............................................................................................... 204Final average report

............................................................................................... finances

............................................................................................... 242deleting items

............................................................................................... 228financial

............................................................................................... 203history

............................................................................................... financials

............................................................................................... 197brackets

Index 321

............................................................................................... financials

............................................................................................... 225erase all

............................................................................................... Find

............................................................................................... 50league

............................................................................................... fines

............................................................................................... 239bowler

............................................................................................... 239team

............................................................................................... 119First night of bowling

............................................................................................... First place lockout

............................................................................................... 90schedule

............................................................................................... 150flagging bowler

............................................................................................... Font

............................................................................................... 209change

............................................................................................... 209color

............................................................................................... 209effects

............................................................................................... 209gradient

............................................................................................... 209management

............................................................................................... 209size

............................................................................................... 209Font Sets

............................................................................................... Fonts

............................................................................................... 186, 188Changing

............................................................................................... forced losses

............................................................................................... 200brackets

............................................................................................... Forfeit

............................................................................................... 131earning match points

............................................................................................... 174override points

............................................................................................... Forfeiting

............................................................................................... 122average cap

............................................................................................... 122requirements to win against

............................................................................................... 75Forfeits

............................................................................................... Format

............................................................................................... 34hard drive

............................................................................................... formats

............................................................................................... 109date

............................................................................................... 109international

............................................................................................... 109phone

............................................................................................... 109time

............................................................................................... forms

............................................................................................... 180award

............................................................................................... 189recap form types

............................................................................................... 188recap printing

............................................................................................... Frequenly asked questions

............................................................................................... 46accessing

............................................................................................... 52Frequently Asked Questions

............................................................................................... Front desk

............................................................................................... 47, 278automatic scoring

............................................................................................... 172Fuction key

............................................................................................... Function key

............................................................................................... 46main screen

............................................................................................... functions

............................................................................................... 259support

............................................................................................... funds

............................................................................................... 239league

............................................................................................... 241transfer

............................................................................................... future weeks

............................................................................................... 221delete

- G -............................................................................................... Game counters

............................................................................................... 143individual

............................................................................................... 119Games bowled

............................................................................................... Gender

............................................................................................... 120allowed in league

............................................................................................... 70General Rules

............................................................................................... Ghost team

............................................................................................... 131rules bowling against

............................................................................................... Global

............................................................................................... 185message

............................................................................................... graphics

............................................................................................... 211changing

............................................................................................... 211custominzing

............................................................................................... 108defaults

............................................................................................... 211filters

............................................................................................... 186standing sheet

............................................................................................... 178Graphs

- H -............................................................................................... handicap

............................................................................................... 196brackets

............................................................................................... 127difference team average

............................................................................................... 120enable

............................................................................................... 125individual

............................................................................................... 125maximum for individual

............................................................................................... 125mid-season change

............................................................................................... 125negative

............................................................................................... 125percentage

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC322

............................................................................................... handicap

............................................................................................... 127sum of bowler

............................................................................................... 127team

............................................................................................... 127team average

............................................................................................... 142team tracking

............................................................................................... 141tracking scores

............................................................................................... 125vacant

............................................................................................... 51Handicap Chart

............................................................................................... Handicaps

............................................................................................... 174override

............................................................................................... Help

............................................................................................... 46accessing

............................................................................................... 52Program

............................................................................................... high average

............................................................................................... 140award

............................................................................................... 138awards

............................................................................................... 140eligibility

............................................................................................... 141games required

............................................................................................... highs

............................................................................................... 178season

............................................................................................... 178weekly

............................................................................................... history

............................................................................................... 203bowler

............................................................................................... 203financial

............................................................................................... 203team

- I -............................................................................................... import

............................................................................................... 110Bowl101 names

............................................................................................... 111CDE names

............................................................................................... 280from front desk

............................................................................................... 280from scoring system

............................................................................................... 111names/addresses from text

............................................................................................... Import directory

............................................................................................... 47, 278automatic scoring

............................................................................................... 166Import log

............................................................................................... Importing

............................................................................................... 166scores

............................................................................................... Individual

............................................................................................... 140awards eligibility

............................................................................................... 122forfeit rules

............................................................................................... 143game counters

............................................................................................... 120high awards

............................................................................................... 135performance points

............................................................................................... 135pins over average

............................................................................................... 120, 135points

............................................................................................... 143series counters

............................................................................................... 143statistics

............................................................................................... 72Individual Averages

............................................................................................... 73Individual Handicaps

............................................................................................... 81Individual Points

............................................................................................... 170injury score

............................................................................................... Install

............................................................................................... 186clipart

............................................................................................... 37new computer

............................................................................................... 34Installation

............................................................................................... 34CD-ROM

............................................................................................... 37Internet

............................................................................................... 40multiple computers

............................................................................................... 308Interface Not Supported

............................................................................................... 107Internet

............................................................................................... 256bowl.com

............................................................................................... 120functions

............................................................................................... 37installation

............................................................................................... 256leaguesecretary.com

............................................................................................... 257personal website

............................................................................................... 254proxy

............................................................................................... 105settings

............................................................................................... 254setup

............................................................................................... 255twitter

............................................................................................... 255, 258uploading standings

- J -............................................................................................... 276Joystick

- K -............................................................................................... 172Keyboard shortcuts

............................................................................................... 46main screeen

............................................................................................... 166score entry

............................................................................................... Kiosk

............................................................................................... 109export

............................................................................................... 109options

............................................................................................... 190updating

- L -............................................................................................... labels

............................................................................................... 258bowler

Index 323

............................................................................................... labels

............................................................................................... 202print

............................................................................................... Lane

............................................................................................... 119starting

............................................................................................... 94Lane assignments

............................................................................................... 90adding a date

............................................................................................... 90changing a date

............................................................................................... 93changing pairings

............................................................................................... 90manual

............................................................................................... 93manual assignments

............................................................................................... 191manual changes

............................................................................................... 90multiple teams

............................................................................................... 90position rounds

............................................................................................... 90reloading USBC schedule

............................................................................................... 90removing a date

............................................................................................... 90reverse

............................................................................................... 90split lanes

............................................................................................... 96Splitting

............................................................................................... 90traveling league

............................................................................................... 90vacation

............................................................................................... Lane condition

............................................................................................... 156red,white,blue

............................................................................................... Lane movement

............................................................................................... 47, 278automatic scoring

............................................................................................... Lane Numbers

............................................................................................... 96Changing

............................................................................................... Lanes

............................................................................................... 191bowling on wrong lanes

............................................................................................... 237last weeks prepayment

............................................................................................... 183Last weeks results

............................................................................................... Launch

............................................................................................... 46program

............................................................................................... 120, 220League

............................................................................................... 56begining

............................................................................................... 56bylaws

............................................................................................... 156certification

............................................................................................... 221clear planner

............................................................................................... 50copy older

............................................................................................... 120drop-In/substitute

............................................................................................... 259email to Tech Support

............................................................................................... 49file name

............................................................................................... 50find

............................................................................................... 239funds

............................................................................................... 120handicap

............................................................................................... 119name

............................................................................................... 163officers

............................................................................................... 56organization meeting

............................................................................................... 56packet

............................................................................................... 116password

............................................................................................... 115Planner

............................................................................................... 250prizes

............................................................................................... 119rename

............................................................................................... 221reset all data

............................................................................................... 216restart

............................................................................................... 120rules

............................................................................................... 120scratch

............................................................................................... 50search

............................................................................................... 119traveling

............................................................................................... 120type

............................................................................................... League awards

............................................................................................... 178bowler missing

............................................................................................... 178team missing

............................................................................................... 119League Name

............................................................................................... league options

............................................................................................... 101quick reference tab

............................................................................................... Leagues

............................................................................................... 1192+2

............................................................................................... 1193+3

............................................................................................... 262backup

............................................................................................... 307BLS 2011 and earlier

............................................................................................... 307Converting

............................................................................................... 49copy

............................................................................................... 108defaults

............................................................................................... 49deleting

............................................................................................... 49duplicate

............................................................................................... 49file name

............................................................................................... 105open/close

............................................................................................... 105options

............................................................................................... 266restore

............................................................................................... 268transport

............................................................................................... 119traveling

............................................................................................... LeagueSecretary.com

............................................................................................... 262backup

............................................................................................... 256center membership

............................................................................................... 308Error: Access Violation

............................................................................................... 308Error: Class Not Registered

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC324

............................................................................................... LeagueSecretary.com

............................................................................................... 308Error: Interface Not Supported

............................................................................................... 308Error: Library not Registered

............................................................................................... 308Error: Unspecified Error

............................................................................................... 267restore

............................................................................................... 256setting up

............................................................................................... ledger

............................................................................................... 241bank

............................................................................................... Legal

............................................................................................... 122lineup

............................................................................................... 72Legal Lineup

............................................................................................... Level

............................................................................................... 105expertise

............................................................................................... Library

............................................................................................... 51Bowling Forms

............................................................................................... Library is not Registered

............................................................................................... 308Backup

............................................................................................... 308Exit Program

............................................................................................... 308LeagueSecretary.com

............................................................................................... 308Restore

............................................................................................... 19License

............................................................................................... 37registration

............................................................................................... Limit

............................................................................................... 127team handicap

............................................................................................... lineage

............................................................................................... 230discount setup

............................................................................................... 228fee setup

............................................................................................... 241payments

............................................................................................... lineup

............................................................................................... 190changing recaps

............................................................................................... 122legal

............................................................................................... 46links

............................................................................................... 150loaning bowlers

............................................................................................... Local association

............................................................................................... 180awards

............................................................................................... Local awards

............................................................................................... 266restore

............................................................................................... 246setup

............................................................................................... logos

............................................................................................... 186adding

- M -............................................................................................... Main

............................................................................................... 119rules

............................................................................................... 175Makeup

............................................................................................... 140association awards

............................................................................................... 140eligibility for individual

............................................................................................... Manager

............................................................................................... 292Editing Bowlers

............................................................................................... 292Master Database

............................................................................................... 292Reports

............................................................................................... Manual

............................................................................................... 52Program

............................................................................................... 90Manual lane assignments

............................................................................................... 101, 288Master Bowler Database

............................................................................................... 288installation

............................................................................................... 292Manager

............................................................................................... 292Reports

............................................................................................... 288setup

............................................................................................... Master Database

............................................................................................... 109enable/disable

............................................................................................... 109server location

............................................................................................... match

............................................................................................... 120, 135points

............................................................................................... Match points

............................................................................................... 79Absentee

............................................................................................... 129against absentee

............................................................................................... 131against forfeit

............................................................................................... 130against vacant

............................................................................................... 81Bye Team

............................................................................................... 172change lineups

............................................................................................... 80Forfeit

............................................................................................... 79, 80, 81Individual

............................................................................................... 80Vacants

............................................................................................... Maximum

............................................................................................... 125individual handicap

............................................................................................... 127team handicap

............................................................................................... 101, 288MBD

............................................................................................... 292Bowler Trac

............................................................................................... 292Editing Bowlers

............................................................................................... 288installation

............................................................................................... 292Manager

............................................................................................... 288setup

............................................................................................... Meeting

............................................................................................... 56organization

............................................................................................... membership

Index 325

............................................................................................... membership

............................................................................................... 164application

............................................................................................... 164cards

............................................................................................... Memberships

............................................................................................... 160Life Member

............................................................................................... 160USBC Hall of Fame

............................................................................................... 276Mendes

............................................................................................... Menu

............................................................................................... 53Custom

............................................................................................... 53My

............................................................................................... 157merged association

............................................................................................... Merging

............................................................................................... 290Duplicate Bowlers

............................................................................................... messages

............................................................................................... 185common

............................................................................................... 185global

............................................................................................... 185standing sheet

............................................................................................... Mid-season

............................................................................................... 125change handicap rule

............................................................................................... 284Mid-season start

............................................................................................... mistakes

............................................................................................... 242financial

............................................................................................... Modify

............................................................................................... 179team standings

............................................................................................... modifying

............................................................................................... 207styles

............................................................................................... Monitors

............................................................................................... 105multiple

............................................................................................... most improved

............................................................................................... 140award

............................................................................................... 140eligibility

............................................................................................... 141games required

............................................................................................... Most improved average

............................................................................................... 120awards

............................................................................................... Move bowler

............................................................................................... 149different team

............................................................................................... Multiple

............................................................................................... 40computers

............................................................................................... 105monitors

............................................................................................... 90shifts

............................................................................................... 90teams per lane

............................................................................................... 53my menu

- N -............................................................................................... Negative

............................................................................................... 125handicap

............................................................................................... New

............................................................................................... 216season

............................................................................................... New bowler

............................................................................................... 291adding

............................................................................................... 268New Computer

............................................................................................... 37installation

............................................................................................... 66New League

............................................................................................... no tap

............................................................................................... 120type of bowling

............................................................................................... 177non-detectable awards

............................................................................................... 157non-merged association

............................................................................................... Number of

............................................................................................... 119games bowled

............................................................................................... 119teams

............................................................................................... Number of pins

............................................................................................... 122when bowling a forfeit

- O -............................................................................................... Officers

............................................................................................... 153assigning

............................................................................................... 101display

............................................................................................... 163league

............................................................................................... 101quick reference tab

............................................................................................... 153selecting

............................................................................................... Oil pattern

............................................................................................... 156red,white,blue

............................................................................................... 231, 237one time fees

............................................................................................... 46Opening screen

............................................................................................... opponent view

............................................................................................... 199brackets

............................................................................................... Options

............................................................................................... 47, 278automatic scoring

............................................................................................... 196brackets

............................................................................................... 108graphics

............................................................................................... 105leagues

............................................................................................... 108printing

............................................................................................... Organization

............................................................................................... 56meeting

............................................................................................... Override

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC326

............................................................................................... Override

............................................................................................... 174averages

............................................................................................... 174eligibility for awards

............................................................................................... 174forfeit

............................................................................................... 174handicaps

............................................................................................... 174points

............................................................................................... Ownership

............................................................................................... 302transfer

- P -............................................................................................... 170pacer score

............................................................................................... Paper size

............................................................................................... 108A4

............................................................................................... 108default

............................................................................................... parings

............................................................................................... 93adding

............................................................................................... 93changing

............................................................................................... 93removing

............................................................................................... Password

............................................................................................... 47, 278automatic scoring

............................................................................................... 48disable program password

............................................................................................... 116league

............................................................................................... 47, 48program

............................................................................................... 244Treasurer

............................................................................................... pay envelope

............................................................................................... 243print

............................................................................................... payment

............................................................................................... 239summary

............................................................................................... 236payment codes

............................................................................................... payments

............................................................................................... 242certification

............................................................................................... 241lineage

............................................................................................... 225reset sanction

............................................................................................... 236payments made

............................................................................................... payout

............................................................................................... 199brackets

............................................................................................... Pending Notes

............................................................................................... 151Bowler Maintenance

............................................................................................... 184Standing sheet

............................................................................................... Pepsi

............................................................................................... 273tournament

............................................................................................... Percentage

............................................................................................... 135difference of average

............................................................................................... 135match point

............................................................................................... 122when bowling a forfeit

............................................................................................... 135, 136performance points

............................................................................................... 135individual

............................................................................................... personal website

............................................................................................... 257setting up

............................................................................................... 135Peterson points

............................................................................................... phone

............................................................................................... 109formats

............................................................................................... Pin drop

............................................................................................... 129absent

............................................................................................... 124average

............................................................................................... Pins over average

............................................................................................... 135individual

............................................................................................... Pins over series

............................................................................................... 120awards

............................................................................................... planner

............................................................................................... 221clear

............................................................................................... 115League

............................................................................................... 119Playing strength

............................................................................................... Playoff

............................................................................................... 179results

............................................................................................... 77Point Summary

............................................................................................... Points

............................................................................................... 120, 135individual

............................................................................................... 120, 135match

............................................................................................... 174override

............................................................................................... 135, 136performance points

............................................................................................... 135peterson

............................................................................................... 133rules

............................................................................................... 137summary

............................................................................................... 95Points Awarded

............................................................................................... policy

............................................................................................... 302update

............................................................................................... 302upgrade

............................................................................................... Position rounds

............................................................................................... 901st Place Lockout

............................................................................................... 90lane assignments

............................................................................................... 90reverse lane assignment

............................................................................................... 90roving

............................................................................................... 175Post bowl

............................................................................................... 140association awards

............................................................................................... 140eligibility for individual

Index 327

............................................................................................... 175Prebowl

............................................................................................... 140eligibility for individual

............................................................................................... predefined

............................................................................................... 209styles

............................................................................................... Preferences

............................................................................................... 46, 105program

............................................................................................... prepayment

............................................................................................... 237last weeks of league

............................................................................................... Press sheet

............................................................................................... 184setup

............................................................................................... preview

............................................................................................... 205buttons

............................................................................................... Previously earned

............................................................................................... 248awards

............................................................................................... print

............................................................................................... 202labels

............................................................................................... 243pay envelope

............................................................................................... 90schedule

............................................................................................... 209style list

............................................................................................... printing

............................................................................................... 108A4

............................................................................................... 180awards earned

............................................................................................... 108color

............................................................................................... 108defaults

............................................................................................... 108paper size

............................................................................................... 188recaps

............................................................................................... priorities

............................................................................................... 141individual season highs

............................................................................................... 141individual weekly highs

............................................................................................... 142setting team award

............................................................................................... prize fund

............................................................................................... 215assign to

............................................................................................... 215award to

............................................................................................... 115Blank Work Sheet

............................................................................................... 230discount setup

............................................................................................... 228fee setup

............................................................................................... prizes

............................................................................................... 249, 250league

............................................................................................... Program

............................................................................................... 47about

............................................................................................... 47activation

............................................................................................... 47customization

............................................................................................... 52Help

............................................................................................... 34, 37installation

............................................................................................... 52Manual

............................................................................................... 105operation defaults

............................................................................................... 47, 48password

............................................................................................... 48password disable

............................................................................................... 105preferences

............................................................................................... 47registration

............................................................................................... 34re-install

............................................................................................... 52release date

............................................................................................... 46, 105setup

............................................................................................... 46start

............................................................................................... 52Update

............................................................................................... 39updates

............................................................................................... 40upgrades

............................................................................................... 52version

............................................................................................... proxy

............................................................................................... 254configure

............................................................................................... 254setup

............................................................................................... purchasing

............................................................................................... 190recap forms

............................................................................................... 276Purrfect Desk

- Q -............................................................................................... qualify

............................................................................................... 140individual awards

............................................................................................... 276QubicaAMF

............................................................................................... 100quick reference tabs

............................................................................................... quickpay

............................................................................................... 235weekly fees

............................................................................................... quitters

............................................................................................... 225delete

............................................................................................... quitting league

............................................................................................... 237arrears

............................................................................................... 237bowler fees

- R -............................................................................................... 87Recap Sheets

............................................................................................... recaps

............................................................................................... 189available types

............................................................................................... 189blank

............................................................................................... 190changing lineup for

............................................................................................... 188printing

............................................................................................... 190purchasing

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC328

............................................................................................... Reducing

............................................................................................... 223teams

............................................................................................... registration

............................................................................................... 197brackets

............................................................................................... 47change

............................................................................................... 47code

............................................................................................... 37multiple leagues

............................................................................................... 37multiple license

............................................................................................... 37, 46, 47program

............................................................................................... Registrations

............................................................................................... 47Delete

............................................................................................... 47Switch

............................................................................................... regular

............................................................................................... 230discount setup

............................................................................................... 228fee setup

............................................................................................... 308regwin32

............................................................................................... 308regwin64

............................................................................................... 34Re-install

............................................................................................... 52release date

............................................................................................... Reminders

............................................................................................... 151Bowler Maintenance

............................................................................................... 177Score Entry

............................................................................................... 184Standing sheet

............................................................................................... removal

............................................................................................... 150of bowlers

............................................................................................... Remove

............................................................................................... 90date

............................................................................................... 49leagues

............................................................................................... 223teams

............................................................................................... Removing

............................................................................................... 94Adding

............................................................................................... 94Dates

............................................................................................... Rename

............................................................................................... 49file name

............................................................................................... 119league

............................................................................................... 148team

............................................................................................... reorder

............................................................................................... 149team roster

............................................................................................... Reordering

............................................................................................... 221teams

............................................................................................... Repeat

............................................................................................... 119schedule

............................................................................................... report

............................................................................................... 203awards alphabetized

............................................................................................... 203awards by week

............................................................................................... 164certified bowler list

............................................................................................... 204final average

............................................................................................... 203financial history

............................................................................................... 216returning signup

............................................................................................... 209style list

............................................................................................... 206styles

............................................................................................... Reports

............................................................................................... 243bowler arrears

............................................................................................... 197bracket signup

............................................................................................... 199brackets

............................................................................................... 204custom

............................................................................................... 292Master Bowler Database

............................................................................................... 243pay envelope

............................................................................................... 205preview buttons

............................................................................................... 204setup

............................................................................................... 243team arrears

............................................................................................... 243treasurer

............................................................................................... Reprinting

............................................................................................... 173scores

............................................................................................... Requirements

............................................................................................... 18system

............................................................................................... Rerate

............................................................................................... 153Bowlers

............................................................................................... reset

............................................................................................... 221all data

............................................................................................... 225sanction payments

............................................................................................... Responsibilities

............................................................................................... 59weekly

............................................................................................... restart

............................................................................................... 216league

............................................................................................... Restore

............................................................................................... 266associations

............................................................................................... 266backup

............................................................................................... 266bowling center

............................................................................................... 266common addresses

............................................................................................... 105default directory

............................................................................................... 308Error: Access Violation

............................................................................................... 308Error: Interface not supported

............................................................................................... 308Error: Library not Registered

............................................................................................... 308League

............................................................................................... 266leagues

Index 329

............................................................................................... Restore

............................................................................................... 267LeagueSecretary.com

............................................................................................... 266local awards

............................................................................................... 308Nothing happens

............................................................................................... 266system settings

............................................................................................... 178Results

............................................................................................... 199brackets

............................................................................................... 179playoff

............................................................................................... 183previous weeks

............................................................................................... 179roll-off

............................................................................................... 183standing sheet

............................................................................................... 179team standings

............................................................................................... Roll Off

............................................................................................... 90average

............................................................................................... 90schedule

............................................................................................... 90scores count

............................................................................................... 90USBC

............................................................................................... Roll-off

............................................................................................... 179results

............................................................................................... Roster

............................................................................................... 122default

............................................................................................... 122order

............................................................................................... rosters

............................................................................................... 166adjusting

............................................................................................... 225clear all

............................................................................................... 280export

............................................................................................... 116Signup Sheets

............................................................................................... 148team

............................................................................................... 90Roving position rounds

............................................................................................... rubber band

............................................................................................... 120type of bowling

............................................................................................... Rules

............................................................................................... 138awards

............................................................................................... 137bowler divisions

............................................................................................... 120general options

............................................................................................... 119main

............................................................................................... 133points

............................................................................................... 115, 144print

............................................................................................... 137team divisions

............................................................................................... 115Worksheet

- S -............................................................................................... sanction

............................................................................................... 163application

............................................................................................... 160bowlers

............................................................................................... 159fees

............................................................................................... 225reset payments

............................................................................................... Sanctioned

............................................................................................... 120rules option

............................................................................................... Schedule

............................................................................................... 90print

............................................................................................... 119repeats

............................................................................................... 90roll off

............................................................................................... Score

............................................................................................... 129absent value

............................................................................................... 130dummy value

............................................................................................... 130vacant value

............................................................................................... Score Entry

............................................................................................... 173adding a substitute

............................................................................................... 173adding existing bowler

............................................................................................... 166

adding handicap and average

columns

............................................................................................... 172changing lineups

............................................................................................... 172changing teams

............................................................................................... 173dropping bowlers

............................................................................................... 173entrying scores

............................................................................................... 166information

............................................................................................... 166preferences

............................................................................................... 177Reminders

............................................................................................... 166screen options

............................................................................................... score sheets

............................................................................................... 198brackets

............................................................................................... scores

............................................................................................... 170baker

............................................................................................... 170dummy

............................................................................................... 173entering

............................................................................................... 221erasing this week

............................................................................................... 281fetching

............................................................................................... 198for brackets

............................................................................................... 166handicap

............................................................................................... 280import

............................................................................................... 166importing

............................................................................................... 170injury

............................................................................................... 175makeup

............................................................................................... 170pacer

............................................................................................... 175post bowl

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC330

............................................................................................... scores

............................................................................................... 175prebowl

............................................................................................... 173reprinting

............................................................................................... 170types

............................................................................................... 170vacancy

............................................................................................... 170youth vacancy

............................................................................................... Scoresheet

............................................................................................... 47automatic scoring

............................................................................................... Scoring

............................................................................................... 276automatic

............................................................................................... scoring system

............................................................................................... 278configure

............................................................................................... 280export to

............................................................................................... 280import from

............................................................................................... Scoring systems

............................................................................................... 276compatible

............................................................................................... scratch

............................................................................................... 122average cap

............................................................................................... 196brackets

............................................................................................... 120league

............................................................................................... Search

............................................................................................... 50league

............................................................................................... season

............................................................................................... 203awards report

............................................................................................... 119for league

............................................................................................... 216restart

............................................................................................... 120, 122split

............................................................................................... Season highs

............................................................................................... 178bowler missing

............................................................................................... 141individual priorities

............................................................................................... 178team missing

............................................................................................... Secretary

............................................................................................... 302changing

............................................................................................... 230discount setup

............................................................................................... 228fee setup

............................................................................................... Serial Number

............................................................................................... 47change

............................................................................................... 47program

............................................................................................... Series counters

............................................................................................... 143individual

............................................................................................... sets

............................................................................................... 195bracket

............................................................................................... 107Settings

............................................................................................... setup

............................................................................................... 47automatic scoring

............................................................................................... 195brackets

............................................................................................... 249league prizes

............................................................................................... 230lineage discounts

............................................................................................... 228lineage fee

............................................................................................... 37new computer

............................................................................................... 231one time fees

............................................................................................... 230prize fund discounts

............................................................................................... 228prize fund fee

............................................................................................... 46, 105program

............................................................................................... 230regular discounts

............................................................................................... 228regular fee

............................................................................................... 230secretary discounts

............................................................................................... 228secretary fee

............................................................................................... 182standing sheets

............................................................................................... 230treasurer discounts

............................................................................................... 228treasurer fee

............................................................................................... sexes

............................................................................................... 120allowed in league

............................................................................................... Share

............................................................................................... 309Software

............................................................................................... 90Shifts

............................................................................................... shuffle

............................................................................................... 199brackets

............................................................................................... sign up

............................................................................................... 216returning bowlers

............................................................................................... signup sheets

............................................................................................... 197brackets

............................................................................................... Software

............................................................................................... 309Copy

............................................................................................... 19license

............................................................................................... 309Share

............................................................................................... 302transferring

............................................................................................... Sounds

............................................................................................... 105enable/disable

............................................................................................... 77Special Recognition

............................................................................................... split

............................................................................................... 120, 122season

............................................................................................... 90split lane assignments

............................................................................................... 71Split Season

............................................................................................... Splitting

............................................................................................... 96Lane Assignments

Index 331

............................................................................................... sponsor fees

............................................................................................... 237team

............................................................................................... Standing Sheet

............................................................................................... 184A4 page size

............................................................................................... 184bottom indent

............................................................................................... 186graphics

............................................................................................... 184left indent

............................................................................................... 185messages

............................................................................................... 184page layout

............................................................................................... 184Pending Notes

............................................................................................... 184Reminders

............................................................................................... 182setup

............................................................................................... 184top indent

............................................................................................... standings

............................................................................................... 256bowl.com

............................................................................................... 179change

............................................................................................... 183changing order of items

............................................................................................... 183changing style

............................................................................................... 256leaguesecretary.com

............................................................................................... 257personal website

............................................................................................... 183removing items from

............................................................................................... 188templates

............................................................................................... 255, 258uploading

............................................................................................... 183what to show

............................................................................................... Starting

............................................................................................... 119lane

............................................................................................... 46program

............................................................................................... 119Starting time

............................................................................................... Startup

............................................................................................... 284mid-season

............................................................................................... 178Stats

............................................................................................... status

............................................................................................... 100quick reference tab

............................................................................................... 276Steltronic

............................................................................................... 206styles

............................................................................................... 209copying

............................................................................................... 207modifying

............................................................................................... 209predefined

............................................................................................... 209print list

............................................................................................... substitute

............................................................................................... 173adding in score entry

............................................................................................... 237fees

............................................................................................... substitutes

............................................................................................... 150adding

............................................................................................... 140league awards

............................................................................................... 206suggested styles

............................................................................................... summary

............................................................................................... 239payment

............................................................................................... 137points

............................................................................................... Support

............................................................................................... 259email

............................................................................................... 259functions

............................................................................................... Swith

............................................................................................... 47Registration

............................................................................................... 47Users

............................................................................................... System Files

............................................................................................... 268Restore

............................................................................................... System settings

............................................................................................... 262backup

............................................................................................... 266restore

- T -............................................................................................... tabs

............................................................................................... 100quick reference

............................................................................................... team

............................................................................................... 142award priority

............................................................................................... 131bye

............................................................................................... 148change

............................................................................................... 137division rules

............................................................................................... 131draw

............................................................................................... 131empty

............................................................................................... 239fines

............................................................................................... 122forfeit rules

............................................................................................... 131ghost

............................................................................................... 127handicap rule

............................................................................................... 142handicap tracking

............................................................................................... 203history

............................................................................................... 178missing for league awards

............................................................................................... 148name

............................................................................................... 237one time fees

............................................................................................... 178over-ride standings

............................................................................................... 239payment summary

............................................................................................... 148rename

............................................................................................... 237sponsor fees

............................................................................................... 131vacant

............................................................................................... 243team arrear reports

BLS-2021 by CDE Software, LLC332

............................................................................................... 82Team Divisions

............................................................................................... 73Team Handicaps

............................................................................................... 76Team Points

............................................................................................... team roster

............................................................................................... 149adding new bowler

............................................................................................... 151bowler list

............................................................................................... 150dropping bowler

............................................................................................... 149finding a bowler

............................................................................................... 149reordering

............................................................................................... 148team rosters

............................................................................................... 150adding subs

............................................................................................... 225clear all

............................................................................................... Teams

............................................................................................... 222adding

............................................................................................... 223deleting

............................................................................................... 120divisions

............................................................................................... 223drop

............................................................................................... 120high awards

............................................................................................... 90lane assignments

............................................................................................... 223reducing

............................................................................................... 223remove

............................................................................................... 221reordering

............................................................................................... 119Teams on the league

............................................................................................... Tech Support

............................................................................................... 259email

............................................................................................... 188templates

............................................................................................... Text

............................................................................................... 111import names and addresses

............................................................................................... ties

............................................................................................... 196brackets

............................................................................................... 179playoff

............................................................................................... 179roll-off

............................................................................................... time

............................................................................................... 109formats

............................................................................................... Tip

............................................................................................... 108color

............................................................................................... 37registration

............................................................................................... Tips

............................................................................................... 140bowler not listed high scores

............................................................................................... 142team not listed high score

............................................................................................... TNBA

............................................................................................... 159application number

............................................................................................... 180awards

............................................................................................... 160certification

............................................................................................... 160Certification Fees

............................................................................................... 144disabling

............................................................................................... 144enable

............................................................................................... 159fees

............................................................................................... 159membership dues

............................................................................................... 180print forms

............................................................................................... 160sanctioned

............................................................................................... 144tracking

............................................................................................... tournament

............................................................................................... 273Pepsi

............................................................................................... tracking

............................................................................................... 141individual handicap award

............................................................................................... transfer

............................................................................................... 241funds

............................................................................................... 302Transfer of ownership

............................................................................................... Transport

............................................................................................... 268leagues

............................................................................................... Traveling

............................................................................................... 119league

............................................................................................... treasurer

............................................................................................... 230discount setup

............................................................................................... 228fee setup

............................................................................................... 120option

............................................................................................... 243reports

............................................................................................... 244utilities

............................................................................................... 276Twelve Strike

............................................................................................... 255Twitter

............................................................................................... type of bowling

............................................................................................... 12010 pin

............................................................................................... 120canadian 5 pin

............................................................................................... 120candle pin

............................................................................................... 120duck pin

............................................................................................... 120no tap

............................................................................................... 120rubber band

............................................................................................... 95Type of Week

- U -............................................................................................... 135, 136U.B.L.

............................................................................................... 120Ultimate Bowling League

............................................................................................... 308Unspecified Error

............................................................................................... update

............................................................................................... 190kiosks

Index 333

............................................................................................... update

............................................................................................... 302policy

............................................................................................... 39, 52Program

............................................................................................... 46, 107Updates

............................................................................................... upgrade

............................................................................................... 302policy

............................................................................................... 47Standard to Pro

............................................................................................... Upgrades

............................................................................................... 40program

............................................................................................... uploads

............................................................................................... 256bowl.com

............................................................................................... 256leaguesecretary.com

............................................................................................... 257personal website

............................................................................................... 255, 258web

............................................................................................... USBC

............................................................................................... 159application number

............................................................................................... 180awards

............................................................................................... 159fees

............................................................................................... 56rules

............................................................................................... 272youth

............................................................................................... USBC awards

............................................................................................... 140makeup

............................................................................................... 140over-ride pre/postbowl rule

............................................................................................... 140post bowl

............................................................................................... 140prebowl

............................................................................................... 140unopposed

............................................................................................... 160USBC Hall of Fame

............................................................................................... USBC lane schedule

............................................................................................... 90reloading

............................................................................................... Users

............................................................................................... 47Switch

............................................................................................... 220utilities

............................................................................................... 220league

............................................................................................... 244treasurer

- V -............................................................................................... Vacancies

............................................................................................... 122legal lineup

............................................................................................... 170vacancy score

............................................................................................... Vacant

............................................................................................... 130earning match points

............................................................................................... 125handicap

............................................................................................... 130score value

............................................................................................... 74Vacant Players

............................................................................................... Vacation

............................................................................................... 90lane assignments

............................................................................................... 276Vantage

............................................................................................... version

............................................................................................... 52program

- W -............................................................................................... watermarks

............................................................................................... 186standing sheet

............................................................................................... Weather

............................................................................................... 90cancelling a night

............................................................................................... web

............................................................................................... 256bowl.com

............................................................................................... 256leaguesecretary.com

............................................................................................... 257personal website

............................................................................................... 255, 258uploads

............................................................................................... Web standings

............................................................................................... 184setup

............................................................................................... weekly

............................................................................................... 234fees

............................................................................................... 166weekly duties

............................................................................................... Weekly highs

............................................................................................... 178bowler missing

............................................................................................... 141individual priorities

............................................................................................... 178team missing

............................................................................................... weeks

............................................................................................... 100changing

............................................................................................... 221delete future

............................................................................................... 237last weeks prepayed

............................................................................................... 119league bowled

............................................................................................... 18Welcome

............................................................................................... WinLABS

............................................................................................... 112export

............................................................................................... 240withdrawls

- Y -............................................................................................... 272youth leagues

............................................................................................... 170youth vacancy score